KARNATAKA POWER TRANSMISSION CORPORATION LIMITED

BID ENQUIRY NO.

KPTCL/CEE/T&P/66KV/Package-148/ REMCO-GIS/TK/ SS-339
BIDDING DOCUMENTS

FOR Establishing of 2x31.5MVA, 66/11kV GIS Sub-Station right opposite to the existing 66/11kV Sub-Station at REMCO, Mysore Road in Bangalore South taluk, Bangalore Urban District and dismantling of the existing 66/11kV SubStation at REMCO on Total Turnkey basis including Design, Supply of all Equipments / Materials and Erection (Including Civil Works) of all Materials / Equipments, Testing And Commissioning
BID DOCUMENTS CONSIST OF THE FOLLOWING VOLUMES VOLUME- I 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Section I Section II Section III Section IV Section V Section VI COMMERCIAL REQUIREMENTS Invitation For Bids Instruction to Bidders General Terms and Conditions of the Contract Erection Conditions of Contract Special Conditions of Contract ANNEXURE ECC SCC ANNEX GCC IFB ITB

VOLUME-II - TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

VOLUME II (1 of 2): VOLUME II (2 of 2): TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR STATIONS - TSS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR STATIONS - TSS Annexure to Volume - II

155791486.doc

Page 1 of

442

VOLUME- III
1. Section I 2. Section II

BID PROPOSAL SHEETS

TECHNO COMMERCIAL SHEETS PRICE SHEETS

THIS CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING VOLUMES

VOLUME II (1 of 2):

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR STATIONS - TSS

OTHER VOLUMES CONTAIN THE FOLLOWING:

VOLUME- I
1. 2. 3. Section I IFB Section II ITB Section III 4. 5. 6. ANNEX ECC Section V SCC Section VI ANNEXURE Special Conditions of Contract GCC Erection Conditions of Contract General Terms and Conditions of the Contract Section IV Instruction to Bidders -

COMMERCIAL REQUIREMENTS
Invitation For Bids -

VOLUME-II - TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

VOLUME II (2 of 2):

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR STATIONS - TSS

155791486.doc

Page 2 of

442

Annexure to Volume - II

VOLUME- III
1. Section I 2. Section II

BID PROPOSAL SHEETS

TECHNO COMMERCIAL SHEETS PRICE SHEETS

155791486.doc

Page 3 of

442

Karnataka Power Transmission Corporation Limited

+
BID ENQUIRY NO.
KPTCL/CEE/T&P/66KV/Package-148/ REMCO-GIS/TK/ SS-339
BIDDING DOCUMENTS

FOR

Establishing of 2x31.5MVA, 66/11kV GIS Sub-Station right opposite to the existing 66/11kV Sub-Station at REMCO, Mysore Road in Bangalore South taluk, Bangalore Urban District and dismantling of the existing 66/11kV Sub-Station at REMCO on Total Turnkey basis including Design, Supply of all Equipments / Materials and Erection (Including Civil Works) of all Materials / Equipments, Testing And Commissioning

VOLUME- II (1 of 2) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR STATIONS

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

155791486.doc

Page 4 of

442

ISSUED BY The Chief engineer, Electricity, Tendering & Procurement, Kaveri Bhavan, BANGALORE-560 009. Tel:080 -22274744, 22238592 Fax:080-22212456

155791486.doc

Page 5 of

442

SECTION - 1 CLAUSE NO. 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0 18.0

PROJECT PAGE NO. 1 1 10 11 12 12 13 14 14 15 17 25 26 27 28 30

PARTICULARS GENERAL SCOPE PHYSICAL AND OTHER PARAMETERS SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES BASIC REFERENCE DRAWINGS ORDER OF PRECEDENCE OF DIFFERENT SECTIONS OF TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION SPARES SPECIAL TOOLS AND TACKLES FACILITIES TO BE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT Annexure I ( MANDATORY SPARES) Annexure II ( MATEREOLOGICAL DATA ) Annexure III ( LIGHTING SYSTEM ) Annexure IV ( VENTILATION SYSTEM FOR GIS HALL ) Annexure V (LIST OF DRAWINGS ) Annexure VI (Schedule of Quantities)

Annexure VII (ROADS AND CULVERTS) 59 Annexure VIII (SPECIFICATION FOR 60 BUILDINGS)

155791486.doc

Page 6 of

442

SECTION - 1 1.0 GENERAL

PROJECT

1.1 Preamble: 1.1.1 Karnataka Power Transmission Corporation Limited (KPTCL) Government of Karnataka Enterprises is responsible for Bulk Power Transmission & distribution of Electrical energy from various generating stations of Karnataka Government power projects, Independent power projects and Central Government Power Projects to various Electricity supply companies of Karnataka State and henceforth referred to as Owner. KPTCL is now establishing 66/11KV Gas Insulated sub-Station right opposite to existing 66/11KV REMCO AIS station, Mysore Road, Bangalore. The existing 66/11KV REMCO, air insulated station will be dismantled to spare the land for Bangalore Metro Rail Corporation Ltd for their Metro railway station 1.2.0 The Scope of works in this bid documents (Specifications) covers scope as in clause 2.0 for executing the above mentioned works on Total Turnkey basis. The bidder shall fully familiarize himself with the site conditions and General Arrangements & schemes etc. Though the Owner shall endeavor to provide the information, it shall not be binding for the Owner to provide the same. The Bidders are advised to visit the sub-station sites and acquaint themselves with the topography, infrastructure and design philosophy. The bidders shall be fully responsible for providing all equipments, materials, system and services specified or otherwise which are required to complete the construction and successful commissioning of Gas Insulated Sub-Station in all respects in this turnkey package. Non-visiting of sub-station site will not be acceptable as an excuse for claiming changes/variations. 2.0 SCOPE The intent of this specification covers the following: 2.1 The specification includes the design, engineering, manufacture, fabrication, testing at manufacturers works, delivery, unloading at site, storage, erection, testing and commissioning at site of the

155791486.doc

Page 7 of

442

2.2

complete 66KV SF6 gas insulated metal enclosed switchgear (GIS), associated other equipments and civil works, internal roads, drains, necessary buildings etc., 66KV XLPE cable for making connections with outdoor 66KV, 31.5MVA Transformer, Relay & protection, Substation Automation System and other electrical and mechanical auxiliary systems on turnkey basis. The existing 66/11KV, REMCO AIS station has to be dismantled. Only reusable /good equipments/materials notified in SCHe-3A(VI)Dismantling have to be handed over to KPTCL in a good condition, which are listed separately else where in the bid document. The other equipments/ materials have to be taken back by the bidder at their quoted rates. It is the intent of this specification to describe primary features, materials, design & performance requirements and to establish minimum standards for the work. The specification is not intended to specify the complete details of various practice of manufactures / bidders. But to specify the requirements with regard to performance, durability and satisfactory operation under the specified site conditions.

2.3

2.4

2.4.0. (A). Brief Description of the Typical layout drawing In a portion of the BMRCL land opposite the existing 66/11KV REMCO station, new 66/11KV GIS station is proposed. i). Switching Scheme: Double bus arrangement with 9 Nos. of GIS modules on 66KV side. ii). Lines to be connected to GIS modules. (1) a. 66KV Side

One of the double circuit of existing Subramanyapura REMCO line to be bunched and the bunched overhead line shall be terminated to 66KV cable termination tower in the REMCO premises it self and connected to 66KV GIS module through 66KV, 1000Sq.mm XLPE cable.

b.

66KV cable of 1000Sq.mm from proposed Vrishabhavathi 220KV station.

155791486.doc

Page 8 of

442

c. One circuit of existing NRS- REMCO DC line to be connected to REMCO GIS station, by crossing the railway line through 66KV, 1000Sq.mm XLPE cable. (iii) Power Transformers: 2 x 31.5MVA, 66/11KV Power Transformers. NOTE: Conventional Power Transformers are proposed to connect respective GIS modules through 66KV 630 Sq.mm XLPE Cable.

(iv) Levels: The KPTCL REMCO 66/11KV, GIS station and future BMRCL 66/11KV GIS station will be located adjacent to each other, to enable interfacing of the two station through interconnecting bay levelled land with 15m wide road formation will be handed over by the owner. Micro leveling is in the scope of the bid. Road of 15m width will be formed by the owner from main road (Mysore road) to station yard with provision of cable duct of width 5m & 3m on both sides of the 7m wide road. (v). Control room: Control room of dimension 18x23m including GIS Hall, control & relay panels and 11KV switchgear room etc is proposed. Basement floor (Cable vault) shall be provided for the entire building a. The entire control room structure shall be of RCC framed type and the design is in the scope of the bidder. The control room building shall be constructed duly considering the expected loads including the static/dynamic load of GIS modules, control and relay panels, battery and battery charger, erection/maintenance crane etc. The GIS Hall inside the control room building shall accommodate all the GIS modules of present scope and future 3 modules. The roof of the basement (floor of the GIS Hall of dimensions 10x23m) shall be designed for static and dynamic loads of GIS modules. 11KV switchgear room of dimension 8x23m is

155791486.doc

Page 9 of

442

provided behind the GIS Hall. The relay panel room and monitoring room shall be provided in the first floor of the 11KV switchgear room. LTAC panel room, battery room and tool room shall be provided in the second floor. A crane of required capacity (Min. 5 ton) shall be provided to handle GIS modules. The illumination design of the control room building is also in the scope of the bidder. (vi). Cable Ducts RCC Power cable ducts of 5x4.5m is proposed from GIS Hall to main road and is to be constructed between cable terminating structures of transformer bay and compound and by the side of 7m wide approach road for taking 66KV & 11KV XLPE cables of present and future scope. On the other side of 7m approach road, space is earmarked for future Power cables of BMRCL future station.

2.5.0 Detailed scope of work 2.5.1 - A KPTCL REMCO new GIS station: Design, engineering, manufacture, testing, supply including transportation & insurance, storage, erection, testing and commissioning of the following equipments/items at 66/11KV GIS substation, complete in all respects: a. The 66 kV SF6 gas insulated switch gear shall have double bus bar arrangement. The SF6 gas insulated switch gear rated for 66kV, Three Phase, 50 HZ shall be of the indoor metal- enclosed type, comprising of following items. Three Phase SF6 gas-insulated metal enclosed double bus bars arrangement, 2500 amps each comprising of 1. Three Phase bus bars enclosures running the length of the switch gear to inter connect each of the circuit breaker bay modules in double main bus system. 2. Three inductive type potential transformers, complete with isolator switch and safety Earthing switches for each bus as separate modules. 3. Bus maintenance earth switch

(i).

155791486.doc

Page 10 of

442

4. Terminal boxes. 5. Interconnecting wiring / piping. 6. Earthing support structures and platforms. 7. GIS duct with gas monitoring devices, barriers, pressure switches, etc. as required and control cubicle for GIS (II). THREE 66 KV line XLPE Cable feeder circuit breaker bay modules, each comprising of. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) One 1600 A, 3-phase, SF 6 insulated circuit breaker, complete with operating mechanism. Three 3-core, multi ratio, single phase current transformers. The cores of these CTs may be distributed on either side of circuit beaker if necessary. Three 1250 Amps, 3-phase, single pole, group operated isolator switches, complete with manual and motor driven operating mechanisms. Two 3-phase, single pole group operated safety Earthing switches, complete with manual operating mechanisms. One 3-phase, single pole, high speed fault make Earthing switch, complete with group operated manual and motor driven operating mechanisms. One Three Phase SF6 Auxiliary duct of 1250A and Cable end unit for cable Termination of 1 Run of 1000Sq.mm XLPE cable for each phase. Three SF6 Gas Insulated Surge Arrestor GIS duct with gas monitoring devices, barriers, pressure switches, etc. as required for each compartment and control cubicle for GIS.

(iii). THREE 66 KV, 31.5MVA Transformer circuit breaker bay modules (2 present +1 Future), each comprising of. 1. One 1600 A, 3-phase, SF6 insulated circuit breaker, complete with operating mechanism. 2. Three 3-core, multi ratio, single phase current transformers. The cores of these CTs may be distributed on either side of circuit beaker if necessary. 3. Three 1250Amps, 3-phase, single pole, group operated isolator switches, complete with manual and motor driven operating mechanisms. 4. Three 3-phase, single pole group operated safety Earthing switches, complete with manual operating mechanisms.

155791486.doc

Page 11 of

442

5. GIS duct with gas monitoring devices, barriers, pressure switches, etc. as required for each compartment and control cubicle for GIS. 6. One Three Phase / Auxiliary SF6 duct-1250Amps and cable end termination of 1 Run of 630Sq.mm XLPE cable for each phase. (iv). ONE 66 KV Interconnecting circuit breaker bay modules for connecting BMRCL GIS station each comprising of. 1) One 1600 A, 3-phase, SF 6 insulated circuit breaker, complete with operating mechanism. 2) Three 3-core, multi ratio, single phase current transformers. The cores of these CTs may be distributed on either side of circuit beaker if necessary. 3) Three 1250 Amps, 3-phase, single pole, group operated isolator switches, complete with manual and motor driven operating mechanisms. 4). Two 3-phase, single pole group operated safety Earthing switches, complete with manual operating mechanisms. 5). One 3-phase, single pole, high speed fault make Earthing switch, complete with group operated manual and motor driven operating mechanisms. 6). One Three Phase SF6 Auxiliary duct of 1250A and GIS end termination unit and SF6 duct of 1250A about 15m length with end cap, to be connected to future BMRCL GIS module. 7). GIS duct with gas monitoring devices, barriers, pressure switches, etc. as required for each compartment and control cubicle for GIS. Note: It is mandatory to furnish GIS duct interfacing drawing to facilitate interconnection with future BMRCL GIS duct. (v). ONE 66 KV, Bus Coupler circuit breaker bay modules, each comprising of. 1. One 2000 A, 3-phase, SF6 insulated circuit breaker, complete with operating mechanism. 2. Three 3-core, multi ratio, single phase current transformers. The cores of these CTs may be distributed on either side of circuit beaker if necessary. 3. Two 2000Amps, 3-phase, single pole, group operated isolator switches, complete with manual and motor driven operating mechanisms. 4. Two 3-phase, single pole group operated safety Earthing switches, complete with manual operating mechanisms. 5. GIS duct with gas monitoring devices, barriers, pressure switches, etc. as required for each compartment and control cubicle for GIS.

155791486.doc

Page 12 of

442

6. One Three Phase / Auxiliary SF6 duct-2500Amps. Note: (Applicable for all GIS modules indicated above: The Switchgear shall be complete with all necessary terminal boxes, SF6 gas filling, interconnecting power and control wiring, Earthing connections, gas monitoring equipment and piping, support structures etc. b. 2 x 100 kVA, 11/0.433 kV Auxiliary transformer. c. Complete Substation automation including hardware and software for Local / remote control of station along with associated equipments for following bays (bay as defined in technical specification, Se e.-Substation Automation): 66KV Line 66/11 kV Transformer Bus coupler Bus interconnecting bay Future 11 kV Switch Gear Paneld. e. f. 3 Nos. 3 Nos. (2 nos. present + 1 no. Future) 1 No. 1 No. 4 Nos. 16 Feeders+2 I/C+1BC

Complete relay and protection system. Fire protection system comprising of Nitrogen Fire Protection for Transformer and portable extinguishers. (i) Ventilation System for GIS modules hall. (ii) Air conditioning system for relay room, monitoring room, store room of mandatory spares of GIS. LT AC Panel and AC Distribution box. DG Set, 25 kVA Batteries & Battery Chargers with DC distribution boards (220V DC). 1.1 kV grade Power & Control cables along with complete accessories. 11 kV XLPE cable along with complete accessories , from 66/11KV transformer to incomer of 11KV Switchgear. Pipe structures (galvanised), including cable termination.

g. h. i. j. k. l.

155791486.doc

Page 13 of

442

m.

Bus post Insulators, clamps & connectors, terminal connector for transformers, Aluminum tubes, Conductor, earthwire and earthing materials, LCC. (The CT/PT may be wired directly to LCC/Bay control IED), spacers, cable supporting angles/channels, Cable trays & covers, Junction box, buried cable trenches etc. 11 kV Metal clad Switchgear 31.5KA each, with 2000A rating for 2 Incommers and 1 Bus Coupler and 1600A rating for 16 Feeders 60KV Surge arrestor Cl. III with Mounting structure for LAs & 66kV Cable termination 6 Nos. 66KV 630Sq.mm XLPE cable with termination accessories for connection between GIS module and Transformer.

n. o. p.

q. Complete lighting and illumination of switchyard 66KV GIS building consisting of GIS modules room, relay room, monitoring room LTAC room 11KV switchgear room etc, Basement i.e cable vault The specification for illumination of GIS building shall be as per Annexure III. For illumination of other areas please refer section Lighting System. r. Mandatory Spares.

s. Testing and Maintenance Equipments as brought out in GIS specification. t. Design, Engineering, supply of all labour, material and formation of Grounding / earth mat for the complete substation yard as per IEC standards. u. Lightning protection v. All civil works associated with erection of SF6 gas insulated metal enclosed switchgear including their foundation in basement roof & cable ducts etc. Civil work shall also include construction of buildings, foundations for LT transformer, drains, sewerage work & septic tanks, requisite water facilities, Cable duct for 66 kV cable in the yard and GIS Building, Road Works, Boundary Wall, Contouring and Substation leveling. Mounting Structure, Aluminium pipes, clamps & connectors, insulators, other hardware for outdoor switchyard as required. Providing one nos. EOT crane of adequate capacity for maintenance of the equipment in each GIS building.

w. x.

155791486.doc

Page 14 of

442

2.5.1- B. The existing 66/11KV, REMCO AIS station has to be dismantled. Only reusable /good equipments/materials have to be handed over to KPTCL in a good condition, which are listed separately else where in the bid documents. The other equipments/materials have to be taken back by the bidder at their quoted rates. 2.5.2 The work to be done under this specification comprises the provision of all labour, plant, equipment and material and the performance of all work necessary for the complete installation and commissioning of switchyard on turnkey basis. It is hereby required that the contractor should provide all apparatus, appliances, material and labour etc. not specifically mentioned or included, but are necessary to complete the entire work or any portion of the work in compliance with the requirements implied in this specification is deemed to be included in the scope of contractor.

The contractor shall also be fully responsible for : - complete project management. design and engineering of entire work of substation including supply of complete documentation i.e. design drawings, design memorandums, O&M manuals for all works which shall be identified at the time of contract. - insulation coordination including studies for selection of metal oxide surge arrestors, parameters, location in the complete substation - the quality of all materials and workmanship of the complete work. -design of civil works, foundations, supports for complete substation. NOTE : 1. However for detailed BOM with brief description of specification, refer Annexure VI, Schedule of quantities enclosed. 2. In case any additional equipment is required, the same should be included in the scope of the supply and the offer should be complete and comprehensive. In addition all necessary platforms, supports, ladders etc. for maintenance work shall also be supplied.

155791486.doc

Page 15 of

442

2.5.3

The Contractor shall also be responsible for the overall coordination with internal/external agencies, project management, training of Employer's manpower, loading, unloading, handling, moving to final destination for successful erection, testing and commissioning of the substation/switchyard. Design of substation and its associated electrical & mechanical auxiliaries systems includes preparation of single line diagrams and electrical layouts, erection key diagrams, electrical and physical clearance diagrams, design calculations for Earth mat, Direct Stroke Lighting Protection (DSLP). Bus Bar & Spacers, control and protection schematics, wiring and termination schedules, civil designs (as applicable) and drawings, design of fire fighting system and Ventilation system, outdoor and indoor lighting/illumination and other relevant drawings & documents required for engineering of all facilities within the fencing to be provided under this contract, are covered under the scope of the Contractor. Any other items not specifically mentioned in the specification but which are required for erection, testing and commissioning and satisfactory operation of the substation are deemed to be included in the scope of the specification unless specifically excluded. Employer has standardised its technical specification for various equipments and works for different voltage levels. Items, which are not applicable for the scope of this package as per schedule of quantities, the technical specification for such items should not be referred to. PHYSICAL AND OTHER PARAMETERS

2.5.4

2.5.5

2.5.6

3.

3.1 Location of the Substation - The location of substation is indicated below: Name of Substation Name of S t a t e Karnataka Nearest Railway Station Railway Head

REMCO
GIS SubStation 3.2 Meteorological data

Bangalore

South western Railways

155791486.doc

Page 16 of

442

The meteorological data of the substation is indicated at Annexure II. However for design purposes, ambient temperature should be considered as 50 degree centigrade. 3.3 Soil Data A preliminary soil investigation has been conducted and the report is enclosed for reference. However the bidder should fully satisfy himself about the nature of soil expected to be encountered prior to the submission of bid. Any variation of soil data during detailed engineering or construction stage shall not constitute a valid reason in affecting the terms and conditions of the bid. 4 SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES The requirement of various items/equipments and civil works are indicated in Bid price Schedules (Vol. III). All equipments/items and civil works for which BOQ has been given in the BPS (Vol. III) shall be payable on unit rate basis. During actual execution, any variation in such quantities shall be paid based on the unit rate under each item incorporated in the letter of award. Wherever the quantities of items/works are not indicated, the bidder is required to estimate the quantity required for entire execution and completion of works and incorporate their price in respective Bid price schedules (Vol. III). For erection hardware items, Bidders shall estimate the total requirement of the works and indicate lump sum price in relevant Bid price schedules. Any material/works for the modules not specifically mentioned in the description in BPS, as may be required shall be deemed to be included in the module itself. The detailed bill of quantities of the mandatory spares for which break up is not given in the bid price Schedules (Vol. III) are indicated at Annexure-I of this section. Bidder should include all such items in the bid proposal sheets, which are not specifically mentioned but are essential for the execution of the contract. Item which explicitly may not appear in various schedules and required for successful commissioning of substation shall be included in the bid price and shall be provided at no extra cost to Employer.

155791486.doc

Page 17 of

442

5 BASIC REFERENCE DRAWINGS 5.1 66 kV REMCO, Bangalore is a new Gas Insulated Substation. For the 66 kV voltage level, double main bus scheme layout arrangement shall be used. Single line diagram and layout arrangements are enclosed with the bid documents, which shall be further engineered by the bidder. 5.2 The reference drawings that form a part of the specifications is given at Annexure V. The bidder shall maintain the overall dimensions of the substation, phase to earth clearance, phase to phase clearance and sectional clearances but may alter the locations of equipment and towers etc to obtain the statutory electrical clearances required for the substation. The enclosed drawings give the basic scheme, General layout of substation and buildings, associated services etc. In case of any discrepancy between the drawings and text of specification, the requirements of text shall prevail in general. However, the Bidder is advised to get these clarified from Employer. 5.3 2 nos. auxiliary transformers of rating 11/0.433kV, 100 kVA shall be used to feed the substation auxiliaries at REMCO. 6 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE OF DIFFERENT SECTIONS OF TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION For the purpose of present scope of work, technical specification (Vol. II) shall consist of following sections and they should be read in conjunction with each other. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) Section-Project Section-General Technical Requirement (GTR) Section- GIS Switchgear Section-Power and Control Cables Section-LT AC panel and ACDB Section-Battery and Battery Charger & DCDB Section-Lighting System Section-LT transformer

155791486.doc

Page 18 of

442

9) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15) 16) 17) 18) 19)

Section-Fire Protection System Section-DG Set Section-Switchyard Erection Section- Structures Section-Civil Works Section- Relay and Protection Panel with Substation Automation Section- Power Transformer Section- 11kv switchgear Section Air Conditioning system. Section Lightning Arresters Section 66kV EHV UG Cable In case of any discrepancy between Section-PROJECT, SectionGTR and other technical specifications on scope of works, SectionPROJECT shall prevail over all other sections. In case of any discrepancy between Section-GTR and individual sections for various equipments, requirement of individual equipment section shall prevail.

7 SPARES Mandatory Spares The Mandatory Spares shall be included in the bid proposal by the bidder. The prices of these spares shall be given by the Bidder in the relevant schedule of BPS (Vol. III) and shall be considered for evaluation of bid. It shall not be binding on the Employer to procure all of these mandatory spares. The bidder is clarified that no mandatory spares shall be used during the commissioning of the equipment. Any spares required for commissioning purpose shall be arranged by the Contractor. The un-utilised spares if any brought for commissioning purpose shall be taken back by the contractor. The bidder shall recommend spare parts, maintenance tools and other equipment necessary for maintenance purposes for five years of trouble free service other than those specified as mandatory spares.

155791486.doc

Page 19 of

442

8 SPECIAL TOOLS AND TACKLES The bidder shall include in his proposal the deployment of all special tools and tackles required for erection, testing, commissioning and maintenance of equipment. However a list of all such devices should be indicated in the relevant schedule provided in the BPS. In addition to this the Contractor shall also furnish a list of special tools and tackles for the various equipment in a manner to be referred by the Employer during the operation of these equipment. 9 FACILITIES TO BE PROVIDED BY THE EMPLOYER 9.1 Contractor shall make available the auxiliary power supplies on chargeable basis at a single point from the ESCOM in the Substation. The prevailing energy rates of the state shall be applicable. All further distribution from the same for construction and permanent auxiliary supply shall be made by the contractor. However, in case of failure of power due to any unavoidable circumstances, the contractor shall make his own necessary arrangements like diesel generator sets etc. at his own cost so that progress of work is not affected and Employer shall in no case be responsible for any delay in works because of non-availability of power. The contractor shall make his own arrangement for construction water supply at his own cost and the Employer shall in no case be responsible for any delay in works because of non-availability or inadequate availability of water.

9.2

10 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT 10.1 Training of Owners Personnel The contractor shall organize and conduct complete and thorough training programmes (to be conducted in English language) providing necessary training material, at no extra cost to the owner including traveling and living expenses of owners engineers. The training shall be carried out at the place of manufacture or as the case may require and as agreed by owner so as to ensure the

155791486.doc

Page 20 of

442

complete adequacy of the programme and imparting of detailed knowledge of system/equipment design engineering and operation and maintenance aspects. The duration of the training shall be as follows: Design aspects, operation and maintenance of the GIS installations including procedures for fault attending at manufacturers works for two (2) Engineers of owner and one engineer from M/S.BMRCL for two (2) weeks. Further the contractor shall provide training for KPTCL Personnels in the area of testing, commissioning and maintenance for one (1) week at REMCO, Bangalore (GIS). The training materials may be restricted to sets only. 10.2 The bidder shall be responsible for safety of human and equipment during the working. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to co-ordinate and obtain, Electrical Inspector's clearance before commissioning. Any additional items, modification due to observation of such statutory authorities shall be provided by the Contractor at no extra cost to the Employer. The contractor shall place their panels i.e. Bay level units, bay mimic, relay and protection panels etc in an enclosure in the control room. In addition to lightning protection of switchyard equipment as per section switchyard erection, the buildings are also to be protected from lightning. The lightning flash density and other weighing factors as per IS 2309. The GIS hall shall be provided with a ventilation system. The ventilation system shall be as per requirement detailed in Annexure-IV. All roads to be provided under the scope shall be of concrete as per the drawing to be developed by the bidder in accordance with the design and technical specifications. Roads shall be constructed as per KPWD specification. In Section-GTR and other technical specifications, the word Employer and/or Owner may be read as Purchaser.

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

155791486.doc

Page 21 of

442

Annexure -I

MANDATORY SPARES FOR SUB-STATION EQUIPMENTS OF 66/11kV REMCO GIS SUB-STATION Bangalore (GIS).

Sl. No. 1 1
1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7

Item Description 2
Common Spares, Maintenance and Testing Tools SF6 Gas pressure relief devices of each type Pressure gauges (of each type) along with coupling device Rubber Gaskets, o Rings and seals for SF6 gas Molecular filter for SF6 gas Density Monitors for SF6 gas All types of Control Valves for SF6 gas SF6 gas ( 10% of total gas requirement subject to min of 30 kgs) CIRCUIT BREAKERS: 66KV separately

Unit 3 Set Set Set Sets Nos. Set

L/S

Qty. to be supplied & erected 4

1 1 1 3 2 1 1

2
(i)

(ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii) (viii) (ix) (x) (xi) (xii) (xiii)

(xiv) (xv)

66 kV, Single ph., 1600A /2000A Circuit Breaker interrupting chamber complete with all necessary apparatus. (1No. Each) Rubber gaskets, `O' rings and seals Trip coils with resistor. Closing coils with resistor Relays, Power contactors, push buttons, timers & MCB etc. Closing assembly/ valve Trip assembly/ valve Pressure switches Auxiliary switch assembly Operation Counter Rupture disc/diaphragm Windoscope / Observing window 66 kV, Single ph., 1600A / 2000A Circuit Breaker operating mechanism, complete with all necessary connecting apparatus All types of coupling for SF6 gas(1 no. each type) Hydraulic operated mechanism, if applicable: (a) Accumulator

No.

1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Set
Nos. Nos.

Set
No. No.

Set
No. No. No. No. No.

Set
No.

155791486.doc

Page 22 of

442

Sl. No. 1

Item Description 2 (b) Hydraulic oil (40% of total requirement) (c ) Control Valves (d) Pipe length (copper & steel) (e) Pressure switches (f) Pressure Gauges Note : Spares shall be provided for both 1600A / 2000A Circuit Breakers. ISOLATORS & E/SWITCH 66KV: a) 66 kV, Single ph., 1250A / 2000A, Disconnecting Switch internal parts, complete with all necessary gaskets, mounting hardware, etc. a) Operating mechanism of 66 kV, 1250A / 2000A Disconnecting Switch , complete with all necessary connecting apparatus. a) 66 kV, 1250A / 2000A, single phase high speed fault making Earthing switch, Internal parts complete with all necessary gaskets mounting hardware etc. a) Operating mechanism of 66 kV, 1250A / 2000A, high speed fault making Earthing switch, complete with all necessary gaskets connecting apparatus. Limit switch & Aux. switches Note : Spares shall be provided for both 1250A / 2000A Isolators. CURRENT TRANSFORMER 66KV Complete CT with Terminal connector (1 no. of each rating) VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER 66KV Single phase VT complete with all gaskets and mounting hardware (1 no. of each rating) SURGE ARRESTOR 66KV class Complete L.A. including with Surge counter & accessories

Unit 3 L/S

Set Set Set Set

Qty. to be supplied & erected 4 1 1 1 1 1

3 (i )

Set

(ii)

Set

(iii)

Set

(iv)

Set Set

1 1

(v)

No.

No.

No.

155791486.doc

Page 23 of

442

Sl. No. 1 7 (i )

Item Description

Unit 3 Set No. No. No. No.

Nos. Nos. Nos. Nos. Nos.

2 EMERGENCY DG SETS : Set of filters 1 set (Lubeoil/fuel/Air ckt) (ii) Solenoid coil assembly (iii) Self starter assembly (iv) Lub-oil pressure safety control (v) High water temp. safety control (vi) Diode 8 220V Batteries (i ) Spare battery cell without electrolyte (ii) Terminal connectors with bolts & Nuts (iii) Float level indicators (iv) Vent Plugs 9 220V Battery Chargers (i ) Set of Control Cards (1 complete set of charger) (ii) Set of relays (1 complete set of charger) (iii) Set of contactor (1 complete set of charger) (iv) Micro-switches (1 complete set of charger) (v) Filter Capacitors (1 complete set of charger) (vi) Thyristor/ Diode (1 complete set of charger) (vii) Set of switches (1 complete set of charger) (viii) Set of wound resistors (1 complete set of charger) (ix) Potentiometers (1 complete set of charger) (x) Fuses of Thyristor with indicators (1 complete set of charger) 10 11kV SWITCHGEAR : (i ) Relays (ii) CTs AND PTs [1 set (each)] (iii) Switches/Push buttons and Meters (iv) TPN Switches/MCB (v) Breaker spares a) Spring charging motor b) Aux. Contact sets c) Busbar Seal off insulators d) Arc-chutes e) Moving contacts

Qty. to be supplied & erected 4 1 1 1 1 1 2 5 5 5 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 1 1 1 1 1 2 5 2 1

Set Set Set Set Set Set Set Set Set Sets Set Set Set Set No. Sets
Nos.

Sets Set

155791486.doc

Page 24 of

442

Sl. No. 1

Item Description

Unit 3 Set Set No. No. Set Set Set

2 f) Arcing contacts (Fixed/Moving) g) Springs (Closing/Opening) h) Closing coil i) Tripping coil j) Aux. finger contact k) Limit switches l) Jaw contacts 11 SPARES FOR RELAY AND PROTECTION PANELS 11.1 Relay Panel Spares: (i ) Breaker failure relay (ii) Trip circuit supervision relay (iii) Self reset trip relay [1no. each type] (iv) Hand reset trip relay [1no. each type] (v) Timer relay [1no. each type] (vi) DC supervision relays (vii) Flag relays [1no. each type] (viii) Auxiliary relays [1no. each type] 11.2 COMMON SPARES (i ) Each type of module of Bus bar differential relay for Bus Bar protection. (ii) Metrosil (Non-linear resistor) each type (iii) Inter-posing CT & PTs each type 12 Mandatory spares for Sub-Station Automation system (i ) Bay control unit with configuration software (ii) Switch of each type (iii) Optical cable of longest length 13 Testing and Maintenance equipments for GIS (i ) SF6 gas filling and excavating plant (ii) Partial discharge manitoring (iii) SF6 gas leak detector (iv) Dew point meter

Qty. to be supplied & erected 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

No.
Nos.

Set Set Set No. Set Set Set Set Set

1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Sets No. No. Set Set Set Set

2 1 1 1 1 1 1

155791486.doc

Page 25 of

442

ANNEXURE II METEOROLOGICAL DATA

MSL: - 1000 METRES. AVERAGE RAINFALL (ANNUAL): max 3000 mm TEMPERATURE: MAX: 45 DEG C. MIN: 05 DEG C. SNOWFALL: NIL SIESMIC ZONE: II Relative humidity 100% Pollution level heavily polluted.

155791486.doc

Page 26 of

442

ANNEXURE - III

LIGHTING SYSTEM FOR GIS BUILDING .

1.

GIS BUILDING

The GIS Building main hall will be illuminated using enclosed type high bay, luminaries having 250 watt metal halide fixtures along with surface mounted 1x60W GLS down lighting fixtures for emergency areas. 2. Following Average Lux Levels will be maintained : Lux 1. GIS Building 200 Lux Uniformity Ratio 0.7

155791486.doc

Page 27 of

442

ANNEXURE - IV VENTILATION SYSTEM FOR GIS HALL Ventilation system GIS hall shall have an independent ventilation system. The ventilation system shall consist of two 100% capacity systems, one operating and one stand-by. To ensure that the air being supplied to the GIS hall is free from dust particles, a minimum two stage dust filtration process shall be supplied. This shall consist of at least the following: 1. 2. Pre Filters: To remove dust particles down to 10 micron in size with at least 95% efficiency. Fine Filters: To remove dust particles down to 5 microns in size with at least 99% efficiency.

All the filters shall be panel type. Easy access should be available to the filters for replacement/cleaning. The ventilation of the GIS hall shall be of a positive pressure type with minimum 4 air changes per hour. The pressure inside the GIS hall shall be maintained 5 mm of Hg above the atmospheric pressure. Fresh outdoor air shall be filtered before being blown into the GIS hall by the air fans to avoid dust accumulation on components present in the GIS hall. GIS hall shall be provided with motorized exhaust dampers with local control. All Doors, windows and other openings of the GIS hall shall have suitable sealing arrangement to arrest leakage of internal air.

155791486.doc

Page 28 of

442

ANNEXURE- V

LIST OF DRAWINGS. FOR REMCO:

Sl. No. 1. 2. 3. Drawing No. Drawing Title Single line diagram of 66/11kV GIS Station Typical Layout of 66/11kV GIS Station
Site Plan of GIS station

KPTCL/Tech/SS-66/REM-GIS-1/dt. 1-9-2008

KPTCL/Tech/SS-66/REM-GIS-2/dt. 1-9-2008

KPTCL/Tech/SS-66/REM-GIS-3/dt. 1-9-2008

155791486.doc

Page 29 of

442

Additional Notes for the Drawings mentioned in list of drawings: 1)

2)

All dimensions are indicative /tentative. The bidder shall ensure to install all the equipment mentioned in the scope with in the area indicated. A comprehensive drawing is prepared showing the layout plan of proposed KPTCL GIS station and BMRCL GIS station adjacent to each other. GIS Halls of the two sub-stations are proposed adjacent to each other to facilitate interconnection of respective GIS modules. Both KPTCL & BMRCL GIS stations are maintained at
the same level. Control room of dimension 18x23m including GIS Hall, control & relay panel and 11KV switchgear room etc is proposed. Basement floor (Cable vault) shall be provided for the entire building. The entire control room building shall be RCC frame type 11KV switchgear room is proposed behind the GIS Hall. Relay & monitoring room in the first floor, LTAC panel room, battery room are proposed in the second floor on top of 11KV switchgear room. Anodized Aluminium frame with transparent glass shall be provided for the monitoring room, relay room to enable good view of the 66KV GIS modules Hall. Common approach road is proposed for both the stations from the main road (Mysore road). 15m width road is proposed out of which 7m is the width of the road and 5x4.5m and 3x4.5m RCC Power cable ducts are proposed on either side of the road, for KPTCL & BMRCL use respectively. Conventional 31.5MVA, 66/11KV (with air bushings) Power transformers are proposed and they will be connected to respective GIS modules through 66KV, 630Sq.mm XLPE cable. Conventional transformers with air bushing are proposed and this would facilitate easy & fast replacement of transformers in case of failures. Tool room and store room for mandatory spares of GIS of suitable size shall be provided in the GIS buildings.

3)

4).

5).

6).

155791486.doc

Page 30 of

442

ANNEXURE- VI
SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES STATEMENT SHOWING THE REQUIREMENT OF EQUIPMENTS / MATERIALS

FOR 66/11KV STATION AT REMCO, BANGALORE

Sl. No. 1 A1

Item Description 2 a) Power transformer : 3 ph, 50Hz, Core type, 2 winding Delta / Star, Vector Group : Dyn11, OLTC, RTCC panel, oil etc., complete with terminal connector suitable for 50mm Al. tube on primary and 2 Nos. of 100 X 10 mm copper flat for each phase from LV side of transformer to cable at 11kV cable terminating structure with suitable support insulator on LV side of transformer and Neutral connectors suitable for 2 Nos. of 100mm x 8mm Copper Flats. 31.5MVA, 66/11KV class Metal encapsulated SF6 gas insulated Switchgear 40KA rating suitable for indoor installation of modular design

Unit 3

Qty. to be supplied & Erected 4

Nos.

A2

A2(1) 66KV Transformer Module ( For 31.5MVA) : Each Module comprising of the following: a) SF6 circuit breaker Complete with operating Mechanism, 1600A, 3phase -1 No. b) Disconnector: bi) 3 Phase, Single Pole, Group operated isolator switch complete with manual & motor driven operating mechanism 1250A - 3Nos. bii) 3 phase, Single Pole, Group operated maintenance earthing switch complete with manual operating mechanism 3Nos. c) d) Current Transformer: 3 Core, Multi ratio, single phase current transformer 400-200/1-1-1A (1 set)3Nos. Cable end unit (plug in type) 3 Phase, single pole, Cable termination 1 Run of 630Sq.mm XLPE cable for each phase.

Modules

155791486.doc

Page 31 of

442

Sl. No. 1 e)

Item Description 2 Bus Bar- Double bus arrangement: ei) Main Bus - 2500A eii) Auxiliary Bus - 1250A Control cubicle for GIS module, gas monitoring device, barriers pressure switches etc as required. NOTE: The bus and the equipmnets may be with 3 phase enclosure.

Unit 3

Qty. to be supplied & Erected 4

f)

A2(2) 66KV Line (U.G. Cable) Module : Each module comprising of the following: a) SF6 circuit breaker Complete with operating Mechanism, 1600A, 3phase -1 No. b) Disconnector: : bi) 3 Phase, Single Pole, Group operated isolator switch complete with manual & motor driven operating mechanism 1250A - 3 Nos. bii) 3 Phase, Single Pole, Group operated maintenance earthing switch complete with manual operating mechanism - 2 Nos. biii) 3 Phase, single pole, fast acting, fault make earthing switch complete with group operated manual & motor driven operating mechanism - 1 No. c) d) e) Current Transformer: 3 Core, Multi ratio, single phase current transformer 1200-800 /1-1-1A - 1 set ( 3 Nos.) Surge Arresters - 1 set (3 Nos.) Cable end unit (Plug in type) 3 phase, single pole, cable termination - 1 Run for 1000 sq.mm for each phase - 1 Set. Bus Bar- Double bus arrangement: fi) Main Bus - 2500A fii) Auxiliary bus- 1250A Control cubicle for GIS module, gas monitoring device, barriers pressure switches etc as required. NOTE: The bus and the equipmnets may be with 3 phase enclosure.

Modules

f)

g)

155791486.doc

Page 32 of

442

Sl. No.

Item Description

Unit 3 Modules

Qty. to be supplied & Erected 4 1

1 2 A2(3) (A) 66 kV Interconnecting Module for connecting BMRCL GIS Station without GIS surge Arrestor: Each module comprising the following: a) b) SF6 circuit breaker Complete with operating Mechanism, 1600A, 3phase -1 No. Disconnector: bi) 3 Phase, Single Pole, Group operated isolator switch complete with manual & motor driven operating mechanism 1600A - 3Nos. bii) 3 phase, Single Pole, Group operated maintenance earthing switch complete with manual operating mechanism 2 Nos. biii) 3 Phase, single pole, fast acting, fault make earthing switch complete with group operated manual & motor driven operating mechanism - 1 No. c) d) Current Transformer: 3 Core, Multi ratio, single phase current transformer 1200-800/1-1-1A (1 set)3Nos. Bus Bar- Double bus arrangement: di) Main Bus - 2500A dii) Auxiliary Bus - 1250A Control cubicle for GIS module, gas monitoring device, barriers pressure switches etc as required. NOTE: The bus and the equipmnets may be with single phase or 3 phase enclosure. (B) 1250A Single phase/three phase SF6 duct to the GIS Module of BMRCL Station with end cap along with required accessories (Till BMRCL station is executed) which is proposed in the adjacent GIS Hall Building as required (15 mtrs. Approx.) Note: The Quantity mentioned is only for the purpose of evaluation. The exact length will be decided during the detailed engineering. Hence unit rates may be quoted.

e)

Mtrs.

15

155791486.doc

Page 33 of

442

Sl. No.

Item Description

Unit 3 Modules

1 2 A2(4) 66KV Line Bus Coupler Module : Each module comprising of the following: a) SF6 circuit breaker Complete with operating Mechanism, 2000A, 3phase -1 No. b) Disconnector: : bi) 3 Phase, Single Pole, Group operated isolator switch complete with manual & motor driven operating mechanism 2000A - 2 Nos. bii) 3 Phase, Single Pole, Group operated maintenance earthing switch complete with manual operating mechanism - 2 Nos. c) d) Current Transformer: 3 Core, Multi ratio, single phase current transformer 1600-1000 /1-1-1A - 1 set ( 3 Nos.) Bus Bar- Double bus arrangement: di) Main Bus - 2500A dii) Auxiliary bus- 2500A Control cubicle for GIS module, gas monitoring device, barriers pressure switches etc as required. NOTE: The bus and the equipmnets may be with single phase or 3 phase enclosure.

Qty. to be supplied & Erected 4 1

e)

A2(5) PT Module : 66kV - Each module comprising of the following: a) Disconnector: ai) 3 Phase, Single Pole, Group operated isolator switch complete with manual & motor driven operating mechanism - 1250 A - For 66kV-1No. aii) 3 Phase, Single Pole, Group operated maintenance earthing switch complete with manual operating mechanism -1 No. b) Potential Transformer: 2 Core, Multi ratio, single phase potential transformer - 66KV/3 / 110V/3 -110V/3 - 1 Set (3 Nos.) Bus Bar- Single bus arrangement: ci) Main Bus - 2500A cii) Auxiliary bus 1250 A - for 66KV

Module

c)

155791486.doc

Page 34 of

442

Sl. No. 1 d)

Item Description

Unit 3

2 Control cubicle for GIS module, gas monitoring device, barriers pressure switches etc as required. A2(6) Bus Maintenance earth switch 3 Phase, Single pole, Group operated maintenance earthing switch complete with manual operating mechanism - 1600 Amp - For 66kV - 1 No. for each bus A2(7) Oil filled Current Transformers: 11KV CTs of Ratio 2000-1200/1-1-1 A Note: The Charasteristic of the above CT's shall be similar to that of main CT's in all respects as these CT shall be used as NCT's for reliable operation of REF Protection. A3 1) Relay & Protection Panels: a) 66KV line. - Type 6L (Annexure RPP4-SAS) b) 66/11KV Transformer - Type 6T1 (Annexure RPP5-SAS) c) 66KV Bus coupler - Type 6BC (Annexure RPP-6SAS) Note: Out of 2 nos BC panel, One no. BC shall be provided for interconnecting Module ie for item no. A2 (3) above. d) 11KV Line & BC - Type 1L (Annexure RPP7SAS) (Provision for 2 feeders to be made in one panel) NOTE: 1) The accuracy class of metering core of CTs, VTs, CVT's and trivector meter of Panels shall be 0.2 Accuracy class, irrespective of what has been indicated else where in bidding documents. 2) All the panels and associated relays shall be of one and the same make for uniformity and interchangeability of components. Please refer APPENDIX for type of RELAYS To be provided. 3) The Electronic Trivector meters has to be provided both on the HV side and LV side of 66/11KV Transformers.

Qty. to be supplied & Erected 4

Nos.

Nos.

Nos. Nos.

3 3

Nos.

Set

155791486.doc

Page 35 of

442

Sl. No. 1

Item Description 2 2) Substation Automation System (As per Annexure-SAS of Relay & Protection Panels and Substation Automation) Mounting structure : Design, fabrication and supply of Galvanised steel self supporting mounting / Supporting structure for i) 66KV cable end terminations including provision for fixing of LA's & Link boxes ii) 66KV High Pedestal Insulator Support Structure. iii) 11kV Cable terminating structure suitable for 3 x 4 runs of 1000Sq.mm Cable iv) 11kV Neutral CT Support structure A) Al. tube 50mm : Aluminium pipe conforming to 6340 WP of IS - 5082 / 1969 (BS I6000-Sch. 40) of 50mm nominal diameter B) Earth wire 7/3.15mm steel with clamps / lugs

Unit 3 Set

Qty. to be supplied & Erected 4 1

A4

Nos. Nos. Set Nos. Mtrs.

6 6 2 2 50 Ceiling Qty. to be assesed and quoted by the Bidder.

A5

Mtrs.

A6

A7

Surge Arrestor (porcelain housing) : Metal Oxide Gap less type as per technical specification with suitable rigid bi-metallic terminal connectors suitable for 50mm Al. pipe. i). 60KV, 10KA Cl. III Metal oxide (heavy duty) Auxiliary Transformers with oil, Cable termination type on both HT & LT side, Outdoor type with off load tap changer in steps of 2.5% : 100KVA, 11KV/433 V , 3 Ph. Delta / Star, Dyn 11. LTAC Panel (Indoor): 415V, LTAC Panel (2 I/C ACB 200A + 4 O/G SFU 63A + 12 O/G SFU 32A + 1 B/C SFU 200A + 1DG C/O Switch 300A)

Nos.

Set

A8

Set

155791486.doc

Page 36 of

442

Sl. No. 1 A9

Item Description 2 a) Power Cable from Auxiliary Transformers to LTAC Panel : 1.1KV PVC insulated 240sq.mm Al. Cable, 4 core with glands / lugs / ferrules.

Unit 3

Qty. to be supplied & Erected 4 Ceiling Qty. to be assesed and quoted by the Bidder. Ceiling Qty. to be assesed and quoted by the Bidder. Ceiling Qty. to be assesed and quoted by the Bidder.

Mtrs

b) PVC insulated aluminium power cable (AC supply for lighting etc.) : 95Sq.mm, 4 core with glands /lugs/ferrules

Mtrs

c) PVC insulated aluminium power cable (AC supply for lighting etc.) : 25Sq.mm, 4 core with glands /lugs/ferrules

Mtrs

A10

A.C. Distribution Box (Indoor / Outdoor) : AC distribution box single front type, 6 terminals, 750x1350x300 mm, 1 I/C of 100A, MCCB 20KA + 6 O/G MCB 16A + 1 O/G of 100A , HRC fuse D.G. Set: 3 Ph, 50 Hz, 415V, 0.8PF, 25KVA capacity D.G. Set Station Battery & Battery Charger: 2x220V, 300AH Plante type Battery set consisting of 110No. cells per bank with Float (2Nos.) and Boost (2 Nos.) type battery charger including control panels, change over arrangements etc. complete, along with DC Distribution Panel (Indoor) 1 I/C + 6 O/G SFU 60A + 6 O/G SFU 30A. a) 1.1kV class PVC Insulated Copper Control Cable with lugs / ferrules for the following sizes of cable. i) 2.5 Sq.mm, 19 core ii) 2.5 Sq.mm, 10 core iii) 2.5 Sq. mm, 2 Core iv) 6 Sq.mm, 4 core v) 16 Sq.mm, 4 core

Nos.

A11 A12

Set

Set

A13

KM KM KM KM KM

3 3 1 2 0.5
Page 37 of

155791486.doc

442

Sl. No. 1

Item Description 2 vi) 4 Sq.mm, 4 core vii) 25 Sq.mm, 4 core viii) 150 Sq.mm, 1 Core 11KV Switchgear : 31.5KA, 11KV class, Metal Clad Switchgear, 2000A for incomer & Bus coupler and 1600A for feeders, outdoor type, each comprising of 2IC+1BC+16F. 11KV U.G. Cable with the required cable terminations at both ends. a) One run of 11KV XLPE 95 sq.mm Al., 3 core cable(to be run for two Auxiliary Transformers) from 11KV switch Gear to Auxiliary Transformer. b) 11KV XLPE cable, 1000Sq. mm. Aluminium cable 3 x 4 Runs of 1C x 1000 Sq. mm cable from 31.5MVA, 66/11KV transformers to 11KV Switchgear. c) Cable Termination kits suitable for following sizes as per Technical Specification. i) 95 Sq mm 3 core ia) Indoor ib) Outdoor ii) 1000Sq mm Single core iia) Indoor iib) Outdoor Fire fighting Equipments with necessary mounting stands: a) Mechanical Foam Extinguisher Type i. 50.0 litres ii. 9.0 litres b) Water Type (Gas Pressure Type) - 9.0 litres c) Carbon dioxide Type - 4.5 Kgs. d) Sand Type i. G.I Bucket 15 litres ii. Steel stands

Unit 3 KM KM KM Set

Qty. to be supplied & Erected 4 0.5 1 0.5 1

A14

A15

Mtrs

250

Mtrs

1500

Nos. Nos. Nos. Nos.

2 2 24 24

A16

Nos. Nos. Nos. Nos. Nos. Nos.

Ceiling Qty. to be assesed and quoted by the Biddder.

155791486.doc

Page 38 of

442

Sl. No. 1

Item Description 2 e) Nitrogen Injection fire extinguishing system including civil Engineering works like soak pit etc., as per the recommendations of the supplier of the fire fighting system (For 31.5MVA Tr.). 66KV XLPE cable and termination : i) 66KV, 630Sq.mm, Single core, Circular, stranded, plain annealed copper condutor, XLPE cable as per technical specification required for connecting GIS modules to 66/11KV Transformer ii). Premoulded outdoor cable termination kit for 66KV 630Sq.mm XLPE cable (as per specification) iii). Indoor type suitable for plug in type cable termination of GIS modules confirm to IEC 60 859 for 66KV 630Sq.mm XLPE cable. iv) Link boxes, single phase outdoor structure mounting type with SVL/CCPU and PVC earthing cable including the cost of copper cable Note: The quantity indicated for control cable , 66KV XLPE Cable, 11KV XLPE cable and cable trenches are only indicative. This will be considered for the purpose of price evaluation only. The Bidder shall quote unit rates for the same and the actual requirement will be finalized during engineering/execution of the works by successful bidder.

Unit 3 Sets

Qty. to be supplied & Erected 4 2

A17

Mtrs.

300

Nos. Nos.

6 6

Nos

A18

Station and Yard Lighting (Outdoor & Indoor): The Design, Supply & erection of lighting outdoor & Indoor in station yard and GIS buildings is in the scope of bidder as specified in the technical specification. Lighting mast may be provided for outdoor lighting wherever design of illumination calls for.

L/S

To be assessed & quoted by Bidder

155791486.doc

Page 39 of

442

Sl. No. 1 A 19

Item Description 2 Station Lightning Protection: Fabricated structures of 5 meter height with peak with lightning finials stringing of earthwire at the top of buildings to form a cage for protection against Lightning. In case additional lightning protection is required separate lightning/lighting mast may be provided Maintenance Tools and Plant a) Earth Resistance Tester b)Portable (mobile) Oil Pump (1/2 HP Air pump 500 to 1000 Gallons) c)Telescopic ladder aluminum 6 meter height d)Ring spanner set e)Tube spanner set f)Pipe wrench 24 inch g)Pipe wrench 18 inch h)Hydraulic crimping tools up to 1000 sq.mm i)Rubber hand gloves (15 KV tested) j)Five celled torch k)Three celled torch l)Insulated cutting plier 12 inch m)Insulated cutting plier 8 inch n)L.T Line live tester o)Screw driver 18 inch p)Screw driver 12 inch q)Hammer 8 lbs r)Hammer 2 lbs s)Chain pulley block 5 ton t)Pipe derrick u)Allen Keys v)Box Spanners w)Transil oil dielectric breakdown test kit x)Insulation Megger 2.5 - 5KV y)Insulation Megger 500V

Unit 3

Qty. to be supplied & Erected 4 To be assessed & quoted by Bidder

L/S

A20

No No No. No. Nos. No. No. No. Pairs Nos. Nos. Nos. Nos. Nos. Nos. Nos. Nos. Nos. Nos. Set Set Set No. No. No.

1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

155791486.doc

Page 40 of

442

Sl. No. 1

Item Description 2 z)Multi - meter Electromechanical aa)Multi - meter Electronic bb)Hydro meters cc)Hydrometer syringes suitable for vent holes dd)Specific gravity correction chart ee)Wall mounting type holder for hydrometer & thermometer(teak wood make) ff)Cell testing voltmeter (3-0-3V) conforming to IS1248 gg)Rubber apron hh)Pipette ii)Protective goggles jj)Acid resisting jars (4 pint capacity) kk)Rubber shoes (knee Height) ll)Glass funnel mm) Hickery Rods nn) Grounding Sticks oo) Polypropylene Rope 10 mm pp) Polypropylene Rope 16mm qq) Files of Various Sizes rr) Hand Drilling Machine ss) Safety Belts tt) Safety Helmets uu) Steel Measuring tape 30Mtrs vv) Steel Measuring tape 15Mtrs Miscellaneous items like rubber mats, first aid box, danger boards, shock treatment charts, water filter door locks, fixograph, Sub-Station name board, and other sundry items (sizes /capacities to be got approved) Furniture for Control Room Staff and maintenance staff a. Steel Almirahs 6 1/2 feet b. Steel Almirahs 6 1/2 feet with glass panel doors c. Officers tables / work station table for SAS d. Steel Slotted angle rack (big Size)

Unit 3 No. No. Nos. Nos. Nos. Nos. Nos. Nos. No. Nos. Nos. Pairs Nos. Nos. Nos. Mtrs Mtrs Nos. No. Nos. Nos. No. No. L/S

Qty. to be supplied & Erected 4 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 4 2 2 4 4 100 100 6 1 2 2 1 1 1

A21

A22

Nos. Nos. Nos. Nos.

2 1 1 2

155791486.doc

Page 41 of

442

Sl. No. 1

Item Description 2 e. Steel Slotted angle rack (small Size) f. Steel dustbins g. Executive revolving chairs h.'S' Type Arm Chairs i. Steel folding Chairs

Unit 3 Nos. Nos. Nos. Nos. Nos.

Qty. to be supplied & Erected 4 2 4 2 6 4

155791486.doc

Page 42 of

442

SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES STATEMENT SHOWING THE DETAILS OF EQUIPMENTS / MATERIALS TO BE RELESED & HANDED OVER TO KPTCL FROM THE EXISTING 66/11KV SUBSTATION AT REMCO, MYSORE ROAD IN BANGALORE SOUTH TALUK, BANGALORE URBAN DISTRICT.

Sl. No. 1 1

Item Description 2 Releasing of Power transformer and Accessories : 3 ph, 50Hz, Core type, 2 winding Delta / Star, Vector Group : Dyn11, OLTC, C&R panel, RTCC panel, oil etc., complete with terminal connector suitable for DRAKE ACSR on primary and secondary side of transformer and Neutral connectors suitable for 2 Nos. of GI Flat. 12.5MVA, 66/11KV class. Note : 1. The existing 4 Nos. of 12.5MVA, 66/11KV transformers at REMCO Sub-station are to be released to facilitate transportation together with associated accessories like Radiators, Bushings, Conservator tank, RTCC panel, C&R panel etc. which shall suitably be be packed as per the directions of Site Engineer and handed over to KPTCL. Note : 2. The required Oil drums for storing of released Oil from the transformer are to be supplied by the contractor.There shall not be any damages to the transformers and its accessories during shifting to safe location. If any damage occurs, the same shall be made good/repaired to the satisfaction of the Owner at the cost and risk of the contractor. Note : 3. The Consumables and the fittings / accessories required for safe releasing of Transformers are to be supplied by the Contractor. 11KV SF6 switch gear : The Existing 11KV class 2I/C + 1BC+8F Switchgear along with annunciator desk / panel of the 11KV switchgear and truncking chambers if any complete. 11KV VCB switch gear : The Existing 11KV class 2I/C + 1BC+10F Switchgear along with annunciator desk / panel of the 11KV switchgear and truncking chambers if any complete. RTU Panel and Interface panel 48V DC Battery set and Battery Charger 11KV/433V, Station Auxiliary Transformers accessories

Unit 3

Qty. to be released 4

Nos.

Sets

Sets Set Sets

1 1 1 1

4 5 6

with

Sets

155791486.doc

Page 43 of

442

SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES STATEMENT SHOWING THE DETAILS OF EQUIPMENTS / MATERIALS TO BE DISMANTLED & BUY BACK FROM THE EXISTING 66/11KV SUB-STATION AT REMCO, MYSORE ROAD IN BANGALORE SOUTH TALUK, BANGALORE URBAN DISTRICT.

Sl. No. 1 1 2 3 4

Item Description 2 Circuit Breakers : 66KV Circuit Breakers including support Structures Isolators : 66KV, 1250/800A Double Break Isolators with support Structures Current Transformers : 66KV Class Current Transformers with support structures Current / Potential Transformers : 11KV Class Current / Potential Transformers with support structures Voltage Transformers : 66KV Class Voltage Transformers with support structures Coupling Capacitor with support structures Wave Traps Lightning Arrestors : 60KV class Lightning Arrestors with Support Structures The Existing 11KV XLPE UG cables laid between the existing 66/11KV transformers and existing 11KV Switchgear Panels and 11kV Switchgear Panels to out going feeders. Station Structures fabricated using I-Beams and lattice structure. Mounting Structures including breaking of concrete : Lattice type and Rail pole type 66kV Pedestal Insulators with support structures Control and Relay Panels : i) 66KV line C & R panel 110V DC Battery set and Battery Charger 30V DC Battery set and Battery Charger R.C.C DP Structures complete

Unit 3 Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets No. Sets

Qty. to be dismantled & taken back 4 4 15 3 1 3 1 1 12

5 6 7 8 9

Rmtrs

1500

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

MT MT Sets Nos. Sets Sets Sets

22 4 29 4 1 1 18

155791486.doc

Page 44 of

442

Sl. No. 1 17 18 19

Item Description Unit 2 PVC insulated Copper Control Cables of Various sizes 1.1kV Power Control Cables of Various sizes Dismantling of Main/Cross Bus Bars including releasing of disc insulator strings, hardware clamps, faraday cage, etc., complete Earthing Materials : CI/GI pipes, MS/GI flat, Earth Wire, RCC collars, etc., Releasing of Station Yard Illumination fittings, Control switches, cables, conductors, RCC/Steel poles if any, AC/DC distribution boxes, rails used for transformer foundation, any other related equipment / materials 3 RMtrs L/S L/S L/S

Qty. to be dismantled & taken back 4 3000 1 1 1

20 21

L/S

155791486.doc

Page 45 of

442

SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES STATEMENT SHOWING THE REQUIREMENT OF CIVIL WORKS

FOR ESTABLISHING OF 66/11KV GIS SUB-STATION AT REMCO, BANGALORE

Sl. Item Description No. 1 2 B 1 Site levelling : a) Supplying all labour, Machineries, Tools and Plants etc., and levelling the switchyard area & the approach Road from main road upto station to the required RL, Line, Grade and Cross section. Work includes cutting in all types of soil and rock including hard rock & Hard laterite by blasting/Chiseling and wedging in areas above FGL and filling the areas lower than FGL with excavated soil in layers not exceeding 250mm loose thickness, spreading, breaking clods, removal of roots and other organic materials, compacting to 96% Proctor's density using PRR duly adding water and disposing the surplus soil and rock (including stocking) within station premises or outside to any notified areas of the local bodies, making good of the deficit soil for filling from excavations for foundations of equipments, structures etc., complete as per specifications, drawings and directions of Engineer in charge of the work.(only quantity of cutting will be measured and paid). Note: Site leveling is under the scope of M/s BMRCL. The leveled land will be handed over to the contractor. The scope includes Micro leveling of the area to the required RL. B2 Foundations : Design, engineering, supply of all labour, material and construction of RCC ( M20 grade) footing and pedestals of any section / size including the cost of excavation in all types of soil / rock, concrete ( M20 grade and lean concrete 1:4:8), reinforcement steel, formwork, grouting, underpinning, foundation strengthening in expansive / BC soil, curing, sundries and other items not mentioned herein but required for the completion of the work for the following station towers and equipments support structures as per technical specification, approved drawings and directions of the Engineer incharge of work a) Equipment support structures. i) 11KV NCT Support structure ii) 66KV cable end terminations structure including provision for fixing of LA's & Link boxes iii) 66KV High Pedestal Insulator Support Structure iv) 11kV Cable terminating structure suitable for 3 x 4 runs of 1000Sq.mm Cable

Unit 3

Qty. 3a

Cmtr

100

Nos.

Nos. Nos. Set

6 6 2

155791486.doc

Page 46 of

442

v) Lighting/Lightning Mast

Nos.

Ceiling Quantity is to be assesed and quoted by the Bidder

B3

Cable trenches: Design engineering, supply of labour, material and construction of RCC cable duct (grade M20) of required size/section including cost of excavation in all types of soil / rock, back filling with available approved earth or new earth, disposal of surplus earth to the places directed, RCC M20 concrete and lean concrete 1:4:8, RCC covers, form work, curing, brick works, wherever required,reinforcement steel, steel angles, flats, plates, cable trays, sundries and other items not mentioned herein but required for completion of work as per specification, approved drawing, and directions of engineer in charge of work. The cable trays shall be provided on both the sides and the sections of the duct shall be sufficient to accommodate the present requirement of 66KV and 11KV cables and future requirement for two lines each. The top of cable duct shall be 500mm above the finished road level. The scope also includes providing proper ventilation and illumination. The portion of the cable duct at the junction of the road/crosing the road fully or partly shall be suitably designed for the vehicular and equipment loadings. i) for 66KV XLPE cable and 11KV XLPE Cable 5.00Mtrx4.50Mtr (interior clear dimensions)

Rmtr

150

B4

Jelly spreading: Supplying all labour, materials, equipments and providing and laying 100 mm thick granite / trap / basalt jelly using 20 mm size jelly including the cost of jelly, sundries and other items not mentioned herein but required for the completion of work as per technical specifications, drawings and directions of the engineer incharge of the work. Jelly used shall be free from dirt, organic material and flakes etc.

Sq Mtr

375

155791486.doc

Page 47 of

442

B5

Transformer foundation & associated rail track: (a) Design, engineering, supply of all labour, material, equipments and construction of transformer and radiator foundations, rail tracks ( concrete grade M-20 Minimum) including all associated works, jacking pads, anchor blocks, MS gratings, gravel filling, pylon support system including the cost of excavation in all types of soil / rock, backfilling with available approved earth or borrowed / new earth, disposal of surplus soil/ rock to the places directed, concrete (RCC M 20 grade and lean concrete 1:4;8), strengthening of foundation in expansive / BC soil, reinforcement steel, structural steel, form work, grouting, jelly, painting curing, sundries and other items not mentioned herein but required for completion of work as per technical specification, drawing and directions of the Engineerin-charge of work (foundation for radiators and cooling system is only for 100 MVA transformer and above) i) for 31.5 MVA, 66/11 KV transformer (b) Size stone masonry transformer platform: Construction of size stone masonry transformer platform for 250 KVA, 110/0.433 KV LT Transformer as per drawing enclosed, technical specifications and directions of the engineer-in-charge of work, including the cost of excavation in all types of soil / rock, backfilling with available approved earth or borrowed / new earth, disposal of surplus soil / rock to the places directed, concrete (PCC 1;1.5:3 for coping and lean concrete 1;4:8), strengthening of foundation in expansive / BC soil, size stone masonry for foundations and basement in cement mortar 1:6 using hammer dressed for foundation and chistle dressed above the GL stones of not less than 15 cm high , plastering 20mm thick in 1:6 cement mortar to the exposed faces, structural steel, reinforcement steel, curing, water proof cement painting to the exposed faces and other items not mentioned herein but required for the completion of the work. c) A C distribution box ( SFDB +DFDB)

Nos.

Nos.

Nos.

B6

Road works: (a) Design, Engineering and Construction of Concrete Road and Walkways / shoulders within sub-station or outside the station as per specification, layout, section detail drawing and directions of Engineer in charge of works etc., complete in all respect. i) 7M (clear) wide road ii) 13M (clear) wide road

Rmtr

60

Rmtr

24

155791486.doc

Page 48 of

442

(b) Design, Engineering and Construction of Bituminous Road and Walkways / shoulders within sub-station or outside the station as per specification, layout, section detail drawing and directions of Engineer in charge of works etc., complete in all respect. Note: Design/Drawing shall be developed in line with the KPTCL standard drawing enclosed. i) 7M (clear) wide road ii) 13M (clear) wide road Storm Drainage system. a) Design, engineering and construction of storm water drain using Size Stone Masonry on either side of the road and at other locations to lead off the water collected from the ODY (with two side SSM wall) b) Design, engineering and construction of storm water drain at the periphery of the ODY using Size Stone Masonry considering foundation of compound / retaining wall as one side wall of the drain (with one side SSM wall) B8 Switch yard fencing / compound wall : Construction of Compound wall is not in the scope. Providing and fixing of Gate is included in the scope. a) Gates i) Providing and fixing gate with wicket gate as per the KPTCL standard drawing supplied, technical specifications and directions of the Engineer in charge of the work including providing RCC pillar/supports at entrance . ii) Design, Engineering, fabricating and fixing Sliding gate 3 Nos using structural steel in front of transformers as indicated in the layout drawing of 2.40M height to facilitate the movement of the Transformers. Gates are painted with two coats of anti corosive paint of approved quality and make over one coat of shop primer. Gates shall be both electrically operated and gear operated.

Rmtr

40

Rmtr

16

B7

Rmtr

25

Rmtr

220

No.

Rmtr

40

155791486.doc

Page 49 of

442

B9

Control room Building: Design, engineering , supply of all materials, labour etc. and construction of RCC framed Control room building (GIS Building/Switch Gear Building) of dimensions 18MX23M as indicated in the layout drawing. . The Building shall be designed to accommodate the various units as indicated in the layout drawing. A basement floor (cable vault) shall be provided for the entire building. The FFL of the basement floor shall be 2.00Mtr. below the FGL and the slab level shall be 1.00 Mtr. Above the FGL. RCC retaining wall shall be provided for the basement floor.The control room building shall be designed with pile/raft foundation to take the expected loads including the static & dynamic load of GIS modules, control & relay panels, battery & battery charger, switch gear panels, erection/maintenence crane etc.The floor slab of the GIS Hall shall be suitably deigned to withstand all the loads stated above. The control room building shall accommodate all the GIS modules and 11 KV Switch gear Panels of present and future. The relay panel room and monitoring room shall be accommodated in the first floor (a portion of main building as indicated in plan). LTAC room, battery and battery charger room and tool room shall be accommodated in the Second floor. Suitable provision for toilets shall be made. .The flooring, skirting,dadoing, painting, doors. windows and ventilators shall be as per the table-1 (internal finish schedule) of section 1. and the entire structure shall be RCC framed as per design. Provision shall be made for a crane of required capacity.(Min 5 ton) to handle GIS modules. All the doors inside the control room building shall be of anodized aluminium. The entry doors of the control room shall be of sufficient dimension for movement of equipments into/out of the control room. The illumination design of the control room building is also in the scope of the bidder.The scope also includes providing necessary treatment to sub-soil depending upon the soil condition, providing internal water supply arrangements, providing sanitary arrangements ( internal and external ) providing foundations to various modules for the present & future, Switchgear Panels etc and internal RCC cable ducts as per approved drawing, specifications and directions of engineer in charge of work including cost of all material, labour etc. complete.The scope also includes providing cable trays (hanging type) in the basement floor (cable vault) to support cables.

No.

155791486.doc

Page 50 of

442

Note : 1. Proper ventilation system required for operation of GIS modules as specified in details specifications shall be provided. Necessary Air Conditioning system shall be provided for relay room, monitoring room and at store room of mandatory spares and any other office / control rooms of the building. Split AC system is to be provided with a standby system. 2.The external sanitray system shall be with necessary pipe lines of suitable diameter with manholes etc., complete. and ultimately connected to the public sewerage system.Obtaining approval from the local authorities for connecting the final discharge pont to the public sewerage system and payment of necessary fees, road cutting, observing usual formalities etc. is also included in the scope of work. 3. Provision for housing air compressor and filtering units shall also be made in the building. 4. THE RATE FOR CONTROL ROOM BUILDING SHALL INCLUDE COST OF BUILDING,SUPPLY ERECTION OF CRANE OF REQUIRED CAPACITY(MIN 5T),COMPRESSOR,FILTERING UNIT FOR VENTILATION SYSTEM, SPLIT AIR CONDITIONERS ,AS DETAILED IN TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION B 10 Water supply system: Design, engineering and providing water supply for the sub-station including drinking water, water for fire fighting and earthing pits. a) Sinking of 150mm dia borewell providing ERW casing pipe up to hard strata. b) Supplying, Erecting and Commissioning of suitable pumpset of approved make to the borewell to lift water including control panels , G.I. Heavy duty pipe with heavy duty collars of 50mm dia etc complete and other connected works not specifically mentioned herein but required for the completion of the work in all respects. c) Providing water supply arrangements by construction of Size stone masonry/RCC sump as required of capacity 4000 ltrs, installation and servicing of 1 HP Monobloc Pump, providing 50mm dia threaded PVC pipe of 6 Kg/Sq cms supply line from bore well to Syntax water tanks of 2000 ltrs capacity placed on the roof of the control room Building, Providing separate supply line from underground sump to syntax water tank with PVC threaded pipe, providing delivery lines using 50mm, 40mm, 32mm PVC threaded pipes of 6Kg/Sq cms , 20mm dia GI pipe spouts , concrete pipe Supports, Gate valves/Ball valves, GI fittings , specials etc for providing waters supply to the Ground pits, providing drinking water etc in the premises.

No.

No.

No.

155791486.doc

Page 51 of

442

B 11

Baffle wall between Power Transformers: Design, engineering, supply of all labour, materials and construction of Baffle / fire wall as per technical specification, drawing and directions of engineer incharge of work between 66KV Power Transformers

No.

155791486.doc

Page 52 of

442

B12 Earth mat formation: Design, Engineering, Supply and laying of all materials for grounding the entire Gas Insulated Sub-Station as per clause 4.26 of Section-B, Section 4 (GIS), Technical Specifications Volume II (1 of 2) and Section 10 - Earthmat Technical Specifications Volume II (2 of 2) (Wherever applicable) in Confirmity with IEC Standards. Which includes Excavation, formation, refilling in all types of soil & rock and disposal of surplus soil/rock to the places directed, Supply and laying of all the Earth mat materials. Formation of Eathmat includes earthing of all equipments/materials as per specification including Earthing of EHV / HV Cables. Bidder has to indicate the Name of the Materials, its sizes / dimensions, ceiling quantity of each the items proposed for formation of earth mat including equipments earthing. i) Earthmat using Rod/Flat ii) Earth Risers iii) Earthmat spikes iv) Earthing Pipes v) Deep bore earthing by Sinking bore of 150 mm clear dia using fast rig including fixing of Rod of suitable dia and length vi) Any other Material to Comply the System, Please Specify vii) viii) Total

Bidde r to indica te the Name of the Sizes / Mater Dimens ial ions of props the ed for Materia forma ls tion Propos of ed Earth mat & Earthi ng of Equip ments

Uni t

Ceil ing Qu ant ity to be ass ess ed an d qu ote d by the Bid der

155791486.doc

Page 53 of

442

155791486.doc

Page 54 of

442

Sl. No. 1 B7

Item Description 2 Storm Drainage system and yard protection work: a) Design, engineering and construction of storm water drain using Size Stone Masonry on either side of the road and at other locations to lead off the water collected from the ODY (with two side SSM wall) b) Design, engineering and construction of storm water drain at the periphery of the ODY using Size Stone Masonry considering foundation of compound / retaining wall as one side wall of the drain (with one side SSM wall) c) Design, Engineering and Construction of Size stone Masonry Toe wall and dry stone pitching as per specifications, drawing and directions of the Engineer incharge of the work with the following items of work i) Earth work excavation for foundation and slopes in all types of soil and rock and backfilling with available approved/new earth in layers of 150mm loose thickness and compacting duly adding water and disposing the surplus earth to the places directed. ii) Providing and laying granite or basalt or trap jelly cement concrete 1:4:8, using 40mm and down size jelly for foundation well compacted including formwork, curing etc. complete iii) Providing and constructing granite or trap or basalt size Stone Masonary , stones hammer dressed, in courses not less than 200 mm high with bond stones at 2000mm apart in each course including curing etc., complete as per specifications, in cement mortar 1:6 for foundation iv) Providing and constructing granite or trap or basalt size Stone Masonary , in courses not less than 150mm high with bond stones 2000mm apart in each course, edges of stones chistel dressed and all quoins 2 line dressed 50mm wide on each face including curing etc., complete as per specifications, in cement mortar 1:6 for Basement v) Providing and laying granite or basalt or trap jelly cement concrete 1:3:6, using 20mm and down size jelly including mixing laying, tamping, curing, and finished for exposed faces with necessary centering and form work etc., complete for basement, coping , sills , bond slab, etc and for any other such works. vi) Providing pointing to stone masonry in cement mortar 1:3 after raking the joints to 2.50 Cm. and nicely lining , curing etc., complete vii) Providing and constructing dry boulders pitching including cost of all materials, labor, curing complete as per specifications.

Unit 3 Rmtr

Qty. 4 25

Rmtr

220

Cmtr

117.60

Cmtr

4.92

Cmtr

21.33

Cmtr

6.30

Cmtr

3.69

Smtr Cmtr

47.40 88.20

155791486.doc

Page 55 of

442

Sl. No. 1 B8

Item Description 2 Switch yard fencing / compound wall : a) Design, Engineering and Construction of Ashlar Stone Masonry Security Compound Wall on all the four sides of ODY over the proposed Size Stone Masonry Retaining wall (to be constructed by M/s BMRCL) as per the approved drawing, specifications and directions of the Engineer incharge of the work. The items of work involed are as under: i) Construction of Ashlar stone masonry wall with Granite sones fine tooled on all bed and side joints and the faces are rendered perfectly true to the pattern desired. The height of the courses shall not be less than 20 cms. The height of the stones used shall not be less than their breadth and their lengths shall not be less than twice their height. Stones shall be laid as header and stretcher alternately. Bond stones/Through stones for each course between the pillars and staggered shall be provided. The thickness of the Masonry wall shall be 450mm and constructed in cement mortar 1:6. The clear height of the Masonry wall excluding coping shall be 2400mm.over Masonry wall 1:2:4 cement concrete coping of 100mm thick average sall be provided and finished neatly. 100 mm wide Patti in cement mortar 1:3 on both sides shall be provided throughout the wall. ii) Construction of Ashlar Stone Masonry Pillars of 600mmX600mmX2400mm size spaced at 3600mmC/C in cement mortar 1:6. .Over Pillar 1:2:4 cement concrete coping of 100mm thick average sall be provided and finished neatly. 100 mm wide Patti in cement mortar 1:3 shall be provided on all the sides. iii) Providing Decorative grills using structural steel and clear height of 1000mm throughout the wall . The design shall be as per owners requirements. The Grills shall be given two coats of synthetic enamel paint over one coat of shop primer. The vertical posts of the Grill work shall be embeded to a depth of 450mm in Cement concrete 1:2:4 at every pillars . iv) Providing Ruled pointing pointing in cement mortar 1:3 v) Patti and the concrete surface shall be given two coats of approved colour and brand water proof cement paint over one coat of primer. vi) Providing gates at two locations, one for entry to Control Room building and one for entry to 66KV GIS Hall. vii) Any other work not specifically mentioned herein but required for the completion of the work in all respects.

Unit 3

Qty. 4

Rmtr

220

155791486.doc

Page 56 of

442

Sl. No. 1

Item Description 2 b) Gates i) Providing and fixing gate with wicket gate as per the drawing supplied, technical specifications and directions of the Engineer in charge of the work including providing RCC pillar/supports at entrance . ii) Design, Engineering, fabricating and fixing Sliding gate 3 Nos using structural steel in front of transformers as indicated in the layout drawing of 2.40M height to facilitate the movement of the Transformers. Gates are painted with two coats of anti corosive paint of approved quality and make over one coat of shop primer. Gates shall be both electrically operated and gear operated. Control room Building: Design, engineering , supply of all materials, labour etc. and construction of RCC framed Control room building (GIS Building/Switch Gear Building) of dimensions 18MX23M as indicated in the layout drawing. . The Building shall be designed to accommodate the various units as indicated in the layout drawing. A basement floor (cable vault) shall be provided for the entire building. The FFL of the basement floor shall be 2.00Mtr. below the FGL and the slab level shall be 1.00 Mtr. Above the FGL. RCC retaining wall shall be provided for the basement floor.The control room building shall be designed with pile/raft foundation to take the expected loads including the static & dynamic load of GIS modules, control & relay panels, battery & battery charger, switch gear panels, erection/maintenence crane etc.The floor slab of the GIS Hall shall be suitably deigned to withstand all the loads stated above. The control room building shall accommodate all the GIS modules and 11 KV Switch gear Panels of present and future. The relay panel room and monitoring room shall be accommodated in the first floor (a portion of main building as indicated in plan). LTAC room, battery and battery charger room and tool room shall be accommodated in the Second floor. Suitable provision for toilets shall be made. .The flooring, skirting,dadoing, painting, doors. windows and ventilators shall be as per the table-1 (internal finish schedule) of section 1. and the entire structure shall be RCC framed as per design. Provision shall be made for a crane of required capacity.(Min 5 ton) to handle GIS modules. All the doors inside the control room building

Unit 3 No.

Qty. 4 1

Rmtr

40

B9

No.

155791486.doc

Page 57 of

442

Sl. No. 1

Item Description 2 shall be of anodized aluminium. The entry doors of the control room shall be of sufficient dimension for movement of equipments into/out of the control room. The illumination design of the control room building is also in the scope of the bidder.The scope also includes providing necessary treatment to sub-soil depending upon the soil condition, providing internal water supply arrangements, providing sanitary arrangements ( internal and external ) providing foundations to various modules for the present & future, Switchgear Panels etc and internal RCC cable ducts as per approved drawing, specifications and directions of engineer in charge of work including cost of all material, labour etc. complete.The scope also includes providing cable trays (hanging type) in the basement floor (cable vault) to support cables. Note : 1. Proper ventilation system required for operation of GIS modules as specified in details specifications shall be provided. Necessary Air Conditioning system shall be provided for relay room, monitoring room and at store room of mandatory spares and any other office / control rooms of the building. Split AC system is to be provided with a standby system. 2.The external sanitray system shall be with necessary pipe lines of suitable diameter with manholes etc., complete. and ultimately connected to the public sewerage system.Obtaining approval from the local authorities for connecting the final discharge pont to the public sewerage system and payment of necessary fees, road cutting, observing usual formalities etc. is also included in the scope of work. 3. Provision for housing air compressor and filtering units shall also be made in the building. 4. THE RATE FOR CONTROL ROOM BUILDING SHALL INCLUDE COST OF BUILDING,SUPPLY ERECTION OF CRANE OF REQUIRED CAPACITY(MIN 5T),COMPRESSOR,FILTERING UNIT FOR VENTILATION SYSTEM, SPLIT AIR CONDITIONERS ,AS DETAILED IN TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION Water supply system: Design, engineering and providing water supply for the substation including drinking water, water for fire fighting and earthing pits. a) Sinking of 150mm dia borewell providing ERW casing pipe up to hard strata.

Unit 3

Qty. 4

B 10

No.

155791486.doc

Page 58 of

442

Sl. No. 1

Item Description 2 b) Supplying, Erecting and Commissioning of suitable pumpset of approved make to the borewell to lift water including control panels , G.I. Heavy duty pipe with heavy duty collars of 50mm dia etc complete and other connected works not specifically mentioned herein but required for the completion of the work in all respects. c) Providing water supply arrangements by construction of Size stone masonry/RCC sump as required of capacity 4000 ltrs, installation and servicing of 1 HP Monobloc Pump, providing 50mm dia threaded PVC pipe of 6 Kg/Sq cms supply line from bore well to Syntax water tanks of 2000 ltrs capacity placed on the roof of the control room Building, Providing separate supply line from underground sump to syntax water tank with PVC threaded pipe, providing delivery lines using 50mm, 40mm, 32mm PVC threaded pipes of 6Kg/Sq cms , 20mm dia GI pipe spouts , concrete pipe Supports, Gate valves/Ball valves, GI fittings , specials etc for providing waters supply to the Ground pits, providing drinking water etc in the premises. Baffle wall between Power Transformers: Design, engineering, supply of all labour, materials and construction of Baffle / fire wall as per technical specification, drawing and directions of engineer incharge of work between 66KV Power Transformers

Unit 3

Qty. 4

No.

No.

B 11

No.

155791486.doc

Page 59 of

442

B12 Earth mat formation: Design, Engineering, Supply and laying of all materials for grounding the entire Gas Bidder Insulated Sub-Station as per clause 4.26 to of Section-B, Section 4 (GIS), Technical indicat Specifications Volume II (1 of 2) and e the Section 10 - Earthmat Technical Name Specifications Volume II (2 of 2) of the (Wherever applicable) in Confirmity with Materia IEC Standards. Which includes l Excavation, formation, refilling in all types propse of soil & rock and disposal of surplus d for soil/rock to the places directed, Supply formati and laying of all the Earth mat materials. on of Formation of Eathmat includes earthing of Earthm all equipments/materials as per at & specification including Earthing of EHV / Earthin HV Cables. Bidder has to indicate the g of Name of the Materials, its sizes / Equipm dimensions, ceiling quantity of each the ents items proposed for formation of earth mat including equipments earthing. i) Earthmat using Rod/Flat ii) Earth Risers iii) Earthmat spikes iv) Earthing Pipes v) Deep bore earthing by Sinking bore of 150 mm clear dia using fast rig including fixing of Rod of suitable dia and length vi) Any other Material to Comply the System, Please Specify vii) viii)

Sizes / Dime nsion s of the Mater ials Propo sed

Uni t

Ceili ng Qua ntity to be asse ssed and quot ed by the Bidd er

155791486.doc

Page 60 of

442

Annexure -VII

SPECIFICATION FOR ROADS AND CULVERTS

a) b) All roads shall be concrete road (rigid) pavement. Layout of the roads shall be as shown in the General Arrangement drawing for the substation issued along with the tender documents. Adequate turning space for vehicles shall be provided and bend radii shall be set accordingly. Road to the Autotransformer shall be as short and straight as possible.

(c)

The width of the road shall be as shown in the drawing and provided under price schedule including providing earthen shoulders of 1.6M width on either side of the road wherever possible.
RCC roads as per design and requirement shall be provided. RCC Kerbstone is to be provided on both sides of the road. 150mm dia RCC Hume pipe shall be provided at 30m c/c on both side of the roads for drainage. The kerbstone on both sides of the roads shall be painted yellow and black alternatively. Concrete road shall have RCC (1:1.5:3 nominal mix) of required thickness (minimum 150mm) forming the top below which 100mm thick PCC (1:4:8) shall be provided. PCC shall extend 400mm on both sides. Suitable reinforcement as per design shall be provided. Polythene sheet of 125 microns shall be placed between the RCC and PCC slab. Expansion joint (12mm thick) shall be provided at every 8.0M. In addition, in case of 7.0M & above wide road, expansion joint shall also be provided at the center. 100mm dia RCC hume pipe (NP-3) shall be provided at every 10.0M interval across the length of the road for cable crossing.

(d)

(e) (f)

KPWD specification shall be followed for construction of Roads. All the culverts and allied structures (required for road/rail, drain, trench crossings etc.) shall be designed for class AA loading as per IRC standard / IS code and should be checked for Autotransformer loading of about 200T

155791486.doc

Page 61 of

442

Annexure- VIII 12.0 12.1 BUILDINGS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS GENERAL The scope include the design, engineering and construction including plinth protection DPC of Building including sanitary, water supply, electrification etc. of control room building with basement for cable vault. The buildings shall be of RCC framed structure of concrete of M20 grade (Min.) The contractor shall appoint a reputed architect (To be approved by KPTCL) for design of architecturally pleasing building and to incorporate local architecture. Control room shall be so designed that most of the area of switchyard is visible from control room. There should be at least one window in control room, which opens in GIS hall. 12.2 FOR REMCO AREA REQUIREMENT OF CONTROL ROOM BUILDING Tentative carpet area requirements is given below : Basement with cable vault 414 Sq.m 66KV GIS Hall on Basement 200 Sq.m (with suitable provision for housing the DG set and air compressor and filtering units as per annexure - IV) 11KV Switchgear on basement

184 Sq.m.

Relay room in first floor on 11kV Switchgear room 96Sq.m Monitoring room with staircase on 11kv switchgear room 148 Sq.m LTAC room. Tool room, battery room, Toilet in second floor and staircase 184 Sq.m. (approx)

155791486.doc

Page 62 of

442

Note:
1) Sufficient space for maintenance bay in each GIS hall for carrying out the maintenance /overhaul works shall be provided. 2) Any future possibility of annexe building shall be taken care of while finalizing the layout of the control room building. 12.2.1 DESIGN a) The buildings shall be designed : 1. 2. 3. to the requirements of the National Building Code of India, and the standards quoted therein. for the specified climatic & loading conditions. to adequately suit the requirements of the equipment and apparatus contained in the buildings and in all respects to be compatible with the intended use and occupancy. with a functional and economical space arrangement. for a life expectancy of structure, systems and components not less than that of the equipment which is contained in the building, provided regular maintenance is carried out. to be aesthetically pleasing. Different buildings shall show a uniformity and consistency in architectural design. to allow for easy access maintenance of the equipment. to equipment and

4. 5.

6.

7. 8.

with, wherever required, fire retarding materials for walls, ceilings and doors, which would prevent supporting or spreading of fire. with materials preventing dust accumulation.

9. b)

Suitable expansion joints shall be provided in the longitudinal direction wherever necessary with provision of twin columns.

155791486.doc

Page 63 of

442

c)

Individual members of the buildings frame shall be designed for the worst combination of forces such as bending moment, axial force, shear force, torsion etc. Permissible stresses for different load combinations shall be taken as per relevant IS Codes. The building lighting shall be designed in accordance with the requirements of relevant section. The building auxiliary services like ventilation systems, fire protection and detection systems and all other miscellaneous services shall be designed in accordance with the requirements specified in relevant section or elsewhere in this Specification.

d) e) f)

12.2.2

DESIGN LOADS Building structures shall be designed for the most critical combinations of dead loads, super- imposed loads, equipment loads, crane load (if any), wind loads and seismic loads. The static & dynamic load of GIS module on the roof of the basement shall be considering in the building design. Dead loads shall include the weight of structures complete with finishes, fixtures and partitions and should be taken as per IS:1911. Super-imposed loads in different areas shall include live loads, minor equipment loads, cable trays, small pipe racks/hangers and erection, operation and maintenance loads. Equipment loads shall constitute, if applicable, all load of equipments to be supported on the building frame. For crane loads an impact factor of 30% and lateral crane surge of 10% (lifted weight + trolley) shall be considered in the analysis of frame according to provisions of IS:875. The horizontal surge shall be 5% of the static wheel load. The wind loads shall be computed as per IS 875 - 1987, Seismic Coefficient method/Response Spectrum method shall be used for the seismic analysis as per IS 1893 with importance factor 1.5. Wind and Seismic forces shall not be considered to act simultaneously.

155791486.doc

Page 64 of

442

Floors/slabs shall be designed to carry loads imposed by equipment, cables and other loads associated with building. Floors shall be designed for live loads as per relevant IS. Cable load shall also be considered additionally for floors where these loads are expected. In addition, beams shall be designed for any incidental point loads to be applied at any point along the beams. The floor loads shall be subject to Purchasers approval. For consideration of loads on structures, IS:875 -1987, the following minimum superimposed live loads shall, however, be considered for the design. a. Roof 1.5 KN/M2 0.75 KN/M2 5 KN/M2 10 KN/M2(min.) for accessible roofs for in-accessible roofs for offices For equipment floors or actual requirement, if higher than 10 kN/sqm based on equipment component weight and layout plans.

b.

RCC-Floor

(i) (ii)

c. d. e.

Stairs & balconies Toilet Rooms Chequered plate floor Walkways

5 KN/M2 2 KN/M2 4 KN/M2 3 KN/M2

f.

Any additional load coming in the structure shall be calculated as per IS: 875 -1987. 12.2.3 SUBMISSION The following information shall be submitted for review and approval to the Purchaser :

155791486.doc

Page 65 of

442

1.

Structural design calculations and drawing (including construction/fabrication) for all reinforced concrete and structural steel structures. Fully, dimensioned concept plan including floor plans, cross sections, longitudinal sections, elevations and perspective view of each building. These drawings shall be drawn at a scale not smaller than 1:50 and shall identify the major building components. Fully dimensioned drawings showing details and sections drawn to scales of sufficient size to clearly show sizes and configuration of the building components and the relationship between them. Product information of building components and materials, including walls partitions flooring ceiling, roofing, door and windows and building finishes. A detailed schedule of building finishes including colour schemes. A door & window schedule showing door types and locations, door lock sets and latch sets and other door hardware. Approval of the above information shall be obtained before ordering materials or starting fabrication or construction as applicable.

2.

3.

4.

5. 6.

12.2.4

FINISH SCHEDULE The finishing schedule is given in subsequent clauses.

12.2.5

FLOORING Flooring in various rooms of control room building shall be as per detailed schedules given in Table -1

12.2.6

Walls Control room buildings shall be of framed superstructure. All walls shall be non-load bearing walls. Min. thickness of walls shall be 230 mm with 1:6 cement sand mortar. Bricks strength shall not be less than 45 kg/sq.cm

12.2.7

Plastering

155791486.doc

Page 66 of

442

12.2.8

All internal walls shall have minimum 20mm thick 1:6 cement sand plaster with lime rendering. The ceiling shall have 12mm thick 1:3 cement sand plaster with lime rendering. Finishing External plaster 20mm thick shall be of 1:6 cement sand plaster in two layers. External surface of the control room building shall be painted with NOVALUX exterior paint as per manufacturers specification. Minimum 20% area in elevation of control room building shall be covered with 6mm thick coloured curtain glazing with powder coated Aluminium frame for better aesthetic look in elevation. Internal finish Schedule is given Table - 1 below: INTERNAL FINISH SCHEDULE
Table -1

Sl.No.

LOCATION

FLOORING & SKIRTING /DADOING Ironite/RCC/Industrial flooring as required. 150mm high skirting in 1:3 cement mortar, 15mm projection

WALL& CEILING (INTERNAL) Two coats of plastic emulsion paint of approved make and shade over one coat of primer Two coats of plastic emulsion paint of approved make and shade over one coat of primer Two coats of plastic emulsion paint of approved make and shade over one coat of primer

DOOR, WINDOWS & VENTILATOR Windows shall be of powder coated aluminium with 5.5mm thick glazing. All doors shall be glazed powder coated aluminium doors with 5.5.mm thk. Glazing. Windows, if provided, shall be of powder coated aluminium with 5.5mm thick glazing. All doors shall be glazed powder coated aluminium doors with 5.5.mm thk. Glazing. Steel door 45mm thick double sheet 18 gauge MS steel suitably reinforced and filled with mineral wool. Windows/ventilator, if provided, shall be of powder coated aluminium with 4mm

1.

GIS Hall

2.

Office Area/Relay Room/Monitoring Room ACDB Room/Tool Room/LTAC Room

Vitrified tiles flooring with tiles of size 600mmX600mm, 8mm thick. 150mm high skirting Industrial/Ironite flooring as required. 150mm high skirting in 1:3 cement mortar, 15mm projection

3.

155791486.doc

Page 67 of

442

glazing. Steel door 45mm thick double sheet 18 gauge MS steel suitably reinforced and filled with mineral wool. Windows/ventilator, if provided, shall be of powder coated aluminium with 4mm glazing. Windows, if provided, shall be of powder coated aluminium with 5.5mm thick glazing. All doors shall be glazed powder coated aluminium doors with 5.5.mm thk. Glazing. All doors shall be glazed powder coated aluminium doors with 5.5.mm thk. Glazing. Windows/ ventilator, if provided, shall be of powder coated aluminium with 5.5mm thick glazing. All doors shall be flush door shutters with powder coated aluminium frame. Windows/ ventilator, if provided, shall be of powder coated aluminium with 5.5mm thick glazing. All doors shall be flush door shutters with powder coated aluminium frame.

4.

DCDB-cumbattery room

Ceramic tile flooring and dadoing (up to door height) with tiles of size 300mmX300mm

Two coats of Acid proof paint of approved make and shade over one coat of primer

5.

Corridor

Vitrified tiles flooring with tiles of size 600mmX600mm, 8mm thick. 150mm high skirting Cast-in-situ 40mm thk. White cement crazy Mosaic (28mm + 12mm) Ceramic tile flooring and dadoing (up to door height) with tiles of size 300mmX300mm

Two coats of plastic emulsion paint of approved make and shade over one coat of primer Granite cladding on columns Two coats of plastic emulsion paint of approved make and shade over one coat of primer above dadoing

6.

Portico

7.

Toilet

8.

Basement including DG Room

Industrial flooring/Cement concrete pathways wherever required. Dadoing in cement mortar 1:3 upto 1 Mtr height

Dry distemper above dadoing

155791486.doc

Page 68 of

442

12.2.9

ROOF Roof of the C.R. Building shall consist of Cast-in-situ RCC slab treated with a water proofing system which shall be an integral cement based treatment conforming to KPWD specification (item no. 25.8 of DSR 1997). the water proofing treatment shall be of following operations: (a) Applying and grouting a slurry coat of neat cement using 2.75 kg/m2 of cement admixed with proprietary water proofing compounds conforming to IS: 2645 over the RCC slab including cleaning the surface before treatment. Laying cement concrete using broken bricks/brick bats 25mm to 100mm size with 50% of cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand) admixed with proprietary water proofing compound conforming to IS: 2645 over 20mm thick layer of cement mortar of min 1:5 (Cement : 5 coarse sand) admixed with proprietary water proofing compound conforming to IS: 2645 to required slope and treating similarly the adjoining walls upto 300mm height including rounding of junctions of walls and slabs. After two days of proper curing applying a second coat of cement slurry admixed with proprietary water proofing compound conforming to IS: 2645. Finishing the surface with 20mm thick joint less cement mortar of mix 1:4 (1 cement : 4 course sand) admixed with proprietary water proofing compound conforming to IS: 2645 and finally finishing the surface with trowel with neat cement slurry and making of 300 x 300 mm square. The whole terrace so finished shall be flooded with water for a minimum period of two weeks for curing and for final test. All above operations to be done in order and as directed and specified by the Engineer-in-charge. With average thickness of 120 mm and minimum thickness at khurra at 65 mm.

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

12.2.10

GLAZING Thickness of glazing shall be as specified in internal finish schedule elsewhere.

155791486.doc

Page 69 of

442

12.2.11

DOORS AND WINDOWS The details of doors and windows of the control room building shall be as per finish schedule Table-1 conforming to relevant IS code. Rolling steel shutters and rolling steel grills shall be provided as per layout and requirement of buildings. Paints used in the work shall be of best quality specified in KPWD specification.

12.2.12

PARTITION Partitions, if required, shall be made of anodised Aluminium frame provided with 5.5 mm thick clear glass or pre-laminated board depending upon the location of partition.

12.2.13

PLUMBING & SANITATION (i) All plumbing and sanitation shall be executed to comply with the requirements of the appropriate bye-laws, rules and regulations of the Local Authority having jurisdiction over such matters. The Contractor shall arrange for all necessary formalities to be met in regard to inspection, testing, obtaining approval and giving notices etc. PVC SYNTEX or equivalent make Roof water tank of adequate capacity depending on the number of users for 24 hours storage shall be provided. Minimum 2 Nos 1000 liters capacity shall be provided. Galvanised MS pipe of medium class conforming to IS:1239 shall be used for internal & external Rigid PVC threaded piping work for potable water supply. Sand CI pipes with lead joints conforming to IS:1729 shall be used for sanitary works above ground level. Each toilet shall have the following minimum fittings. (a) WC (Western type) 390 mm high with toilet paper roll holder and all fittings in toilets attached to conference and sub-station in charge office. and WC (Indian Type) Orissa Pattern (580 x 440 mm) with all fittings shall be provided in common toilets. Urinal (430 x 260 x 350 mm size) with all fittings.

(ii)

(iii) (iv) (v)

(b)

155791486.doc

Page 70 of

442

(c) (d) (e) (f) (vi)

Wash basin (550 x 400 mm) with all fittings. Bathroom mirror (600 x 450 x 6 mm thick) hard board backing CP brass towel rail (600 x 20 mm) with C.P. brass brackets Soap holder and liquid soap dispenser.

Water cooler for drinking water with adequate water storage facility shall be provided and located near control room instead of near toilet block. An Eye & face fountain conforming to IS:1052 shall be provided for battery room. 1 no. stainless steel kitchen sink with Drain board (510 x 1040 x 178 mm bowl depth) for pantry shall be provided. All fittings, fastener, grating shall be chromium plated. All sanitary fixtures and fittings shall be of approved quality and type manufactured by well known manufacturers. All items brought to site must bear identification marks of the type of the Manufacturer. Soil, waste and drain pipes, for underground works shall be stone ware for areas not subject to traffic load. Heavy-duty cast iron pipes shall be used otherwise.

(vii) (viii) (ix) (x)

(xi)

155791486.doc

Page 71 of

442

SECTION - 2 GENERAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

155791486.doc

Page 72 of

442

VOLUME - II TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Section 2 (G T R ) : Chapter- GENERAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

Clause No. Particulars 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 General Instruction to Bidders Standards Services to be performed by the Equipment being furnished Engineering Data Documents Color Scheme & codes for pipe service Material/ Workmanship Rating plates, Name plates labels First Fill of Consumables, Oil & lubricants Design improvement Quality Assurance Program Inspection, Testing & inspection Certificate Tests Packaging Protection Page No.

155791486.doc

Page 73 of

442

17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0 23.0 24.0 25.0 26.0 27.0

Finishing of Metal Surfaces Handling, Storing & installation Protective guards Design Co-ordination. Design Co-ordination meeting Tools & Tackles Equipment bases Auxiliary supply Support Structure Clamps & Connectors including Terminal Connectors Control Cabinets, Junction Boxes, Terminal boxes & marshalling Boxes for outdoor equipment Auxiliary switches Terminal Blocks & wiring Lamps & Sockets Bushing, Hallow column Insulators, support insulators Motors Major Technical Parameters

28.0 29.0 30.0 31.0 32.0 33.0

Annexure - A Corona & Radio Interference voltage (RIV Test) Annexure - B Seismic withstand Test procedure Annexure C List of specifications

155791486.doc

Page 74 of

442

VOLUME - II Section - 2 (General Technical Requirement) GENERAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENT 1. 0 GENERAL 1.1 1.2 This section stipulates the General Technical Requirements under the Contract and will from an integral part of the Technical Specification. The provisions under this section are intended to supplement general requirements for the materials, equipments and services covered under other sections and is not exclusive. However in case of conflict between the requirements specified in this section and requirements specified under other sections, the requirements specified under respective sections shall hold good. INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS (General requirement) The bidders shall submit the technical requirements, data and information as per the technical data and information as per the technical data sheets provided in the Volume III of bid documents. The bidders shall furnish catalogues, engineering data, technical information design documents, drawings etc., fully in conformity with the technical specification. It is recognized that the Contractor may have standardized on the use of certain components, materials, processes or procedures different than those specified herein. Ultimate proposals offering similar equipment based on the manufacturer's standard practice will also be considered provided such proposals meet the specified designs, standard and performance requirements and are acceptable to the Owner. Unless brought out clearly, the Bidder shall be deemed to conform to this specification scrupulously. All deviations from the specification shall be clearly brought out in the respective schedules of deviations. Any discrepancy between the specification and the catalogues or the bid, if not clearly brought out in the schedule, will not be considered as valid deviation. Except for lighting fixtures, Wherever a material or article is specified or defined by the name of a particular brand, Manufacturer or Vendor, the specific name mentioned shall be understood as establishing type, function and quality and not as limiting competition. For lighting fixtures, makes shall be as defined in Section-Lighting System.

2.0 2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

155791486.doc

Page 75 of

442

2.5

Equipment furnished shall be complete in every respect with all mountings, fittings, fixtures and standard accessories normally provided with such equipment and/or needed for erection, completion and safe operation of the equipment as required by applicable codes though they may not have been specifically detailed in the Technical Specifications unless included in the list of exclusions. Materials and components not specifically stated in the specification but which are necessary for commissioning and satisfactory operation of the switchyard unless specifically excluded shall be deemed to be included in the scope of the specification and shall be supplied without any extra cost. All similar standard components/ parts of similar standard equipment provided shall be inter-changeable with one another. Unless brought out clearly in the respective schedule of deviations, it will be considered that, the Bid Proposal scrupulously conforms compliance to the specification. The bidders must bring out all the deviations in the bid proposal. In case there is a discrepancy between the data of offered equipment and catalogue furnished, and unless the deviation are brought out clearly in the Technical Deviation Schedule, the equipment will be deemed to conform compliance to the specification scrupulously. STANDARDS The works covered by the specification shall be designed, engineered, manufactured, built, tested and commissioned in accordance with the Acts, Rules, Laws and Regulations of India. The equipment to be famished under this specification shall conform to latest issue with all amendments of standard specified under Annexure - C of this section as well as under respective Sections of the specification of respective equipment. In addition to meeting the specific requirement called for in the respective sections of the Technical Specification, the equipment shall also conform to the general requirement of the relevant standards, which shall form an integral part of the specification. The Bidder shall note that standards mentioned in the specification are not mutually exclusive or complete in themselves, but intended to compliment each other. The Contractor shall also note that list of standards presented in this specification is not complete. Whenever necessary the list of standards shall be considered in conjunction with specific IS/IEC.

2.6

2.7

3.0 3.1

3.2

3.3

3.1

3.5

155791486.doc

Page 76 of

442

3.6

When the specific requirements stipulated in the specifications exceed or differ than those required by the applicable standards, the stipulation of the specification shall take precedence. Other internationally accepted standards which ensure equivalent or better performance than that specified in the standards specified under Annexure-C /Individual section of various equipments shall also be accepted copies of such standards shall be submitted by the bidder. In case governing standards for the equipment is different from IS or IEC, the salient points of difference shall be clearly brought out in additional information schedule of Volume-III along with English language version of standard or relevant extract of the same. The equipment conforming to standards other than specified in Annexure-C /Individual section of various equipments shall be subject to Owner's approval. The bidder shall clearly indicate in his bid the specific standards in accordance with which the works will be carried out. SERVICES TO FURNISHED VOID All equipments shall also perform satisfactorily under various other electrical, electromechanical and meteorological conditions of the sites of installation. All equipment shall be able to withstand all external and internal mechanical, thermal and electromechanical forces due to various factors like wind load, temperature variation, ice, snow, short circuit etc., for equipment. The bidder shall design the terminal connectors of the equipment taking into account various forces that the terminal connectors are required to withstand. The equipment shall also comply to the following: a) b) c) All EHV equipments shall be suitable for hot line washing. To facilitate erection of equipment, all items to be assembled at site shall be "match marked". All piping, if any between equipment control cabinet/ BE PERFORMED BY THE EQUIPMENT BEING

3.7

3.8

3.9 4.0 4.1 4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

155791486.doc

Page 77 of

442

operating mechanism to marshalling box of the equipment, shall bear proper identification to facilitate the connection at site. d) The supplier shall supply type tested equipments, materials. The type test reports shall be furnished by the supplier along with equipment/ material drawings. In the event of any discrepancy i.e., any test report not acceptable due to any design / manufacturing changes or due to non compliance with the requirement stipulated in the technical specification or IEC/IS, same shall be carried out without any additional cost to owner. Only in case of repetition of the type test, if required by the owner, these tests shall be payable.

4.6

Operating times of circuit breakers, protective relays and PLCC equipment have been specified in respective sections. However bidder is allowed to have minor variations on the individual equipment timings subject to the condition that overall fault clearing time remains within 100ms. ENGINEERING DATA The furnishing of engineering data by the Contractor shall be in accordance with the Schedule for each set of equipment as specified in the Technical Specifications. The review of these data by the Owner will cover only general conformance of the data to the specifications and documents, interfaces with the equipment provided under the specifications, external connections and of the dimensions which might affect substation layout. This review by the Owner may not indicate a thorough review of all dimensions, quantities and details of the equipment, materials, any devices or items indicated or the accuracy of the information submitted. This review and/or approval by the Owner shall not be considered by the Contractor, as limiting any of his responsibilities and liabilities for mistakes and deviations from the requirements, specified under these specifications and documents. All engineering data submitted by the Contractor after final process including review and approval by the Owner shall form part of the Contract Document and the entire works performed under these specifications shall be performed instrict conformity, unless otherwise expressly requested by the Owner in Writing.

5.0 5.1

5.2

5.3

155791486.doc

Page 78 of

442

6.0 6.1

DOCUMENTS List of Documents

6.1.1 The bidder must furnish a detailed list of drawing/documents along with the bid proposal which he intends to submit to the owner after award of the contract. 6.1.2 The contractor shall necessarily submit all the drawing/documents unless anything is waived. 6.1.3 The contractor shall submit 4 (Four) sets of drawing / design documents / test reports as may be required for the approval of the owner. 6.2 All engineering data submitted by the contractor after final process including review and approval by the owner shall form part of the Contract Document and the entire works performed under these specifications shall be performed in strict conformity, unless otherwise expressly requested by the Owner in Writing. Drawings

6.3

6.3.1 All drawings submitted by the Contractor including those submitted at the time of bid shall be in sufficient detail to indicate the type, size, arrangement, material description, Bill of Materials, weight of each component, break-up for packing and shipment, the external connections, fixing arrangement required, the dimensions required for installation and interconnections with other equipments and materials, clearances and spaces required for installation and interconnections between various portions of equipments and any other information specifically requested in the specifications. 6.3.2 Each drawing submitted by the Contractor shall be clearly marked with the name of the Owner, the unit designation, the specifications title, the specification number and the name of the Project. If standard catalogue pages are submitted, the applicable items shall be indicated therein. All titles, noting, markings and writings on the drawing shall be in English. All the dimensions should be in metric units. 6.3.3 Further work by the Contractor shall be in strict accordance with these drawings and no deviation shall be permitted without the written approval of the Owner, if so required. 6.4 All manufacturing and fabrication work in connection with the equipment prior to the approval of the drawings shall be at the Contractor's risk.the Contractor may make any changes in the design which are necessary to make the equipment conform to the provisions and intent of the Contract and such changes will again be subject to approval by the Owner.

155791486.doc

Page 79 of

442

Approval of Contractor's drawing or work by the Owner shall not relieve the contractor of any of his responsibilities and liabilities under the Contract. 6.5 The review of these data by the Owner will cover only general conformance of the data to the specifications and documents, interfaces with the equipment provided under the specifications, external connections and of the dimensions which might affect substation layout. This review by the Owner may not indicate a thorough review of all dimensions, quantities and details of the equipment, materials, any devices or items indicated or the accuracy of the information submitted. This review and/or approval by the Owner shall not be considered by the Contractor as limiting any of his responsibilities and liabilities for mistakes and deviations from the requirements, specified under these specifications and documents. 6.6 APPROVAL PROCEDURE The scheduled dates for the submission of these as well as for, any data/ information to be furnished by the Owner would be discussed and finalised at the time of award. The Contractor shall also submit Four (4) copies of all drawings/design documents/test reports for approval of the Owner. The following schedule shall be followed generally for approval. i) Approval/ comments/ by Owner on initial submission Of receipt Resubmission (whenever Required)

Within 4 (Four) weeks Within 2 (Two) weeks from Date of comments including both ways postal time). Within 2 (Two) weeks of receipt of resubmission. 2 weeks from the date of final approval

fl)

iii) iv)

Approval or comments Furnishing of distribution Copies

Notwithstanding the time schedule indicated for approvals, the contractor (successful bidder) shall be responsible for completing the works in stipulated time as per approved PERT Chart.

155791486.doc

Page 80 of

442

NOTE:

The contractor may please note that all resubmission must incorporate all comments given in the prior submission by the Owner or adequate justification for not incorporating the same must be submitted failing which the submission of documents is likely to be returned.

6.6 6.7

The drawings which are required to be referred frequently during execution should be submitted on cloth lined paper. Other requirements of Documentation.

6.7.1 Three sets of computer-CD and 8 sets of all drawings per substation plus one set of computer-CD and four sets of all drawings to Chief Engineer Elecy., (Tendering & Procurement) KPTCL, Bangalore shall be furnished after approval of drawings. 6.7.2 The manufacturer shall also submit one video CD per substation and one for Chief Engineer, Electricity, (Tendering & Procurement), KPTCL, Bangalore highlighting installation and maintenance techniques / requirements of Circuit Breaker arid isolators. 6.7.3 On completion of the entire works, the Contractor shall also furnish Six bound sets of all built drawings, duly signed by the site in-charge along with I set of computer CD. Computer floppies for each substation to Chief Engineer, Electricity, (Tendering & Procurement), KPTCL, Bangalore, containing as built drawings in Auto-cad version 2000 or better shall also be submitted. 6.7.4 6 copies of instruction/operation manuals and 2 sets of computer CD per sub-station to Chief Engineer, Elecy., Tendering 8& Procurement, KPTCL, Bangalore shall also be furnished. The instruction manuals shall contain full details of drawings of equipment being supplied under this contract, their exploded diagrams with complete instructions for storage, handling, erection, commissioning, testing, operation, trouble shooting, servicing and over hauling procedures. 6.7.5 After approval of test reports , 6(six) bound sets containing all drawings/manuals, type and routine test reports etc., along with subverdures test reports for all bought out assemblies/ components/ parts including internal wiring diagrams and exploded diagrams of assemblies/components / parts, shall be furnished. 6.8 If after the commissioning and initial operation of the substation, the instruction manuals require any modifications/ additions/ changes, the same shall be incorporated and the updated final instruction manuals shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Owner.

155791486.doc

Page 81 of

442

The contractor shall furnish to the Owner, spare parts catalogues also. 7.0 7.1 COLOUR SCHEME AND CODES FOR PIPE SERVICE The contractor shall propose a colour scheme for the those equipments/ items for which the colour scheme has not been specified in the specification for the approval of Owner. The decision, of Owner shall be final. The scheme shall include: -

Finishing colour of indoor equipment. Finishing colour of outdoor equipment Finish colour of all cubicles. Finishing colour of various auxiliary system equipment including piping. Finishing colour of various building items.

7.2

All steel structures, plates etc., shall be painted with non-corrosive paint on a suitable primer. It may be noted that normally all Owner's electrical equipment in Owner's switchyard are painted with shade 697 of IS-5. All the indoor cubicles shall be of Opaline green conforming to shade 275 or IS-5 and for other miscellaneous items colour scheme will be approved by the Owner. MATERIAL/WORKMANSHIP General Requirement

8.0 8.1

8.1.1 Where the specification does not contain characteristics with reference to workmanship, equipment, materials and components of the covered Equipment, it is understood that the same must be new, of highest grade and of the best quality of their kind, conforming to best engineering practice and suitable for the purpose for which they are intended. 8.1.2 Incase where the equipment, materials or components are indicated In the specification as "similar" to any special standard, the Owner shall decide upon the question of similarity. When required by 'the specification or when required by the Owner the Contractor shall submit, for approval, all the information concerning the materials or components to be used in manufacture. Machinery, equipment, materials and components supplied, installed or used with out such approval shall run the risk of subsequent rejection, it being understood that the cost as well as the time delay associated with the rejection shall be borne by the Contractor. 8.1.3 The design of the Works shall be such that Installation, future expansions, replacements and general maintenance may be undertaken with a

155791486.doc

Page 82 of

442

minimum of time and expenses. Each component shall be designed to be consistent with its duty and suitable factors of safety, subject to mutual agreements and shall be used throughout the design. All joints and fastenings shall be devised, constructed and documented so that the component parts shall be accurately positioned and restrained to fulfill their required function. In general, screw threads shall be standard metric threads. The use of other thread forms will only be permitted when prior approval has been obtained from the Owner. 8.1.4 Whenever possible, all similar part of the Works shall be made to gauge and shall also be made interchangeable with similar parts. All spare parts shall be interchangeable with, and shall be made of the same materials, and workmanship as the corresponding parts of the Equipment supplied under the Specification. Where feasible, common component units shall be employed in different piece of equipment in order to minimize spare part stocking requirements. All equipment of the same type and rating shall be physically and electrically interchangeable. 8.1.5.1 All materials and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturers recommendation(s). only first class work in accordance with the best modern practices will be accepted. Installation shall be considered as being the erection of equipment at its permanent location. This unless otherwise specified, shall include unpacking, cleaning and lifting into position, grouting, leveling, aligning, coupling of or bolting down to previously installed equipment bases/ foundations, performing the alignment check and final adjustment prior to initial operation, testing and commissioning in accordance with the manufacturer's tolerances and instructions and the Specification. All factory assembled rotating machinery shall be checked for alignment and adjustments made as necessary to re-establish the manufacturer's limits suitable guards shall be provided for the protection of personnel on all exposed rotating and / or moving machine parts and shall be designed for easy installation and removal for maintenance purposes. The spare equipment(s) shall be Installed at designated locations and tested for healthiness.

8.1.6 The Contractor shall apply oil and grease of the proper specification to suit the machinery, as is necessary for the installation of the equipment. Lubricants used for installation purposes shall be drained out and the system flushed through where necessary for applying the lubricant required for operation. The contractor shall apply all operational lubricants to the equipment installed by him. 8.1.7 All oil, grease and other consumables used in the works/ equipment shall be purchased in India unless the contractor has any special requirement for the specific application of a type of oil or grease not available in India.

155791486.doc

Page 83 of

442

If such is the case he shall declare in the proposal, where such oil or grease is available. He shall help Owner in establishing equivalent Indian make and Indian Contractor. The same shall be applicable to other consumables too. 8.1.8 A cast iron or welded steel base plate shall be provided for all rotating equipment which are to be installed on a concrete base unless otherwise agreed to by the Owner. Each base plate shall support the unit and its drive assembly, shall be of design with pads for anchoring the units and shall have a raised up all around and shall have threaded in air connections, if so required. 8.2 Provisions for exposure to Hot and-Humid climate Outdoor equipment supplied under the specification shall be suitable for service and storage under tropical conditions of high temperature, high humidity, heavy rainfall and environment favorable to the growth of fungi and mildew. The indoor equipments located in non-air-conditioned areas shall also be of same type. 8.2.1 Space Heaters The heaters shall be suitable for continuous operation at 240V as supply voltage. On-off switch and fuse shall be provided. 8.2.1.2 One or more adequately rated thermostatically controlled heaters shall be supplied to prevent condensation in any compartment. The heaters shall be installed in the lower portion of the compartment and electrical connections shall be made from below the heaters to minimize deterioration of supply wire insulation. The heaters shall be suitable to maintain the compartment temperature to prevent condensation. The heaters shall be suitably designed to prevent any contact between the -heater wire and the air and shall consist of coiled resistance wire centered in a metal sheath and completely encased in a highly compacted powder of magnesium oxide or other material having equal heat conducting and electrical insulation properties, or they shall consist of resistance wire wound on a ceramic and completely covered with a ceramic material to prevent any contact between the wire and the air. Alternatively, they shall consist of a resistance wire mounted into a tubular ceramic body built into an envelop of stainless steel or the resistance wire is wound on a tubular ceramic body and embedded in vitreous glaze. The surface temperature of the heaters shall be restricted to a value which will not shorten the life. Of the heater sheaths. of the

8.2.1.3

155791486.doc

Page 84 of

442

heater sheaths or that of insulated wire or other component in the compartments. 8.2.2 FUNGI STATIC VARNISH

Besides the space heaters, special and fungus resistant varnish shall be applied on parts which may be subjected or predisposed to the formation of fungi due to the presence of deposit of nutrient substances. The varnish shall not be applied to any surface of part where the treatment will interfere with the operation or performance of the equipment. Such surfaces or parts shall be protected against the application of the varnish. 8.2.3 Ventilation opening In order to ensure adequate ventilation, compartments shall have ventilation openings provided with fine wire mesh of brass to prevent the entry of insects and to reduce to a minimum the entry of dirt and dust. Outdoor compartment openings shall be provided with shutter type blinds and suitable provision shall be made so as to avoid any communication of air/dust with any part in the enclosure of the Control cabinet, Junction boxes and Marshalling boxes, Panels, etc. 8.2.4 Degree of protection The enclosure of the Control Cabinets, Junction boxes and Marshalling Boxes, panels etc., to be installed shall provide degree of protection as detailed here under: a) b) c) d) Installed out door Installed indoor in air-conditioned area Installed in covered area Installed indoor in non-air-conditioned area where possibility of entry of water is limited For LT switchgear (AC & DC distribution Boards) : IP -55 : IP - 31 : IP - 52

: IP - 41 : IP - 52

e)

The degree of protection shall be in accordance with IS : 13947(Part-I) / IEC 947 (Part-I)/IS 12063/IEC 529. Type test report for degree of protection test, on each type of the box shall be submitted for approval.

155791486.doc

Page 85 of

442

9.0 9.1

RATING PLATES, NAME PLATES AND LABELS Each main and auxiliary item of substation is to have permanently attached to it in a conspicuous position a rating plates of non-corrosive material upon which is to be engraved manufacturer's name, year of manufacture, equipment name type or serial number together with details of the loading conditions under which the item of substation in question has been designed to operate, and such diagram plates as may be required by the owner. The rating plate of each equipment shall be according to IEC requirement. All such Nameplates, instruction plates, rating plates shall be with English inscription. FIRST FILL OF CONSUMABLES, OIL AND LUBRICANTS

9.2

10.0

All the first fill of consumables such as oils, lubricants, filling compounds, touch up paints, soldering/ brazing material for a copper piping of circuit breakers and essential chemicals etc., which will be required to put the equipment covered under the scope of the specifications, into successful Operation, shall be furnished by the Contractor unless specifically excluded under the exclusions in these specifications and documents. 11.0 11.1 DESIGN IMPROVEMENTS The bidder shall note that the equipment offered by him in the bid only shall be accepted for supply. However, the owner or the Contractor may propose changes in the specification of the equipment or quality thereof and if the parties agree upon any such changes, the specification shall be modified accordingly. If any such agreed upon change is such that it affects the price and schedule of completion, the parties shall agree in writing as to the extent of any change In. the price and/or schedule of completion before the Contractor proceeds with the change. Following such agreement, the provision there-of, shall be deemed to have been amended accordingly.

11.2

155791486.doc

Page 86 of

442

12.0 12.1

QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM To ensure that the equipment and services under the scope of this Contract whether manufactured or performed within the Contractor's Works or at his Sub- Contractor's premises or at the Owner's site or at any other place of Work are in accordance with the specifications, the Contractor shall adopt suitable quality assurance programme to control such activities at all points necessary. Such programme shall be outlined by the Contractor and shall be finally accepted by the Owner after discussions before the award of Contract. A quality assurance program of the contractor shall generally cover the following: 1) His organization structure for the management and implementation of the proposed quality assurance program; Documentation control system; Qualification data for bidder's key personnel; The procedure for purchases of materials, parts component and selection of sub-contractor's services including vendor analysis, source inspection, incoming raw material inspection, verification of material purchases etc; System for shop manufacturing and site erection controls including process controls and fabrication and assembly control; Control of non-conforming Items and system for corrective actions; Inspection and test procedure both for manufacture and field activities; Control of calibration and testing of measuring instruments and field activities System for indication and appraisal of inspection status. System for quality audits System for authorizing release of manufactured product to the purchaser. System for maintenance of records:

2) 3) 4)

5)

6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12)

155791486.doc

Page 87 of

442

13) 14)

System for handling storage and delivery; and

A quality plan detailing out the specific quality control measures and procedures adopted for controlling the quality audit surveillance of the system and procedure of the contractor/ his vendors quality management and control activities. The Owner or his duly authorized representative reserves the right to carry out quality audit and quality surveillance of the system and procedure of the Contractor/his vendor's quality management and control activities 12.2 Quality assurance Document

The Contractor shall be required to- submit the following Quality Assurance Documents within three weeks after dispatch of the equipment. a) All Non-Destructive Examination procedures stress relief and weld repair procedure actually used during fabrication and reports including radiography interpretation reports. Welder and welding operator qualification certificates. Welder's identification list, listing welders and welding operator's qualification procedure and welding identification symbols. Raw material test reports oil components as specified by the specification and/or agreed to in the quality plan. Stress relief time temperature charts. temperature charts/oil impregnation time

b) c) d), e) f)

Factory test results for testing required as per applicable codes/mutually agreed quality plan standards refereed in the technical specification. The quality plan with verification of various customer inspection points (CIP) as mutually agreed and methods used to verify the inspection and testing points in the quality plan were performed satisfactorily.

g)

155791486.doc

Page 88 of

442

13.0 13.1

INSPECTION, TESTING & INSPECTION CERTIFICATE The owner, his duly authorized representative and/or outside inspection agency acting on behalf of the owner shall have at all reasonable times free access to the contractor's / supplier's/ Sub-vendor premises or works and shall have the power at all reasonable times to inspect and examine the materials and workmanship at the works during its manufacture or erection. If part of the works is being manufactured or assembled at other premises or works, the contractor shall obtain from the owner or his duly authorized representative permission to inspect as if the works were manufactured or assembled on the contractors own premises or works inspection may be made at any stage of manufacture, dispatch or at site at the option of the owner and the, equipment if found unsatisfactory due to bad workmanship or quality, Material is liable to be rejected. The Owner will depute two Engineers from KPTCL and one Engineer from M/s BMRCL for inspecting the equipments / materials. The Visa, to and fro travel expenses from the place of working of officials deputed for inspection, boarding charges, lodging charges and other incidental expenses of the inspecting Engineers are to be borne by the Contractor. All equipments /materials being supplied shall conform to type tests including additional type test and shall be subject to routine tests in accordance with requirements stipulated under respective sections. The contractor shall intimate the owner the detailed programme about the test at least 3 weeks in advance in case of domestic supplies & 6 weeks in advance in case of foreign. . TYPE TESTS: i. ii. iii. Only the type tested equipment/ material shall be offered. The type test reports shall not be older than five years on the day of bid opening. In case of the type test reports are older than five years on the day of bid opening, or if if there is a chance in the design of the equipment/ material that has been type tested and offered now, the contractor has to conduct all the type test for the equipment/ material at no extra cost to the owner.

13.2

13.3

155791486.doc

Page 89 of

442

iv.

The type test charges shall be included in the total cost of the, equipment/ material and no charges will be paid extra. And will not be included for evaluation. The Bidder- shall indicate the rates or all the type tests for each test or an individual equipments/ materials in the schedule which will not be considered for evaluation.

v.

However the owner reserves the right to insist repetition of all or a few type test/ s to be conducted on the equipments/ materials though the type test reports are less than five years old. In such cases type test charges will be paid by the owner at the rates indicated by the bidder in the respective schedule. 13.4 All the equipments/ materials offered by the bidder shall be type tested only. The type tests conducted earlier should have either been conducted in accredited laboratory (accredited based on ISO/IEC guide 25/17025 or EN 45001 by the National accredition body of the country where laboratory is located) or witnessed by the representative of KPTCL or utility. The type tests reports shall not be older than 5 years on the day of bid opening. The type tests for all equipments/ materials are to be conducted by the bidder/ contractor at no extra cost to the owner in case the type test reports are older than 5 years on the date of bid opening. The price of conducting type tests if any shall be included in total bid price and break up of test shall be given in the relevant schedule of Bid Proposal Sheets. Type test charges mentioned in the schedule will not be considered in bid evaluation. The owner at his discretion may insist for conducting all or a few of the type tests on materials/ equipments though such type test reports are less than 5 years old on the day of bid opening. In such cases payment for those of the type tests will be paid extra as per the rates furnished in the schedule. If Bidder does not indicate charges for any of the type tests or does not mention the name of any test in the price schedules, it will be presumed that the particular test has been offered free of charge in case of repetition. The contractor shall give the owner/inspector thirty (30) days written notice of any material being ready for joint testing. Such tests shall be to the contractor's account including the expenses towards visa, to and fro charges from the place of working together with boarding and lodging and other incidental charges of the Inspector. The owner/ inspector, unless witnessing of the tests is virtually waived, will attend such tests within thirty (30) days of the date of which the equipment is notified as being ready for test/ inspection, falling which the contractor may proceed with the test which shall be deemed to have been made in the owner's/ inspector's presence and he shall forthwith onward to the

13.5

155791486.doc

Page 90 of

442

owner/ inspector duly certified copies of tests in triplicate. The owner of inspector shall, within fifteen(15) days from the date of inspection as defined herein give notice in writing to the contractor, of any objection to any drawings and all or any equipment an workmanship which in his opinion is not in accordance with the contract. The contractor shall give due consideration to such objections and shall either made the modifications that may be necessary to meet the said objections or shall coalman writing to the owner/ inspector giving reasons therein, that no modifications are necessary to comply with the contract. 13.7 When the factory tests have been completed at the Contractor's or SubContractor's works, the, owner/ inspector shall issue a certificate to this effect within fifteen (15) days after completion of tests but if the tests are not witnessed by the owner/ inspector, the certificate shall be issued within fifteen (125) days of receipt of contractor's test certificate by the Engineer/ inspector. Failure of the owner/ inspector to issue such a certificate shall not prevent the contractor from proceeding with the works. The completion of these tests or the issue of the certificate shall not bind the owner to accept the equipment should, it, on further tests after erection, be found riot to comply with tile contract. The equipment shall be dispatched to site only after approval of test reports and issuance of delivery advise by the owner. 13.8 In all cases where the contract provides for tests whether at the premises or at the works of the contractor or of any sub-contractor, the contractor except where otherwise specified shall provide free of charge such items as labor, materials, electricity, fuel, water, stores, apparatus and instruments as may be reasonably demanded by the owner/inspector or his authorized representative to carry out effectively such tests of the equipment in accordance with the contract and shall give facilities to the owner/ inspector or to his authorized representative to accomplish testing. 13.9 The inspection by owner and issue of inspection certificate thereon shall in no way limit the liabilities and responsibilities of the contractor in respect of the agreed quality assurance program forming a part of the contract. 13.10 The owner will have the right of having at his own expenses any other test(s) of reasonable nature carried out at contractor's premises or at site or in any other place in addition of aforesaid type and routine tests, to satisfy that the material comply with the specification. 13.11 The owner reserves the right for getting any field tests not specified in respective sections of the technical specification conducted on the completely assembled equipment at site. The testing equipments for these tests shall be provided by the Owner. 14.0 14.1 TESTS Charging

155791486.doc

Page 91 of

442

On completion of erection of the equipment and before charging, each item of the equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned and then inspected jointly by the Owner and the Contractor for correctness and completeness of installation and acceptability for charging, leading to initial precommissioning tests at Site. The list of pre-commissioning tests to be performed are given in respective chapters and shall be included In the Contractor's quality assurance program. 14.2 Commissioning Tests

14.2.1 The available Instrumentation and control equipment will be used during such tests and the Owner will calibrate, all such measuring equipment and devices as far as practicable. However, immeasurable parameters shall be take into account in a reasonable manner by the Owner for the requirement of these tests. The tests will be conducted at the specified load points and as near the specified cycle condition as practicable. The owner will apply proper corrections in calculation, to take into account conditions which do not correspond to the specified conditions. 14.2.2 Any special equipment, tools and tackles required for the successful completion of the Commissioning Tests shall be provided by the Contractor, free of cost. 14.2.3 The specific test to be conducted on equipment have been brought out in the respective chapters of the technical specification. 14.3 The contractor shall be responsible for obtaining statutory clearances from the concerned authorities for commissioning the equipment and the switchyard. However necessary fee shall be reimbursed by 0wner on production of requisite documents. 15.0 15.1 PACKAGING All the equipments shall be suitably protected, coated, covered or boxed and crated to prevent damage or deterioration during transit, handling and storage at Site till the time of erection. On request of the Owner, the Contractor shall also submit packing details/ associated drawing for any equipment/material under his scope of supply, to facilitate the Owner to repack any equipment/ material at a later date, in case the need arises. While packing all the materials, the limitation from the point of view of availability of Railway wagon sizes in India should be taken account of. The Contractor shall be responsible for any loss or damage during transportation, handling and storage due to improper packing. Any demurrage, wharf age and other such charges claimed by the transporters, railways etc., shall be to the account of the Contractor. Owner takes no responsibility of the availability of the wagons. PROTECTION

16.0

155791486.doc

Page 92 of

442

All coated surfaces shall be protected against abrasion, impact, discolouration and any other damages. All exposed threaded portions shall be suitably protected with either a metallic or a non-metallic protecting device. All ends of all valves and piping and conduit equipment connections shall be properly sealed with suitable device to protect them from damage. The parts which are likely to get rusted, due to exposure to weather should also be properly treated and protected in a suitable manner. 17.0 17.1 FINISHING OF METAL SURFACES GENERAL

All metal surfaces shall be subjected to treatment for anti-corrosion protection. All ferrous surfaces for external use unless otherwise stated elsewhere in the specification or specifically agreed, shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. High tensile steel nuts & bolts and spring washers shall be electro, galvanized to service condition 4. All steel conductors including those used for earthing/ grounding (above ground level) shall also be galvanized according to IS: 2629. 17.2 HOT DIP GALVANISING

17.2.1 The minimum weight of the zinc coating shall be 610 gm / sq. mm and minimum thickness of coating shall be 85 microns for all items thicker than 6mm. For items lower than 6mm thickness shall be as per relevant ASTM. For surface which shall be embedded in concrete, the zinc coating shall be 610 gm/sq. mm minimum. 17.2.2 The galvanized surfaces shall consist of a continuous and uniform thick coating of zinc, firmly adhering to the surface of steel. The finished surface shall be clean and smooth and shall be free from defects like discolored patches, bare spots, unevenness of coating, spelter which is loosely attached to the steel globules, spiky deposits, blistered surface, flaking or peeling off, etc. The presence of any of these defects noticed on visual or microscopic inspection shall render the material liable to rejection. 17.2.3 After galvanizing, no drilling or welding shall be performed on the galvanized parts of the equipment excepting that nuts may be threaded after galvanizing. Sodium dichromate treatment shall be provided to avoid formation of white rust after hot dip galvanization. 17.2.4 The galvanized steel shall be subjected to six one-minute dips in copper sulphate solution as per IS : 2633.

155791486.doc

Page 93 of

442

17.2.5 Sharp edges with radii less than 2.5min shall be able to withstand four immersions of the Standard Preece test. All other coatings shall withstand six immersions. The following galvanizing tests should essentially be performed as relevant Indian Standard. Coating thickness Uniformity of zinc Adheson test Mass of zinc coating 17.2.6 Galvanized material must be transported properly to ensure that galvanized surfaces are not damaged during transit. Application of zinc rich paint at site shall not be allowed. 17.3 PAINTING 17.3.1 All sheet steel work shall be degreased, pickled, phosphates in accordance with the IS - 6005 "Code of practice for phosphating iron and sheet". All surfaces which will not be easily accessible after shop assembly shall before hand be treated and protected for the life of the equipment. The surfaces which are to be finished painted after installation or require corrosion protection until installation, shall be shop painted with atleast two coats of primer. Oil, grease, dirt and swaf shall be thoroughly removed by emulsion cleaning. Rust and scale shall be removed by pickling with dilute acid followed by washing with running water, rinsing with slightly alkaline hot water and drying. 17.3.2 After phosphating, thorough rinsing shall be carried out with clean water followed by final rinsing with dilute dichromate solution and oven drying. The phosphate coating shall be sealed with application of two coats of ready mixed, stoving type zinc chromate primer. The first coat may be "flash dried" while the second coat shall be stoved. 17.3.3 After application of the primer, two coats of finishing synthetic enamel paint shall be applied, each coat followed by stoving. The second finishing coat shall be applied after inspection of first coat of painting. 17.3.4 The exterior colour of the paint shall be as per shade No. 697 of IS-5 and 275 of IS-5 and inside shall be glossy white. Each coat of primer and finishing paint shall be of slightly different shade to enable inspection of the painting. A small quantity of finishing paint shall be supplied for minor touching up required at site after installation of the equipments. 17.3.5 In case the Bidder proposes to follow his own standard surface finish and protection procedures or any other established painting procedures, like electrostatic painting etc.) the procedure shall be submitted along with the Bids for Owner's review 8& approval. 18.0 HANDLING, STORING AND INSTALLATION

155791486.doc

Page 94 of

442

18.1

In accordance with the specific installation instructions as shown on manufacturer's drawings or as directed by the owner or his representative, the Contractor shall unload, store, erect, install, wire, test and place into commercial use all the equipment included in the contract. Equipment shall be installed in a neat, workmanlike manner so that it is level, plumb, and square and properly aligned and oriented. Commercial use of switchyard equipment means completion of all site tests specified and energisation at rated voltage. Contractor may engage manufacturer's Engineers to supervise the unloading, transportation to site, storing, testing and commissioning of the various equipment being procured by them separately. Contractor shall unload, transport, store, erect, test and commission the equipment as per instructions of the manufacturer's supervisory Engineer(s) and shall extend full cooperation to them. In case of any doubt/ misunderstanding as to the correct interpretation of manufacturer's drawings or instructions, necessary clarifications shall be obtained from the Owner. Contractor shall be held responsible for any damage to the equipment consequent to not following manufacturer's drawings/ instructions correctly. Where assemblies are supplied in more than one section, Contractor shall make all necessary mechanical and electrical connections between sections including the connection between buses. Contractor shall also do necessary adjustment/ alignment necessary for proper operation of circuit breakers, isolators and their operating mechanisms. All components shall be protected against damage during unloading, transportation, storage, installation, testing and commissioning. Any equipment damaged due to negligence or carelessness or otherwise shall be replaced by the contractor at his own expense. Contractor shall be responsible for examining all the shipments and notify the owner immediately of any damage, shortage, discrepancy etc., for the purpose of Owner's information only. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner every week a report detailing all the receipts during the weeks. However, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for any shortages or damages in transit, handling and/or in storage and erection of the equipment at Site. Any demurrage, whatage mid other such charges claimed by the transporters, railways etc., shall be to the, account of the Contractor. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the equipment/ material until the same is handed over to the Owner in an operating condition after commissioning, Contractor shall be responsible :for the maintenance of the equipment/material while in storage as well. as after erection until

18.2

18.3

18.4

18.5

18.6

155791486.doc

Page 95 of

442

taken over by Owner, as well as protection of the same against theft, element of nature, corrosion, damages etc. 18.7 Where material/ equipment is- unloaded by Owner before the contractor arrives at site or even when he is at site, Owner by right can hand over the same to Contractor and there upon it will be the responsibility of Contractor to store the material in an orderly and proper manner. The Contractor shall be responsible for making suitable indoor storage facilities, to store all equipment, which require indoor storage. The word 'erection' and 'installation' used in the specification are synonymous.

18.8 18.9

18.10 All outdoor equipment except Marshalling kiosk shall be suitable for hot line washing. 18.11 Exposed live parts shall be placed high enough above ground to meet the requirements of electrical and other statutory safety codes. 18.12 The minimum. phase to earth, phase to phase and section clearance for the various 66KV, 11KV sections of the switchyard are given below:

66KV
Phase to earth (mm) Phase to phase (mm) Section clearance (mm) 630 630 3000

11KV
200 200 shall be

However, the clearance as shown in the layout drawing maintained.

In case of GIS Switchgear, the minimum phase to earth clearance (live part clearance) shall be accordance with the relevant IEC/ IS for insulation coordination. The design and workmanship shall be in accordance with the best engineering practices to ensure satisfactory performance throughout the service life. If at any stage during the execution of the Contract, it is observed that the erected equipment(s) do not meet the above minimum clearances, the Contractor shall immediately proceed to correct the discrepancy at his risks and cost. 19.0 PROTECTIVE GUARDS

155791486.doc

Page 96 of

442

19.1 Suitable guards shall be provided for protection of personnel on all exposed. rotating and/or moving machine parts. An such guards with necessary spares and accessories shall be designed for easy installation and immoral for maintenance purpose. 20.0 DESIGN CO-ORDINATION 20.1 The Contactor will be responsible for the selection and design of appropriate equipments to provide the best co-ordinate performance of the entire system. The basic design requirements are detailed out in this specification. The design of various components, sub-assemblies and assemblies shall be so done that it facilitates easy field assembly and maintenance. 20.2 The Contractor has to co-ordinate designs and terminations with the agencies (if any) who are consultants/ Contractor for the Owner. The names of agencies shall be intimated to the successful bidders-. 21.0 DESIGN CO-ORDINATION MEETING The Contractor will be called upon to attend design co-ordination meetings with the Engineer, other Contractors and the Consultants of the Owner (if any) during the period of Contract. The contractor shall attend such meetings at his own cost at Bangalore or at mutually agreed venue as and when required and fully co-operate with such persons and agencies involved during those discussions. 22.0 TOOLS AND TACKLES The Contractor shall supply with the equipment one complete set of all special tools and tackles for the erection, assembly, disassembly and maintenance of the equipment. However, these tools and tackles shall be separately, packed and brought on to site. 23.0 EQUIPMENT BASES A cast iron or welded steel base plate shall be provided for all rotating equipment, which is to be installed on a concrete base unless otherwise agreed to by the Owner. Each base plate shall support the unit and its drive

155791486.doc

Page 97 of

442

assembly, shall be of a neat design with pads for anchoring the units, shall have a raised lip all around, and shall have threaded drain connections. 24.0 AUXILIARY SUPPLY 24.1 The auxiliary power for station supply, including the equipment drive, cooling system of any equipment, lighting etc., shall be designed for the specified parameters as under. The DC supply for the instrumentation and PLCC system shall also confirm to the parameters as indicated in the following. Normal voltage 415 V 240 V 220 V 48 V Variation voltage +10% -10 % +10% -10 % +10 % -10% +10% -20% in Frequency in Phase / wire Hz 505% wire 50 5 % DC DC wire Neutral connection Solidly earthed Solidly earthed Isolated 2 wire system 2 wire system (+) earthed

25.0

SUPPORT STRUCTURE:

25.1 Typical drawings of support structures are enclosed to the bid documents. Based on the equipments to be supplied, height of center line of live point indicated the layout / cross section drawings the successful bidder has to fumish the drawing for owners approval only after approval of the drawing the fabrication of structures are to be taken up. Any substructure or adopter plate required to meet the above bus termination height other than the standard structure will also have to be supplied by the Contractor as part of the equipment. All brackets, angles, stool or other members necessary for attaching the operating mechanism to the supporting structure shall be engineered and supplied as integral part of the equipment. The support structures for all equipments shall be supplied by the Contractor. 25.2 The, support structures should be hot dip galvanized with minimum 610 gram / m2 net of zinc.

155791486.doc

Page 98 of

442

25.3 In case of any deviation in this regard the bid is liable to be considered technically non-responsive and shall be liable to be rejected. 25.4 Support structure shall meet the following mandatory requirements: 25.4.1 The minimum vertical clearance from any energized metal part of the equipment / post insulator from Ground level shall be 4.25 meters for 72.5 KV equipments. 25.4.2 The minimum vertical distance from the bottom of the lowest porcelain part of the bushing, porcelain enclosures or supporting insulators to the bottom of the equipment base, where it rests on the foundation pad shall be 2.50 metres. 26.0 CLAMPS AND CONNECTORS INCLUDING TERMINAL CONNECTORS: 26.1 All power clamps and connectors shall conform to IS : 5561 & NEMA CC1and shall be made of materials listed below: a) For connecting ACSR conductors shall be of C wedge type b) For connecting equipment terminals made of copper with ACSR conductors c) For connecting G.I. wire d) i) Bolts, nuts & plain, washers ii) Spring washers items a to c for ii) Electro-galvanized mild steel suitable for at least service condition-3 as per IS:1573 Aluminum alloy casting, conforming to designation A6 of IS:617 and shall be tested for all test as per IS:617 Bimetallic connectors made from aluminum alloy casting, conforming to designation A6 of IS:617 with 2 mm thick bimetallic liner and shall be tested as per IS:617 Galvanized mild steel shield wire i) Electro-galvanized for sizes below M12,for others hot dip galvanized.

26.2 Each equipment shall be supplied with the necessary terminals and connectors, as required by the ultimate design for the particular installation. The conductor terminations of equipment. shall be either expansion, sliding or rigid type.

155791486.doc

Page 99 of

442

The requirement regarding external corona and RIV as specified for any equipment shall include its terminal fittings and the equipment shall be factory tested with the connectors in position. If corona rings are required to meet these requirements they shall be considered as part of that equipment and included in the scope of work. 26.3 Where copper to aluminum connections are required, bi-metallic clamps shall be used, which shall be properly designed to ensure that any deterioration of the connection is kept to a minimum and restricted to parts which are not current carrying or subjected to stress. 26.4 Low voltage connectors, grounding connectors and accessories for grounding all equipment as specified in each particular case, are also included in the scope of Work. 26.5 No current carrying part of any clamp shall be less than 10mm thick. All ferrous parts shall be hot dip galvanized. Copper alloy liner of minimum 2mm thickness shall be cast integral with aluminum body for Bi-metallic clamps. 26.6 Lateral load deflection test shall be carried out as an acceptance test. The test procedure and accepted norms shall be mutually discussed and agreed to. 26.7 All casting shall be free from blow holes, Surface blisters, cracks and cavities. All sharp edges and corners shall be blurred and rounded off.

26. 8Flexible connectors, braids or laminated straps made for the terminal clamps for bus posts shall be suitable for both expansion or through ( flexed/sliding ) type connection as required. In all the cases the clamp height (top of the mounting pad to centre line of the tube) should be same. 26.9 Clamp shall be designed to carry the same current as the conductor and the temperature rise shall be equal or less than that of the conductor at the specified ambient temperature. The rated current for which the clamp/connector is designed with respect to the specified reference ambient temperature, shall also be indelibly marked on each component of the clamp/ connector, except on the hardware.

155791486.doc

Page 100 of

442

26.10 All current carrying parts shall be designed and manufactured to have minimum contact resistance. 26.11 VOID 26. 12 TESTS 26.12.1 Clamps and connectors should be type tested as per IS: 5561 and shall also be subject to routine tests as per IS: 5561. Following type test reports on three samples of similar type shall be submitted for approval. 1) Temperature rise test (maximum temperature rise allowed is 35 deg C over 50 deg ambient temperature) 2) Short time current test 3) Resistance test and tensile test

27.0 CONTROL CABINETS, JUNCTION BOXES, TERMINAL BOXES MARSHALLING BOXES FOR OUTDOOR EQUIPMENT 27.1 All types of boxes, cabinets etc. shall generally conform to and be tested in accordance with IS : 5039 / IS : 8623, IEC-439, as applicable, and the clauses given below: 27.2 Control cabinets junction. boxes, Marshalling boxes & terminal boxes shall be made of sheet steel or aluminum enclosure and shall be dust, water and vermin proof. Sheet steel used shall be at least, 2.0 mm thick cold rolled or 2.5 mm hot rolled. The box shaft be properly braced to prevent wobbling. There shall be sufficient reinforcement to provide level surfaces, resistance to vibrations and rigidity during transportation and installation. In case of aluminum enclosed box the thickness of aluminum shall be such that it provides adequate rigidity and long life as comparable with sheet steel of specified thickness 27.3 The enclosures of the control cabinets, junction boxes, terminal boxes & marshalling boxes shall provide a degree of protection of not less than (IP:53). After protection degree. test of marshalling kiosk, 2.5 KV rms for 1(one) minute, insulation resistance and functional test should have been conducted. In case these tests have not been carried out during IP : 55 test, then the contractor shall carry out the IP-55 test along with. these tests, at his cost. 27.4 Cabinet/boxes shall be free standing floor mounting type, wall mounting type or pedestal mounting type as per requirements.

155791486.doc

Page 101 of

442

27.5 Cabinet/ boxes shall be provided with double hinged doors with padlocking arrangements. The distance between two hinges shall be adequate to ensure uniform sealing pressure against atmosphere. The quality of the gasket shall be such that it does not get damaged/cracked during the operation of the equipment. 27.6 All doors removable covers and plates shall be gasketed all around with suitably profiled Neoprene gaskets. The gasket shall be tested in accordance with approved quality plan. The quality of gasket shall be such that it does not get damaged/ cracked during the ten years of operation of the equipment or its major overhaul whichever is earlier. All gasket surfaces shall be smooth, straight and reinforced if necessary to minimize distortion and to make a tight seal. Ventilating louvers, if provided, shall have screen and fillers. The screen shall be fine wire mesh made of brass. 27.7 All boxes/cabinets shall be designed for the entry of cables from bottom by means of weather proof and dust-proof connections. Boxes and cabinets shall be designed with generous clearances to avoid interference between the wiring entering from below and any terminal blocks or accessories mounted within the box or cabinet. Suitable cable gland plate projecting at least 150mm above the base of the marshalling kiosk/box shall be provided for this purpose along with the proper blanking plates. Necessary number of cable glands shall be supplied and fitted on this gland plate. The gland shall project at least 25mm above gland plate to prevent entry of moisture in cable crutch. Gland plate shall have provision for some future glands to be provided later, if required. The Nickel-plated glands shall be dust proof; screw on & double compression type and made of brass. The gland shall have provision for securing armour of the cable separately and shall be provided with earthing tag. The glands shall conform to BS: 6121. 27.8 A 240V, single phase, 50Hz, 15 amp AC plug and socket shall be provided in the cabinet with ON-OFF switch for connection of hand lamps. Plug and socket shall be of industrial grade. 27.9 For illumination of Control cabinet a 15 Watts CFL shall be provided. 27.10 All control switches shall be of rotary switch type band Toggle/piano switches shall not be accepted. 27.11 Earthing

155791486.doc

Page 102 of

442

Positive earthing of the cabinet shall be ensured by providing two separate earthing pads. The earth wire shall be terminated on to the earthing pad and secured by the use of star of self-etching washer. Earthing of hinged door shall be done by using a separate earth wire. 27.12 Tests a) The marshalling kiosks shall be subject to routine tests as per IS:5039. b) The following routine tests shall also be conducted. i) ii) Check for wiring Visual and dimension check

Marshalling kiosks shall be provided with danger plate and a diagram showing the numbering/ connection/ ferruling by pasting the same on the inside of the door. 28.0 Auxiliary Switches

The auxiliary switch shall confirm to the following type tests: a) Electrical endurance test - A minimum of 2000 operation for 2A DC with a time constant greater than or equal to 20 millisecond with a subsequent examination of mV drop/visual; defects/ temperature rise test. Mechanical endurance test. A minimum of 1,00,000 operations with a subsequent checking of contact pressure test/visual examination. Heat run test on contacts. IR/HV test etc.

b)

c) d)

29.0 TERMINAL BLOCKS AND WIRING 29. 1Control and instrument leads from the switchboards or from other equipment will be brought to terminal boxes or control cabinets in conduits.

155791486.doc

Page 103 of

442

All inter-phase and external connections to equipment or to control cubicles will be made through terminal blocks. 29.2 Terminal blocks shall be 1100V grade and have continuous rating to carry the maximum expected current on the terminals. Those shall be of moulded piece, complete with insulated barriers stud type terminals, washers, nuts and lock nuts. Screw clamp, overall insulated, insertion type, rail mounted terminals can be used in place of stud type terminals. But preferably the terminal blocks shall be non-disconnecting stud type equivalent to Elmex type, CATM4, Phoenix cage clamp type of Wage or equivalent. The insulating material of terminal block shall be Nylon 6.6, which shall be free of halogens, fluorocarbons etc. 29.3 Terminal blocks for current transformers and voltage transformer secondary leads shall be provided with test links and isolating facilities. The current transformer secondary leads shall also be provided with short-circuiting and earthing facilities. 29.4 The terminal shall be such that maximum contact area is achieved when a cable is terminated. The terminal shall have a locking characteristic to prevent cable from escaping from the terminal clamp unless it is done intentionally. 29.5 The conducting part in contact with cable shall preferably be tinned or silver plated however Nickel plated copper or zinc plated steel shall also be acceptable. 29.6 The terminal blocks shall be of extendable design. 29.7 The terminal blocks shall have locking arrangement to prevent its escape from the mounting rails. 29.8 The terminal blocks shall be fully enclosed with removable covers of transparent, non-deteriorating type plastic material. Insulating barriers shall be provided between the terminal blocks. These barriers shall not hinder the operator from carrying out the wiring without removing the barriers.

155791486.doc

Page 104 of

442

29.9 Unless otherwise specified terminal blocks shall be suitable for connecting the following conductors on each side. a) b) All circuits except CT circuits All CT circuits : : Minimum of two of 2.5 Sq. mm copper flexible.

Minimum of 4 Nos. of 6 Sq. mm copper flexible

29.10 The arrangements shall be in such a manner so that it is possible to safely connect or disconnect terminals on live circuits and replace fuse links when the cabinets is live. 29.11 At least 20% spare terminals shall be provided on each panel/ cubicle/ box and these spare terminals shall be uniformly distributed on all terminal rows. 29.12 There shall be minimum clearance of 250mm between the First/bottom row of terminal block and the associated cable gland plate. Also the clearance between two rows of terminal blocks shall be minimum of 150mm. 29.13 The Contractor shall furnish all wire, conduits and terminals for the necessary interphase electrical connections (where applicable) as well as between phases and common terminal boxes or control cabinets. 29.14 All input and output, terminals of each control cubicle shall be tested for surge withstand capability in accordance with the relevant IEC Publications, in both longitudinal and transverse modes. The Contractor shall also provide all necessary filtering, surge protection, interface relays and any other measures necessary to achieve an impulse withstand level at the cable interfaces of the equipment. 30.0 LAMPS AND SOCKETS 30.1 Lamps: All incandescent lamps shall use a socket base as per IS1258, except in the case of signal lamps. 30.2 Sockets

155791486.doc

Page 105 of

442

All sockets (convenience outlets) shall be suitable to accept both 5 Amp & 15 Amp pin round Standard Indian plugs. They shall be switched sockets with shutters. 30.3 Hand Lamp: A 240 Volts, single Phase, 50 Hz AC plug point shall be provided in the interior of each cubicle with ON-OFF switch for connection of hand lamps. 30.4 Interior lighting: Each panel shall be provided with a 15 watts CFL lighting fixture of Standard Indian type or l5watts compact fluorescent tube rated for 240 Volts, single Phase, 50 Hz supply for the, interior illumination of the panel during maintained. The Fittings shall be complete with switch fuse unit and switching of fittings shall be controlled by the respective panel door switch. 30.5 Switches and Fuses: 30.5.1 Each control panel shall be provided with necessary arrangements for receiving, distributing, isolating and fusing of DC and AC supplies for various control, signaling, lighting and space heater circuits. The incoming and sub-circuits shall be separately provided with switch fuse units. Selection of the main and Sub-circuit fuse ratings shall be such as to ensure selective clearance of sub-circuit faults. Potential circuits for relaying and metering shall be protected by HRC fuses. 30.5.2 All fuses shall be of HRC cartridge type conforming to IS:9228 mounted on plug-in type fuse bases. Miniature circuit breakers with thermal protection and alarm contacts will also be accepted. All accessible live connection to fuse bases shall be adequately Shrouded. Fuses shall have operation indicators for indicating blown fuse condition. Fuse carrier base shall have imprints of the. fuse rating and voltage. 30.5.3 All control switches shall be of rotary type and toggle/piano switches shall not be accepted. 31.0 Bushings, hollow Column Insulators, Support Insulators:

155791486.doc

Page 106 of

442

31.1 Bushings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with IS:2099 & IEC: 137. While hollow column insulators shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with IEC 233/IS:5621.The support insulators shall be manufactured and tested as per 1S-254-4./1EC 168 and IEC 273. The insulators shall also conform to IEC 815 as applicable. The Bidder may also offer composite Silicon Insulator conforming to IEC 1109. 31.2 Support insulators, bushings and hollow column insulators manufactured from high quality porcelain. Porcelain used homogeneous, free from land nations, cavities and other imperfections that might affect the mechanical or dielectric quality be thoroughly vitrified tough and impervious to moisture. shall be shall be flaws or and shall

31.3 Glazing of the porcelain shall be uniform brown in colour, free from blisters, burrs and similar other defects. 31.4 Support insulators/ bushings/ hollow column insulators shall be designed to have ample insulation, mechanical strength and rigidity for the conditions Under which they will be used. 31.5 When operating at normal rated voltage there shall be no electric discharge between the conductors and bushing which would cause corrosion or injury to conductors, insulators or supports by the formation of substances produced by chemical action. No radio interference shall be caused by the insulators/bushing-, when operating at the normal rated voltage. 31.6 Bushing porcelain shall be robust and capable of withstanding the internal pressures likely to occur in service. The, design and location of clamps and the shape and the strength of the porcelain flange securing the bushing to the tank shall be such that there is no risk of fracture. All portions of the assembled porcelain enclosures and supports other than gaskets, which may in any way be exposed to the atmosphere shall be composed of completely non hygroscopic material such as metal or glazed porcelain. 31.7 All iron parts shall be hot dip galvanized and all joints shall be airtight. Surface of joints shall be trued up porcelain parts by grinding and metal parts by matching. Insulators/bushing design shall. be such as to ensure a uniform compressive pressure on the joints. 31.8 Tests: In accordance with the requirements stipulated under Clause No.13.0 of this Section bushing, hollow column insulators and support insulators shall

155791486.doc

Page 107 of

442

conform to type tests and shall be subjected to routine tests in accordance with IS : 2009 & IS : 2544 and IS 5601. 31.9 Technical parameters insulators: Sl. No 1 2 3 4 5 6 Particulars of bushing/hollow column insulators/support

For 72.5 KV For 12.5 system KV system Rated volatage (KV) 72.5 36 Impulse withstand 325 170 Switching surge with stand voltage (dry and wet) (KVP) Power frequency 140 70 withstand voltage (dry and wet)KV rms Total creepage 1813 900 distance (mm) Pollution class-iii heavy (as per IEC 71) and as specified in section-2 for all class of equipment. Insulator shall also meet requirement of relevant standards for 66 KV system, as applicable having alternate long & short sheds MOTORS

32.0

Motors shall be "'Squirrel Cage" three, phase induction motors of sufficient size capable of satisfactory operation for the application and duty as required to the driven equipment and shall conform to type tests and shall be subjected to routine test as per applicable standards. The motors shall be of approved make 32.1 Enclosures

a) Motors to be installed outdoors without enclosure shall have hose proof enclosure equivalent to IP 55 as Per IS:,4691. For motors to be installed indoor i.e. inside a box, the motor enclosures, shall be dust proof equivalent. to IP 44 as per IS:4691.

155791486.doc

Page 108 of

442

b) Two independent earthing points shall be provided on opposite sides of the motor for bolted connection of earthing conductor. c) Motors shall have drain plugs so located that they will drain water resulting from condensation or other causes from all pockets in the motor casting. d) Motors weighing more than 25Kg. shall be provided with eyebolts, lugs or other means to facilitate lifting. 32.2 Operational Features a) Continuous motor rating (name plate rating) shall be at least ten (10) percent. above the maximum load demand of the driven equipment at design duty point and the motor shall not be over loaded at any operating point of' driven equipment that will rise in service. Motor shall be capable at giving rated output without reduction in the expected life span when operated continuously in the system having the particulars, as given in Clause 21.4.0 of this section.

b)

32.3

Starting Requirements: a) All induction motors shall be suitable for full voltage direct-on-line starting. These shall be capable of starting and accelerating to the rated speed along with the driven equipment without exceeding the acceptable winding temperature even when the supply voltage drops down to 80% of the rated voltage. Motors shall be capable of withstanding the electrodynamics stresses and heating imposed if it is started at a voltage of 110% of the rated value. the locked rotor current. shall not exceed six (six) times the rated full load current for all motors, subject to tolerance as, give in IS325 Motors when started with the driven equipment imposing full starting torque under the supply voltage conditions specified under Clause 24.0 shall be capable of withstanding atleast two successive starts from cold condition at room temperature and one start from hot condition without injurious heating and winding. The motors shall also be suitable for three equally spread starts per hour under the above referred supply condition,

b)

c) d)

155791486.doc

Page 109 of

442

e)

The locked rotor withstand time under hot condition at 110% of rated voltage shall be more than starting time with the driven equipment of minimum permissible voltage by at least two seconds or 15% of the accelerating time whichever is greater. In case it is not possible to meet the above requirement, the Bidder shall offer centrifugal type speed switch mounted on the motor shaft which shall remain closed for speed lower than 20% arid open for speeds above 20% of the rated. speed. The speed switch shall be capable of withstanding 120% of the rated speed in either direction of rotation.

32.4

Running Requirements: a) The maximum permissible temperature rise over the ambient temperature of 50 degree C shall be within the limits specified in IS:325 (for 3 - phase induction motors) after adjustment due to increased ambient temperature specified. The limits specified in IS:325 (for 3- phase induction motors)after adjustment due to increase ambient temperature specified The double amplitude of motor vibration shall be with in the limits specified in IS 4729. Vibration shall also be within the limits specified by the relevant standard for the driven equipment when measured at the motor bearings. All the induction motors shall be capable of running at. 80% of rated voltage for a period or 5 minutes with rated load commencing from hot condition.

b)

c)

33.0

TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

An indicatives list of tests is given below. Contractor shall perform any additional test based on specialties of the items as per the field Q.P / instructions of the equipment contractor or Owner without any extra cost to the Owner. The Contractor Shall arrange all instruments required for Conducting these tests along with calibration certificates and shall furnish the list, of instruments to the Owner for approval. a) Insulation resistance. b) Phase sequence and proper direction of rotation c) Any motor operating incorrectly shall be checked to determine the cause and condition corrected. 34.0 MAJOR TECHNICAL PARAMETERS

155791486.doc

Page 110 of

442

For 72.5 KV Circuit Breaker and Isolator : Refer Data sheet-A19- High Voltage GIS and bus ducts for Technical parameters.

155791486.doc

Page 111 of

442

ANNEXURE - A CORONA AND RADIO INTERFERENCE VOLTAGE (RIV) TEST 1.0 General: Unless otherwise stipulated. All equipment except power transformer together with its associated connectors, where applicable, shall be tested for external corona both by observing the voltage level for the extinction of visible corona under falling power frequency voltage and by measurement of radio interference voltage (RIV). 2.0 Test levels:

The test voltage levels for measurement of external RIV and for corona extinction voltage are listed under the relevant clauses of the specification. 3.0 3.1 Test methods for RIV: RIV tests shall be made according to measuring circuit as per International Special- Committee on Radio Interference (CISPR) publication 16-1 (1993) Part - 1. The measuring circuit shall preferably be tuned to frequency with 10% 0.5 MHz but other frequencies in the range of 0.5 MHz to 2 MHz may be used, the measuring frequency being recorded. The results shall be in microvolts, Alternatively, RIV tests shall be in accordance with NEMA standard Publication No. 107-1964, except otherwise noted herein. In measurement of RIV, temporary additional external corona. shielding may be provided. In measurements of RIV only standard fittings of identical type supplied with the equipment and a simulation of the connections as used in the actual installation will be permitted in the vicinity within 3.5 meters of terminals. Ambient noise shall be measured before and after each series of tests to ensure that there is no variation in ambient noise level. If variation is present, the lowest ambient noise level will form basis for the measurements. RIV levels shall be measured at increasing and decreasing voltages of 85%, 100%, 115% and 130% of the specified RIV test voltage for all equipment unless otherwise specified. The specified RIV test voltage. is listed in the detailed specification together with maximizing permissible RIV level in microvolts.

3.2 3.3

3.4

155791486.doc

Page 112 of

442

3.5 3.6

The metering instruments shall be as per CISPR recommendation of equivalent device so long as it has been used by other testing authorities. The RIV measurement may be made with a noises meter. A calibration procedure of the frequency to which noise meter shall be tuned shall establish the ratio of voltages at the high voltage terminal to voltage read by noise meter. Test methods for visible Corona

4.0

The purpose of this test is to determine the corona extinction voltage of apparatus, connectors etc. The test shall be carried out in the same manner as RIV test described above with the exception that RIV measurements are not required during test and a search technique shall be used near the onset and extinction voltage, when the test voltage is raised and lowered to determine their precise value. The test voltage shall be raised to 130% of RIV test voltage and maintained there for five minutes. The voltage will then be decreased slowly until all visible corona disappears. The procedure shall be repeated at least 4 times with corona inception and extinction voltage recorded each time. The corona. extinction voltage for purposes of determining compliance with the specification shall be the lowest of the four values at which visible corona (negative or positives polarity) disappears. Photographs with laboratory in complete darkness shall be taken under test conditions, at all voltages steps i.e. 85%, 100%,115% W-id 130%. Additional photographs shall be taken at corona inception and extinction voltages. At least two views shall be photographed in each case using Panchromatic film with an ASA daylight rating of 400 with an exposure of two minutes at a lens aperture of f/5.6 or equivalent. The photographic process shall be such that prints are available for inspection and comparison with conditions as determined form direct observation. Photographs shall be taken from above and below the level of connector so as to show corona on bushing, insulators and all parts of energies connectors. The photographs shall be framed such that, test-. object, essentially, fills the frame with no cut-off'. 4.1 The test shall be recorded on each photograph. Additional photographs shall be taken from each camera position with lights on to show the relative position of test object to facilitate precise corona location fibrin the photographic evidence. In addition to photographs of the test object at least four photographs shall be taken of the complete test assembly showing relative positions of all the test equipment and test objects'. These four photographs shall be taken from four points equally spaced around the test arrangement to show its features from all sides. Drawings of the laboratory and test set up locations shall be provided to indicate camera positions and angles. The

4.2

155791486.doc

Page 113 of

442

precise location of camera shall be approved by Owner's inspector, after determining the best camera locations by trial energisation of test object at a voltage which results in corona. 4.3 4.4 The test to determine the visible corona extinction voltage need not be carried out simultaneously with test to determine RIV levels. However, both test shall be carried out with the same test set up and as little time duration between tests as possible. No modification on treatment of the sample between tests will be allowed. Simultaneous RIV and visible corona extinction Voltage testing maybe permitted at the discretion of Owner's inspector if, in his opinion, it will not prejudice other test.

5.0

Test Records:

In addition to the information previously mentioned and these requirements specified as per CISPR or NEMA 1.07 -1961 the following data shall be included in test report: a) b) c) d) e) Background noise before and after test. Detailed procedure of application of test voltage. Measurement's of RIV levels expressed in micro volts at each level. Results and observations with regard to location and type of interference sources detected at each step. Test voltage shall be recorded when measured RIV passes through 100 microvolts iii each direction.

Onset arid extinction of visual corona for each of the four tests required shall be recorded.

155791486.doc

Page 114 of

442

ANNEXURE- B SEISMIC WITHSTAND TEST PROCEDURE The seismic withstanding test on the complete equipment (except Power Transformer) shall be carried out alongwith supporting structure. The Bidder shall arrange to transport the structure from his Supplier's premises/KPTCL sites for the purpose of seismic withstand test only. The seismic level specified shall be applied at the base of the structure. The accelerometers shall be provided at the Terminal Pad of the equipment and any other point as agreed by the Owner. The seismic test shall be carried out in all possible combinations of the equipment. The seismic test procedure shall be furnished for approval of the Owner.

155791486.doc

Page 115 of

442

ANNEXURE-C LIST OF SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL STANDARDS AND CODES Indian Electricity Rules Indian Electricity (Supply) Act Indian Factories Act IS-5 1994 IS-335 IS-617 Colours for Ready Mixed Paints and Enamels. New insulating Oils. Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Ingots and Castings for General Engineering Purposes Methods of Test For Petroleum and its Products. Methods of High Voltage Testing. Classification of degrees of protection provided by enclosures of electrical equipment

13-1448 (P1 to P145) IS-2071 (PI to P3) IS- 1.2063

IS-2165 P 1: 1997 P2: 1983 IS-2362 IS-3043 IS-3637 IS-6103 Insulation Coordination. Determination of Water by Karl fisher Method. Code of Practice for Earthing Gas Operated Relays Method of Test for Specific Resistance (Resistivity) of Electrical Insulating Liquids.

155791486.doc

Page 116 of

442

IS-6104

Method of Test for Interfacial Tension of Oil against Water by the Ring Method Method of test for power factor Dielectric Constant of Electrical Insulating Liquids. Method for determination of Electric strength of insulating oils. Guide for making of insulated conductors. Guide for uniform system of marking &Identification of conductors apparatus terminals. Method for Radio Interference Test on High voltage Insulators. Low Voltage Fuses High Voltage test Techniques Environmental Test Graphical Symbols Method for the Determination of the Electrical Strength of Insulation Oils. Partial Discharge Measurements. Specification for Unused Mineral Insulating Oils for Transformers and Switchgear. Specification and Acceptance of New Sulphur Hex fluoride. Radio Interference Test on High

IS-6262

IS-6792

IS-5578

IS- 11353:1985

IS-8263 IS-9224 (Part 1, 2 & 4)

IEC-60060 (Part I to P,-1) IEC-60068 IEC- 60117 IEC- 60156

IEC-60270 IEC-60296

IEC-60376 IEC-60437

155791486.doc

Page 117 of

442

Voltage Insulators. IEC-60506 IEC-60507 Switching Impulse Test on High Voltage Insulators. Artificial Pollution Tests on High Voltage Insulators to be used on AC systems. Common Specification for High Voltage Switchgear & Control gear Standards. Guide for the Selection of Insulators in respect of Polluted Conditions. Short Circuit Current Calculation of effects. National Electrical Code Guide for Surge Withstand Capability (SWC) tests Specification for Electromagnetic Noise and Field Strength Instrumentation 10 KHz to I GHz Techniques for Dielectric Tests Standard General Requirements and Test procedure for Outdoor Apparatus Bushings. Specification for Sound Level Meters Drawing Symbols Gray Finishes for Industrial Apparatus and Equipment No.61. Light Gray Methods of Measurements of RIV of High Voltage Apparatus General Standards for Industrial Control and Systems Part ICSI-109

1EC-60694

IEC-60815

IEC-60865 (1994)(Pl 8& P2) ANSI-C. 1./NFPA.70 ANSI-C37.90A ANSI-C63-2 1, C63.3 C36.4 ANSI-C68. I ANSI-C76. I/EEE21 ANSI-SI 4 ANSI-Y32-2/C337.2ANSI-Z55. 1.1 -

NEMA- 1071 NEMA-ICS-11 -

155791486.doc

Page 118 of

442

CISPR- I

Specification for CISPR Radio Interference Measuring Apparatus for the frequency range 0. 15 MHz to 30 MHz Quality Assurance Program Requirements Quality Control Program Requirements Quality Verification Program Requirements Inspection Program Requirements Insulating oil for Transformers switchgear.

CSA-Z299.1-1978h CSA-Z299.2-1979h CSA-Z299.3-1979h CSA-Z299.4-1979h BS- 148 TRANSFORMERS IS- 10028 (Part 2 8& 3)

Code of practice for selection, installation & maintenance of Transformers (P1: 1993), (P3:199 1) Power Transformers Dimensions for Porcelain transformer Bushings for use in lightly polluted atmospheres. Fittings and Accessories for Power Transformers

IS-2026 (Pl. to P4) IS-3347 (Part1 to Part8)

IS-3639 IS-6600 -

Guide for Loading of Oil immersed Transformers. Power Transformers On Load Tap-Chargers. Loading Guide for Oil - Immersed power transformers

IEC-60076 (Part1 to Part5) IEC-60214 IEC-60354

155791486.doc

Page 119 of

442

IEC-60076

Determination of Transformer & Reactor sound levels ANSI-C571280 General Distribution,

Requirements for Power and Regulation Transformers ANSI-C571,290 Distribution, Power and Regulation Transformers ANSI-C5792 Loading Oil-Immersed lower Transformers upto and including 100MVA with 55 C or 65 C Winding Rise ANSI-CG, IEEE-4 Techniques for High Voltage Testing NEMA-TR- 1 Transformers, Regulators and Reactors CIRCUIT BREAKERS IEC-62271-100 Alternating Current Circuit Breakers IEC-60427 Testing of High Voltage alternating Current Circuit Breakers. IEC-61624 Pressurised hollow Column Insulator Synthetic High Voltage Standard
0 0

Test code for

Guide for

CURRENT TRANSFORMER, VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS AND

155791486.doc

Page 120 of

442

COUPLING CAPACITOR VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS IS-2705 (PI to P4) Current Transformers. Voltage Transformers Identification of the content of Industrial Gas Cylinders Current Transformers. Voltage Transformers. Coupling capacitors and capacitor dividers. Instrument Transformers Measurement of Discharges Partial

IS-3156 (PI to P4) IS-4379

IEC- 60044-1 IEC- 60044-2 IE C-60358 IEC-60044-4

IEC-60481 (1974) ANSI-C5713 ANSI-C92.2 ANSI-C93.1 BUSHING IS- 2099 IEC- 60137 -

Coupling devices for Power Line Carrier Systems. Requirements for Instrument Transformers Power Line Coupling Voltage Transformers Requirements for Power Line Carrier Coupling Capacitor Bushings for Alternating Voltages above 1000V Insulated Bushings for Alternating Voltages above 1000V

SURGE ARRESTERS IS-3070 (Part2) (1993) IEC-60099-4 Lightning arrestors for alternating current systems Metal oxide lightening arrestors without gaps. Metal oxide Surge Arrestors without gaps.

155791486.doc

Page 121 of

442

IEC-60099-5 ANSI-C62.1 NEMA-LA 1

Selection and application recommendation IEE Standards for Surge Arrestors for AC Power Circuits Surge Arrestors

CUBICLES AND PANELS & OTHER RELATED EQUIPMENTS IS-722, IS-1248, IS-3231,3231(P-3) protection ISAA;5039 IEC-60068.2.2 Electrical relays for power System

Distributed pillars for Voltages not Exceeding 1000 Volts. Basic environmental testing Procedures Part 2: Test B: Dry heat. Degree of Protection provided by enclosures. Low voltage Switchgear and Controlgear Low Voltage Control Gear Contractors. Low Voltage Switchgear and control gear assemblies Electromechanical Contactor for household and similar purpose

IEC-60529 IEC- 60947-4-1 IEC- 158 (upto P3-1985) IEC-60439 (P 1 8& 2)

IEC-61095

ANSI-C37.20 ANSI-C37.50

Switchgear assemblies, including metal enclosed bus. Test Procedures for Low Voltage Alternating Current Power Circuit Breakers Electric Measuring instrument Components for Electric Equipment

ANSI-C39 ANSI-C83

155791486.doc

Page 122 of

442

IS:8623: (Part I to 3 ) NEMA-AB NEMA-CS NEMA-PB- I NEMA-SG-5 NEMA-SG-3 NEMA-SG-6 NEMA-5E-3 1248 (PI to P9)

Specification for Switchgear Control Assemblies. Moulded Case Circuit and Systems Industrial Controls and Systems Panel boards Low voltage Power Circuit Breakers Power Switchgear Assemblies Power Switching Equipment Motor Control Centers Direct acting indicating analogue electrical measuring instruments & their accessories.

DISCONNECTING SWITCHES IEC- 60129 Alternating Current Disconnections (Isolators) and Earthing switches High Voltage Switches Schedule of preferred Ratings, Manufacturing Specifications and Application Guide for high Voltage Air Switches, Bus supports and switch accessories. Test Code for high voltage air Switches Power switching equipment

IEC-60265 (Part 1 and part 2) ANSI-C37.32

ANSI-C37.34 NEMA-SG6

TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND LINE TRAP Indian Electricity Rules as amended up-to-date

155791486.doc

Page 123 of

442

IS-8792 IS-8793 IS-8997 IS-8998 IEC-60353 IEC-60481 IEC-60495 IEC-60683 CIGRE CIGRE CCIR EIA

Line traps for AC power system. Methods of tests for line traps. Coupling devices for PLC systems Methods of test for coupling devices for PLC Systems. Line traps for AC power systems. Coupling Devices for power line carrier systems. Single sideboard power line carrier terminals Planning of (single side-band) power line carrier systems. Teleportation report by Committee 34 & 35. Guide, on Power line, carrier 1979. International Radio Consultative Committee Electric Industries Association

PROTECTION AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT IEC-60051 : (P1 to P9) measuring instruments and their accessories. IEC-60255 (Part 1 to part 23) IEC-60297 (P1 to P4 ) inches) series. IEC-60359 Electric relays. Dimensions of mechanical structures of the 482.6mm (19 Recommendations for Direct Acting, indicating analogue electrical

Expression of the performance of

155791486.doc

Page 124 of

442

electrical & electronic measuring equipment. IEC-60387 IEC-60447 IEC-60521 IEC-60547 Symbols for Alternating- Current Electricity meters. Man machine interface (MMI) Actuating principles. Class 0.5, 1 and 2 alternating current watt hour meters Modular plug-in Unit and standard 19-inchi rack mounting unit based on NIM standard (for electronic nuclear instruments) Screw threads Bolts and Nuts Relays, Station Controls etc. Manual and automatic station control, supervisory and associated telemetering equipment Relays and relay system associated with electric power apparatus Requirement for electrical analog indicating instatements

ANSI-81 ANSI-B 18 ANSI-C37.1 ANSI-C37.2

ANSIA-37-2

ANSI-C39. I MOTORS IS-325 (199 1) IS-4691

Three-phase induction motors. Degree of protection provided by enclosure for rotating electrical machinery. Rotating Electrical Machines

IECI-60034 (P1 to P19) IEC-Document 2

155791486.doc

Page 125 of

442

(Central Office) NEMA-MGI

Three phase induction motors Motors and Generators

Electronic equipment and components MIL-21b MIL-833 MIL-2750 IEC-60068 (P1 to P5) Environmental testing IEC-60326 (P1 to P2) : Printed boards. MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP STANDARDS IS- 1363 (P I to P3) IS- 1364 (P1 to P5) IS-3138 (199 1) ISO-898 ASTM CLAMPS & CONNECTORS IS-5561 NEMA-CCI NEMA-CC3 Electric power connectors. Electric Power connectors for sub station Connectors for Use between aluminium or aluminium- copper Overhead Conductors Hexagon headbolts, screws and nuts of product grade C. Hexagon head bolts, screws and nuts of products grades A and B. Hexagonal Bolts and Nuts (M42 to M 150) Fasteners: Bolts, screws and studs Specification and tests for Materials

BUS HARDWARE AND INSULATORS IS: 2121 Fittings for aluminium and steel cored aluminum conductors for overhead power lines.

155791486.doc

Page 126 of

442

IS-731

Porcelains insulators for overhead power lines with a nominal voltage 1000 V. Insulator fittings for overhead power lines with a nominal voltage greater than 1000V. Dimensions of Ball and Socket Couplings of string insulator Unit Insulated bushings for alternating volt-ages above 1000V. Tests on indoor and outdoor post insulators of ceramic material or glass for Systems with Nominal Voltages Greater than 100OV. Tests on Hollow insulators for use in electrical equipment. Characteristics of indoor and outdoor post insulators for systems with nominal Voltages greater than 1000V. Insulators for overhead lines with nominal voltage above 1000V ceramic or glass insulator unit's for AC systems Characteristics of String Insulator units of the cap and pin type. Locking devices for ball and socket couplings of string insulator units : dimensions and tests. Insulators for overhead lines with a nominal voltage above 1000V. characteristics of string insulator units of the long rod type.

IS-2486 (P1 to P4)

IEC- 60120 IEC- 60137 IEC- 60168

IEC-60233

IEC-60273

IEC-60305

IEC-372

IEC-60383 (PI & P2 ) IEC-60433 -

155791486.doc

Page 127 of

442

lEC-60471 ANSI-C29 -

Dimensions of Clevis and tongue couplings of string insulator units. Wet process porcelain insulators Test methods for electrical power Insulators For insulators, wet-process porcelains and toughened glass suspension type For wet-process porcelain insulators apparatus, post-type Iron and steel hardware Recommendations of the CISPR tolerances of form and of Position, Part 1.) Zinc, coating hot dip on iron and steel hardware

ANSI-C29. I ANSI-C92.2

ANSI-C29.8 ANSI-0.8 CISPR-7B

ASTM A-1 53

STRAIN AND RIGID BUS-CONDUCTOR IS-2678 Dimensions &, tolerance for Wrought. Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys drawn round type. Wrought Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy Bars, Rods, Tubes and Sections for Electrical purposes. Aluminium 1350 H 19 Wire for electrical purpose Concentric - lay - stranded, aluminimum 1350 conductors Aluminium - Alloy extruded bar, road, wire, shape Aluminium bar-, for electrical purpose (bus bars)

IS-5082

ASTM-B 230-82 ASTM-B 231-81 ASTM-B 221 ASTM-B 236-83

155791486.doc

Page 128 of

442

ASTM-B 317-83

Aluminium - Alloy extruded bar, rod, pipe and structural shapes for electrical purposes (Bus Conductors)

BATTERIES AND BATTERIES CHARGER BATTERY IS 1652 IS 1146 IS 6071 IS 266 IS 1069 IS 3116 IS 1248 Stationary Cells & Batteries, Lead-acid type (with Plante positive plates) Rubber & Plastic containers for Lead-acid storage Batteries Synthetic separators for Lead-Acid Batteries Specification for Sulphuric acid Specifications for Water for Storage Batteries Specification for Sealing compound for Lead-Acid Batteries Indicating Instruments

Battery Charger
IS 3895 IS 4540 IS 6619 Equipment IS 2026 IS 2959 1000 V IS 1248 IS 2208 Mono-crystalline Semiconductor Rectifier Cells and Stacks Mono-crystalline Semiconductor Rectifier Assemblies and Equipment. Safety code for Semiconductor Rectifier

Power Transformers AC Contactors for Voltages not exceeding Indicating Instruments HRC Fuses

155791486.doc

Page 129 of

442

IS 13947 (Part 3)

Air Break Switches, air break disconnectors & fuse combination units for voltage not exceeding 1000 V AC or 1200 V DC. Degree of protection provided by enclosures for low voltage switchgear and controlgear Code of practice for phosphating of Iron and Steel Electrical relays for power system protection Electrical relay for AC system Colours for ready mix paint Recommended design for installation design and installation of large lead storage batteries for generating stations and substations. Sizing large lead storage batteries for generating stations and substations.

IS 2147

IS 6005 IS 3231 IS 3842 IS 5 IEEE 484

IEEE 485

WIRES AND CABLES ASTMD-2863 Measuring the minimum oxygen concentration to support candle like combustion of plastics (oxygen index) PVC Insulated cables for working voltages upto and inclding 1100 Volts Code of practice for installation and maintenance of Power cables upto and including 33KV PVC insulated (heavy duty) electric cables part working voltage upto and including 1100V. Part (2) for working voltage from 3.3 KV upto and including 11KV.

IS-694 IS 1255

IS-1554 (Pl and P2 )

155791486.doc

Page 130 of

442

IS-3975 IS 1753 IS 2982 IS 3961 (P1 to P5) IS-5831 IS-6380 IS-7098

Mild steel wires, formed wires and tapes for armouring of cables. Aluminium conductor for insulated cable Copper conductor in insulated cables Recommended current rating of cables PVC insulating and sheath of electric cables. Elastometric insulating and sheath of electric cables. Cross linked polyethylene insulated PVC sheathed cables for working voltage from 3.3KV upto, and including 33 KV conductors for insulated electrical cables and flexible cords. Specification for drums for electric cables Radio Frequency cables. Guide to the Selection of High voltage Cables. Low frequency cables and wires, with PVC insulation and PVC sheath. Polyvinyl Chloride insulated of rated voltages tip to mid in-including 450/750 V. Conductors of insulated cables impulse tests on cables and their accessories. Calculation of the continuous current rating of cables (100%

IS-8130

IS-10418 IEC-60096 (Part 0 to Part P4) lEC- 60183 IFC- 60189 (Pl to P7)

IEC-60227 (PI to P7 ) IEC-60228 IEC-60230 IEC-60287 (P1 to P3)

155791486.doc

Page 131 of

442

load factor). IEC-60304 IEC-60331 Standard colours for insulation for low-frequency cables and wires. Fire resisting characteristics of Electrical cables. Tests on electric cables under fire conditions. Extruded solid dielectric insulated power cables for rated voltages from 1KV up to 30KV. _ Tests oil gases evolved during Combustion of electric cables. Asbestos and Asbestos -Varnished cloth and asbestos-Thermoplastic insulated wire and cable Steel Armour and associated covering for impregnated - paper -insulated cables Rubber insulated wire and cable for transmission and distribution of electrical energy. Thermoplastic insulated wire and cables for the transmission and distribution of electrical energy Cross-liked thermo setting polyethylene insulated wire and cable for the transmission and distribution of electric energy EthyIcne-propylene- rubberinsulated wire and cable for the and distribution of electrical energy Cross-linked-thermo setting Polyethylene Insulated wire and cable for the transmission and distribution of

IEC-60332 (Pl to P3 ) IEC-60502 -

IEC-754 (PI and P2) NEMA-WCI NEMA-WC2 -

NEMA-WC3

NEMA-WC5

NEMA-WC7

NEMA-WC8

NEMA-W67 (IPCEA, S-66-52,M)

155791486.doc

Page 132 of

442

electrical energy IPCEA S-61-402 Thermoplastic-insulated wire and cable for the transmission and distribution of electrical energy Standard test methods for density of smoke from burning or decomposition of plastics. Pot heads Standards for type tests of 1E class of electrical cables, field splicers and connection for nuclear power generating stations.

ASTMD-2843

IEEE-48 IEEE-383

GALVANIZING IS-209 IS-2629 IS-2633 ASTM-A- 123 Zinc Ingot Recommended Practice for HotDip galvanizing on iron and steel. Methods for testing uniformity of coating of zinc coated articles. Specification for zinc (Hot Galvanizing) Coatings, on products Fabricated from rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strips. Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on iron and steel hardware. Test method for locating the thinnest spot in a Zinc (Galvanized) coating on Iron or steel articles by the preece test (Copper sulfated dip). Zinc-coated (Galvanized) steel barbed wire

ASTM-A- 153 ASTM-A-239

ASTM-A- 121-77 PAINTING

155791486.doc

Page 133 of

442

IS-6005 (199 1) ANSI-Z551 SSPEC

Code of practice for phosphating of iron aNd steel Gray finishes for industrial apparatus and equipment Steel structure painting council

FIRE PROTECTION (Not in the Scope) Fire protection manual issued by Tariff Advisor Committee (TAC) of India NFPA NBFU IS 636 IS-554 (1990) joints are IS-638 (1993) IS-778 (1990) National Fire Protection Association National Board of Fire Underwriters Non percolating flexible fire fighting delivery note Dimensions for pipe threads where pressure tight required To the threads. Sheet rubber jointing and rubber insertion jointing. Copper alloy gate, globe and check values for water works purposes Sluice valves for water-works purposes (50 to 300 mm size) Centrifugally cast (Spun) iron pressure pipes for water, gas and sewage. Cast iron fittings for pressure pipes for water gas and sweage. Copper alloy bar valves (horizontal plunge r type) for water supply fittings. Colour code for identification of pipe lines.

IS-780 (1990) IS- 1536 (1993)

IS- 1538 (1993) IS-1703 (1989)

IS-2379 (1990)

155791486.doc

Page 134 of

442

10-26-13 (111 to 113:1990) IS-2685 (1992)

Dismiss ions for p1pe thread3 for fastening purpose. Code of practice for selection, installation and maintenance sluice valves. of

IS-2906 (1990) IS-3389 (199 1)

Specification for sluice valves for water works purposes (350 to 1200 mm size). Seamless or electrically welded steel pipes for water, gas and sewage (168.3 to 2032 mm outside diameter). Foot valves for water works purposes. Unlined flax canvas hose for fire fighting. Swing check type reflux (nonreturn) valves Butterfly valves for general purpose

IS-4038 (1990) IS-4927 (1992) IS-5312 (P1 and P2 : 1991) IS- 3095 (1991) STEEL STRUCTURES IS-228

Method of chemical analysis of pig iron, cast iron and plain carbon and low alloy steels. Code of practice for use. of structural steel in overhead transmission line towers. Code of practice for use of steel tubes in general building construction Dimensions for hot rolled steel beam, column channel and angle sections. Covered electrodes for manual are welding of carbon of carbon manganese steel.

IS-802 (P 1 to 3 )

IS-806

IS-808

IS-814

155791486.doc

Page 135 of

442

IS-816

Code of Practice for use of metal arc welding for general construction in Mild steel Code of practice for training and testing of metal arc-,welder, Part 1: Manual Metal arc welding Code of practice for. design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings and structures. Steel tubes for structural purposes. Recommended practice for radiographic examination of fusion welded butt joints in steel plates. Hexagonal head-bolts, screws 7 nuts of products grade C. Hexagonal head bolts, screws and nuts of product grade C Technical supply condition for Methods for bend test. Method for tensile testing of steel products. Criteria for earthquake resistant design of structures. Line pipe. Steel for general structural purposes. Codes of practice for Radiographic testing Single coil rectangular section

IS-817

IS-875 (PI to P4)

IS- 116 1 IS- 1182

IS-1363 (PI to P3 ) IS 1364 IS-1367 (P I to P18 ) threaded fasteners IS- 1599 IS- 1608 IS- 1893 IS- 1978 IS-2062 IS-2595 IS-3063 -

155791486.doc

Page 136 of

442

spring washers for bolts, nuts and screws. IS-9-3664 Code of practice for ultrasonic pulse echo testing by contact and immersion methods. Safety code for erection of structural steel work. Recommendations for Metal arc welding of carbon and carbon manganese steels. Inch series square and Hexagonal bolts and screws Square and hexagonal nuts Round head bolts Specification for General Requirements for rolled steel plates,shapes sheet piling and bars of structural use Specification of structural steel Specification for malleable iron castings Practice for safeguarding against embalmment of Hot Galvanized structural steel products and procedure fordetecting embrilement Specification for high Strength low alloy structural steel Specification for low and intermediate tensile strength carbon steel plates of structural quality Specification for Galvanized steel transmission tower bolts and

IS-7205 IS-9595

ANSI-B 18.2.1 ANSI-B 18.2.2 ANSI-G8.14 ASTM-A6

ASTM-A36 ASTM-A17 ASTM-A143

ASTM-A242 ASTM-A283

ASTM-A394

155791486.doc

Page 137 of

442

nuts ASTM-441 Specification for High strength low alloy structural manganese vanadium steel. Specification for High strength low alloy Columbium-Vanadium Code for welding in building construction welding inspection Structural welding code American institute of steel Construction Manufactured graphite electrodes

ASTM-A572 AWS DI-O AWS DI-1 AISC NEMA-CG 1

PIPING AND PRESSURE VESSELS IS-1239 (Part 1 8& 2 ) IS-3589 IS-6392 ASME AST'M-AI-20 Mild steel tubes, tubular and other wrought steel fittings Seamless Electrically welded steel pipes for water, gas and sewage. Steel pipe flanges Boiler and pressure vessel code Specification for pipe steel, brick and hot dipped, zinc-coated welded and seamless Specification for pipe, steel, black and hot dipped, zinc-coated welded and seamless Seamless carbon steel pipe for high temperature service Low and intermediate tensile strength carbon-silicon steel plates for machine parts and general construction.

ASTM-A53

ASTM-AI06 ASTM-A284

155791486.doc

Page 138 of

442

ASTM-A234

Pipe fittings of wrought carbon steel and alloy steel for moderate and elevated temperatures Specification for forgings, carbon steel for general purpose piping Forgings, carbon steel for piping Components Carbon steel externally threaded standard fasteners Alloy steel and stainless steel bolting materials for high temperature service Flat rolled electrical steel for magnetic applications Cupola malleable iron Pipe threads (Except dry seal-) Cast iron pipe flanges and glanged fitting class 25,125, 250 and 800 Malieable iron threaded fittings, class 150 and 300 Pipe flanges and flanged fittings, steel nickel alloy and other special alloys Factory-made wrought steel butt welding fittings Forged steel fittings, socket welding and threaded Ferrous pipe plug, bushings and locknuts with pipe 'threads Butt welding ends Fire hose couplings screw thread.

ASTM-AI81 ASTM-A105 ASTM-A307 ASTM-A193

ASTM-A345 ASTM-A197 ANSI-B2. 1 ANSI-B 16. 1 ANSI-B 16. 1 ANSI-B 16.5

ANSI-B 16.9 ANSI-B 16. 11 ANSI-B 16.14 ANSI-B 16.2 5 ANSI-B 18.1.1

155791486.doc

Page 139 of

442

ANSI-B 18.2.1 ANSI-B 18-2.2 ANSI-B 18.2 1. 1 ANSI-B 18-21.2 ANSI-B3 1. 1 ANSI-B36. 10 ANSI-B36.9

Inch series square and. hexagonal bolts and screws Square and hexagonal nuts Lock washers Plain washers Power piping Welded and seamless wrought steel pipe Stainless steel pipe

OTHER CIVIL WORKS STANDARDS IS-26 9 IS-2721 IS-278 IS-383 IS-432 (PI and P2 ) 33 grade ordinary Portland Cement. Galvanized steel chain link fence fabric Galvanized steel barbed wire for fencing. Coarse and fine aggregates from natural sources for concrete. Mild steel and medium tensile steel bars and hard-dawn steel wire for concrete reinforcement. Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete. Method of test for strength of Concrete Code. of practice for construction in steel. Steel tubes for structural Purposes: Basic requirements for water

IS -456 IS-516 IS-800 IS-806 IS- 1172

155791486.doc

Page 140 of

442

supply, drainage and sanitation. IS-1199 IS- 1566 IS- 1742 IS- 1785 IS- 1786 Methods of sampling and analysis of concrete. Hard-dawn steel wire fabric for concrete reinforcement. Code of Practice for Building drainage. Plain hard-drawn steel wire for pre-stressed concrete High strength deformed Steel Bars and wires for concrete reinforcement. Methods of sampling Foundry sands. Criteria for- earthquake resistant design of structures. Steel for general structural purposes. Selection, installation and maintenance of sanitary appliances-code of practices. Code of practice for water supply in buildings. High tension steel bars used in pre stressed concrete. Standard galvanized steel wire for fencing. Code of practice for installation of septic tanks. Concrete vibrating tables. Integral cement waterproofing compounds.

IS-1811 IS- 1893 IS-2062 IS-2064

IS-2065 IS-2090 IS-2140 8S-2470 (P1 8& P2 1990) IS-2514 IS-2645

155791486.doc

Page 141 of

442

IS-3025 (Part 1 to Part 48 )

Methods of sampling and test (Physical and chemical) for water mid waste water. Code of practice for design and construction of foundations for transmission line towers and Code of practice for ancillary structures in sewerage system. Plywood for concrete shuttering work. Sewage and drainage pumps.

IS-4091

poles.

IS-4111 (Part I to P5 ) IS-4990 IS-5600

National building code of India 1970 USBR E12 ASTM-A392-81 ASTM-D 1557-80 Earth Manual by United States department of the interior Bureau of Reclamation Zinc/coated steel chain link fence fabric. test for Moisture-density relation of soils using 10-1b (4.5kg rame land 18-in.(457mm)Drop Penetration Test and Split-Barrel. Sampling of Soils Test Method for Relative Density of Cohesion less Soils Undrained Strengths of Cohesive Soils in Triaxial compression. Specification for accelerating Part I admixtures, retarding Admixtures and Water Reducing Admixtures.

ASTM-D 1.586 ASTM-D2040-69 ASTM-D2435 BS-5075

ACSR CONDUCTOR Indian Standard Title International standard

155791486.doc

Page 142 of

442

IS:6745 (1990)

Methods for Determination of mass of Zinc coating on zinc coated Iron and Steel Articles Methods for Radio Interference Test on High Voltages Insulators Zinc Ingot Aluminium Conductors fo r overhead Transmission purposes Aluminum Conductors galvanized steel reinforced extra high voltage (400KV and above) Reels and Drums for Bare Conductors Method for Tensile Testing of steel wire Recommended practice for Hot dip Galvanizing on Iron and steel Method for Testing Uniformity of coating of zinc Coated Articles. Hot dip galvanized coatings on round steel wires

BS:443-1969

IS:8263 (1990)

IEC:437-1973 ASTM: 107-1964 CISPR BS:3436-1961 IEC:209-1966 BS:215 (Part-11) 1970 JEC:209-1966 BS:215 (Part-11) 1970 ISO/R89-1959 ISO/R89-1959

IS:209 (1992) IS:398 (1992) Part - V (1992)

IS: 1778-1980 IS: 152 1 (199 1) IS:2629 (1990)

IS:2633 (1992) IS:4826 (1992)

ASTMA-472-729

GALVANIZED STEEL EARTHWIRE IS: 1521 (199 1) IS: 1778 (1980) IS:2629 (1990) Method for Tensile Testing of Steel Wire Reels and Drums for More Conductors Recommended practice for Hot Dip Galvanizing on Iron and steel. ISOIR: 1959

155791486.doc

Page 143 of

442

IS:2633 (1992)

Methods for testing Uniformity of coating of Zinc Coated Articles. Hot dip Galvanized Coatings on Round Steel ASTM:A 475-72a BS-443-1969

IS:4826 (1992)

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Indian Standard Title International standard ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------IS:6745 (1990) Method for Determination of BS:443-1969 mass of Zinc coated Iron and Steel Articles. IS:209 (1992) Zinc ingot BS:3436-1961 IS:398 (11) to P5 1992) Aluminum conductors for overhead transmission purposes. BS:215 (Pfu,t-I1)

155791486.doc

Page 144 of

442

SECTION - 3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR 31.5 MVA TRANSFOREMRS Clause No. 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 8.00 9.00 9.01 9.02 9.03 9.04 9.05 9.06 9.07 9.08 9.09 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 9.15 9.16 9.17 9.18 TITLE SCOPE STANDARDS CLIMATIC CONDITIONS CLEARANCES AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY PRINCIPAL PARAMETERS DUTY REQUIREMENTS GUARANTEED LOSS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS CORE WINDING TANK & ACCESSORIES INTERNAL EARTHING ARRANGEMENTS INSULATING OIL OIL PRESERVING EQUIPMENT BUSHING TERMINAL CONNECTORS EARTHING ARRANGEMENT TAP CHANGING EQUIPMENT COLLING EQUIPMENTS & ITS CONTROLS TERMINAL BLOCK PAINTING BOLTS AND NUTS WIRING AND CABLING FITTING AND ACCESSORIES LIMITS OF TEMPERATURE RISE SPECIFICATION FOR CONTROL CABINET

155791486.doc

Page 145 of

442

Clause No. 9.19 10.00 11.00 12.00 13.00 14.00 15.00 16.00 17.00 18.00 19.00

TITLE MOTORS PROTECTION TESTS INSPECTION QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN DOCUMENTATION PACKING & TRANSPORTATION TRAINING TESTING AND COMMISSIONING GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR NITROGEN FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM ANNEXURES ANNEXURE-A Principal Technical Parameters ANNEXURE-I Schedule of

1. 2. 3. 4.

Guaranteed Technical Particulars ANNEXURE-II Schedule of deviation ANNEXURE-III details of experience

155791486.doc

Page 146 of

442

VOLUME - II Section - 3 (Transformers) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR 31.5MVA, 66/11KV POWER TRANSFORMER

1.0

SCOPE

1.01 This specification covers design, manufacture, shop testing, supply, delivery, supervision of erection, testing and commissioning of 31.5MVA, 66/11KV two winding Transformer with air forced cooling complete and with all fittings and accessories, Nitrogen Fire Protection System, OLTC, RTCC, FCC, parallel operating equipments, first filling of oil and 10% spare oil in non-returnable drums at 66KV Sub-stations in KPTCL grid. The power transformers thus offered shall be designed for satisfactory parallel operation with the power transformers to be installed in future, the transformer/s sharing the load in proportion to the rating of the winding. 1.02 It is not the intent to specify completely herein all details of the design and construction of equipments. However, the equipment shall conform in all respects to standards of engineering, design and workmanship listed in clause No. 2 and shall be capable of performing in continuous commercial operation up to the suppliers guarantee in a manner acceptable to the purchaser, who will interpret the meanings of drawings and specification and shall have the power to reject any work or material which, in his judgment, is not in accordance therewith. The equipments offered shall be complete with all components necessary for effective and trouble

155791486.doc

Page 147 of

442

free operation such component shall be deemed to be within the scope of suppliers supply, irrespective of whether those are specifically brought out in this specification and or / the commercial order or not. 1.03 The transformers shall conform in all respects to high standards of engineering, design, workmanship and latest revisions of relevant standards at the time of offer and purchaser shall have the power to reject any work or material which, in his judgment, is not in full accordance therewith. 2.0 STANDARDS:

2.01 The transformers, accessories and associated equipment shall generally conform to the latest revision and amendments of standards as given below, except to the extent explicitly modified in the Specifications, Indian Standar d IS-325 IS-335 IS-778 IS-1866 - 2000 IS-1886 IS-2026 IS-2099 Title International and Internationally recognized Standard IEC 60034 and IEC-60296, BS-148

Three Phase Induction Motors Insulating oils for Transformers Switchgear Gun metal gate, globe and check-valves for general purpose. Code of practice for Electrical maintenance and supervision of mineral insulating oil in equipment. Code of practice for installation and maintenance of transformers Power Transformers IEC-60076 Bushings for alternating or AC voltage IEC-60137,BS-223 above 1000V

155791486.doc

Page 148 of

442

Indian Standard IS-2147 Degrees of

Title Protection provided by

International and Internationally recognized Standard

enclosures for low voltage switchgear and IS-2705 IS-3203 IS-3347 IS-3401 IS-3637 IS-3639 IS-4253 IS-5561 IS-5578 IS-6272 IS-6600 IS-8468 IS-8478 IS-9434 IS-11353 IS-12676 control gear Current Transformers Code of practice of climatic proofing of electrical equipments. Dimension for porcelain Transformer Bushings Silica gel Gas operated relays Fittings & Accessories for Power transformers Cork and rubber Electric Power connector Marking and arrangements for switchgear, bus bars, Main connections and auxiliary wiring. Industrial cooling fans Guide for loading of oil immersed transformers On load tap changer Application guide for OLTC Guide for sampling and analysis of dissolved gas in oil filled equipments. Oil impregnated paper-insulated condenser Bushing Dimension and requirements. Insulation Co-ordination, Indian Electricity Rules 1956 High voltage test techniques IEMA Standard Publication- Transformer-I CBIP Manual on power transformers IEC-60044-1

IEC-354 IEC-60214 IEC-60542

IEC-60071
IEC-60060

2. 02. The standards mentioned above are available from:

155791486.doc

Page 149 of

442

Standar d IS IEC

Name and Address BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS, Manak Bhawan, No. 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, New Delhi-110 001, INDIA INTERNATIONAL ELECTRO-TECHNICAL COMMISSION, bureau central de la Commission Electro Technique International, 1, Rue deVerembe, Geneva, SWITZERLAND.

2.03 Equipment meeting with the requirements of other authoritative international standards which ensure equal or better Performance than the standards mentioned above shall also be considered. to other When the equipment offered by the supplier conforms

standards, salient points of difference between standards adopted and the standards specified in this specification shall be clearly brought out in the offer. Two copies of such standards with authentic translation in English shall be furnished along with the offer. 3.0 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS : The equipment to be supplied against this specification shall be suitable for satisfactory continuous operation under the following tropical conditions. a) Maximum ambient air temperature [Deg. C] b) Minimum ambient air temperature [Deg. C] d) Relative humidity [%] e) Average rainfall per annum [mm] g) Maximum wind pressure [Kg. / Sq. M] h) Isoceraunic level [days / year ] i] Seismic level [horizontal acceleration] 45 5 30 10-100 3000 max. 1000 150 46 0.3g

c) Average daily ambient air temperature [Deg. C] -

f) Maximum altitude above mean sea level [Mtrs] -

155791486.doc

Page 150 of

442

Moderately hot and humid tropical climate, conducive to rust and fungus growth. 4.0 CLEARANCES : clearances for installation : a) VOID b) In 66KV Yard with bay width of 7600mm boom height of 8500mm, the phase to phase and phase to earth clearance of 66KV Bay is 2000 mm and 1800 mm. However the width of transformer is to be limited to 6500 mm.
RAIL GAUGE : Rail gauges to be available at the station are indicated below : For 31.5MVA Transformer: a) In the direction parallel to the line of 66KV bushing b) In the direction perpendicular to the line of 66KV bushing 1676mm. 1676mm.

4. 01 The over all dimensions of the transformer shall allow for sufficient

5.00 AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY Auxiliary electrical equipment shall be suitable for operation on the following supply system:a) Power Devices drive motors etc. like 415V, 3Ph, 4Wire, 50Hz, neutral grounded AC supply 240V, Single Phase, 50 Hz, neutral ground AC supply 220V, DC, 2Wire un-grounded DC supply from batteries and battery charger. The ripple content in the DC supply from the charger will be less than 2%

b) AC Control & Protective devices c) DC for Alarm, Control & protective devices

155791486.doc

Page 151 of

442

Each of the foregoing supplies shall be made available by the purchaser at the terminal point for each transformer for operation of accessories and auxiliary equipment. Suppliers scope includes supply of interconnecting cables, terminal boxes etc. the above supply voltage may vary as below and all devices shall be suitable for continuous operation over entire range of voltages. i) AC Supply ii) DC Supply : Voltage +10% to 20%, Frequency + or 5% : +10% to 20%

6.00 PRINCIPAL PARAMETERS: 6.01 The transformer shall be of core type construction, 3 Ph oil immersed, oil natural, forced air cooled and forced oil cooled with external radiator and shall be suitable for outdoor service. The transformer shall conform to the principal technical parameters indicated in Annexure - A. 6.02 VOID 7.00 DUTY REQUIREMENTS: 7.1 The interconnecting transformers would be used for Bi-directional flow of rated power. 7.2 The 66/11KV Transformer shall operate satisfactorily in parallel with each other of similar voltage between HV and IV Bus bars. 7.3 The transformer and all its accessories shall be designed to withstand without injury, the thermal and mechanical effects of any external short circuit to earth and of short circuits at the terminals of any winding for a period of 3 sec. The short circuit level of the HV

155791486.doc

Page 152 of

442

system to which the subject transformer will be connected is 40KA [Sym, rms, 3 phase fault]. The accessories of the transformer like bushings CTs etc., shall be designed to withstand short time current rating of 40KA. 7.4 The transformer shall be capable of being loaded in accordance with IS : 6600 / IEC-354 upto loads of 150%. There shall be no limitation imposed by bushings, tap changer etc. or any other associated equipments. 7.5 The transformer shall be capable of being operated without danger on any tapping at the rated KVA with voltage variation of 10% corresponding to the voltage of that tapping. 7.6 Noise Level

i) The noise level of Transformer, when energized at normal voltage and frequency with fans and pumps running shall not exceed 83db, when measured under standard conditions, as per Table 01 of NEMA, TR - 1. 7.7 Transformer shall be capable any winding. 7.8 Transformer shall withstand, without injurious heating, combined voltage and frequency fluctuation, which produces the following over fluxing condition: i) 115% continuously : for all transformers where base voltage &
155791486.doc
Page 153 of

of withstanding thermal and

mechanical stress caused by symmetrical or asymmetrical faults on

442

125% for 1 minute : frequency refers to those mentioned in 3 & 4 140% for 5 seconds : of Annexure - A.

ii) The Bidder shall indicate 150% and 170% over voltage withstand time. But the normal flux density should be limited to 1.60 Tesla. Suitable over flux relay will be provided by the purchaser for protection with adjustable setting taking into account the above capability of the transformer. iii) Over fluxing withstand characteristics up to 170% of V/f shall be submitted along with the tender where base voltage and frequency refers to those mentioned in 3 & 4 of Annexure A. 7.9 Transformer shall be capable of operating under the natural cooled ONAN condition up to the specified load. The forced cooling equipment shall come into operation by preset contacts of winding temperature indicator and the transformer shall operate as a forced cooled unit, initially as ONAF up to specified load . Cooling shall be so designed that during total failure of power supply to cooling fans the transformer shall be able to operate at full load for at least ten (10) minutes without the calculated winding hot spot temperature exceeding 140 C, also stopping up to one cooling fans in each bank should not have any effect on the cooling system, Transformers fitted with two cooler banks, each capable of dissipating 50 per cent of the heat loss at continuous maximum rating, shall be capable of operating for 20 minutes in the event of failure of the oil circulating pump or blowers associated with one cooler, without the calculated
155791486.doc
Page 154 of

442

winding hot spot temperature exceeding 140C at continuous maximum rating. 7.10 DGA of oil shall be periodically monitored by the employer and the interpretation of DGA results will be as per IEC 599. 8.00 GUARANTEED LOSS: 8.01 The bidder should clearly indicate the guaranteed value and the tolerance, if any (to a maximum of 10% as per IS) in respect of under mentioned losses at normal tap, as required in Annexure -I. a) No load loss at rated voltage and rated frequency. voltage and rated frequencies. 8.02 The guaranteed values of the losses plus tolerance (if any) will be compared with that of tested values and in the event of tested values exceed former, the firm will be liable for penalty as detailed in clause 8.05. 8.3 Should the measured losses (during test) after manufacture exceed the guaranteed loss plus tolerance (if any) the price of the transformer indicated in the purchase order will be reduced proportionate to the excess KW of loss. 8.4 For the purpose of comparison of tenders, the tender price will be loaded with a value as per clause 8.05 to the guaranteed losses, quoted in the tender. b) Total losses including auxiliary losses at rated output, rated

155791486.doc

Page 155 of

442

8.5

For the purpose of calculation of penalties and comparison, the rate of NO LOAD loss, LOAD loss and Auxiliary Equipment Loss is reckoned as Rs. 2,93,000/-, Rs. 1,27, 000/- and Rs. 1,17,000/respectively per KW. Load loss is computed as the difference of total losses (including auxiliary losses) at rated output, rated voltage, rated frequency and NO LOAD loss at rated voltage and rated frequency.

8.6

The Bidders, shall note that the values assigned for capitalization of the losses are based on present worth.

8.7

Fraction of KW of loss will be treated as one KW and penalty or loading will be done accordingly.

8.8

Values of losses indicated in the tender is final and tender evaluation and penalty computation will be evolved on these values only.

8.9

In the event of measured losses exceeding the guaranteed loss , penalty will be levied as per clause 8.05 up to 10% excess guaranteed of losses. If the actual losses exceed 10% guaranteed values of losses, the Transformer manufactured will be rejected.

9.00.00 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS: The features and construction details of power transformer shall be in accordance with the requirements stated here under. 9.01.00 CORE 9.1.1 The cores shall be built up with high grade non aging low loss cold rolled super grain oriented silicon steel laminations specially suitable for transformer cores.

155791486.doc

Page 156 of

442

9.1.2 After being sheared, the lamination shall be treated to remove all burrs and shall be re-annealed to remove all residual stresses. At least one side of each lamination shall be coated with and durable carlite Lamination coating, which shall, be inert to the action of hot transformer oil. Paper and varnish insulation will not be accepted. The nature of insulation shall be inorganic coating. 9.1.3 The core shall be provided with adequate lugs suitable for lifting the complete core and coil assembly of the transformer. 9.1.4 The design of the magnetic circuit shall be such as to avoid static, discharges, development of short. circuit paths within itself or to the earthed clamping structure and production of flux component at right angles to the plane of laminations which may cause local heating. 9.1.5 Core and winding shall be capable of withstanding the shock during transport, installation, service (during short circuit) and adequate provision Shall be made to prevent movement of core and winding relative to tank during these conditions. Necessary cooling ducts shall be provided. 9.1.6 Each of the core bolts and parts of the core clamping frame work which are likely to form a closed circulation path shall be insulated from the core laminations and tested after completion of the core assembly to withstand, a voltage of 2500V, rms 50Hz, for a duration of one minute.

155791486.doc

Page 157 of

442

9.1.7 All steel sections used for supporting the core shall be thoroughly sand blasted after cutting, drilling and welding. 9.1.8 The supporting frame work of core shall be so designed as to avoid presence of pockets which would prevent complete emptying of the tank through drain valve or cause trapping of air during oil filling. 9.1.9 The maximum flux density in any part of the core and yoke at rated MVA, voltage and frequency at any tap shall not exceed 1.60 tesla. 9.01.10 Bidder should have in house core cutting facility for proper monitoring and control on quality and also to avoid any possibility of mixing of prime material with defective / second grade material. 9.02.00 WINDINGS: 9.2.1 The tender shall ensure that winding of all EHV class transformers are made in dust proof, atmosphere, preferably in an enclosure or room where higher air pressure is maintained so that no dust can enter the premises. The Bidder shall furnish the facilities available in this regard at their works along with the tender. 9.2.2 The conductors shall be of electrolytic grade copper free from scales and burrs. 9.2.3 The windings shall be so designed that all coil assemblies of identical voltage rating shall be interchangeable and field repairs to the windings can be made readily, without special equipments. The coil shall be supported between adjacent sections by insulating spacers and barriers, Bracings and other insulating materials used in the

155791486.doc

Page 158 of

442

assembly of the windings shall be so arranged to ensure a free circulation of the oil and to reduce hot spots in the windings. The high, medium and tertiary windings on each leg shall be so assembled as to admit their being placed on or removed from core leg as complete units. 9.2.4 The insulation of the coils shall be treated with suitable insulating varnish or equivalent compound to develop the full electrical strength of the windings. All materials used in the insulation and assembly of the windings shall be insoluble non-catalytic and chemically inactive with the hot transformer oil, and shall not soften or otherwise be adversely affected under the operating conditions. Class 'A' insulation shall be used throughout. 9.2.5 All threaded connection shall be provided with locking facilities. All leads from the winding to the terminal Board and bushings shall be rigidly supported to prevent injury from vibration. Guide shall be used where practicable. 9.2.6 The winding shall be clamped securely in place so that they will not be displaced or deformed during short circuits. The assembled cores and windings shall be vacuum dried and suitably impregnated before removal from the treating tank. The copper conductors, used in the coil structure shall be best suited to the requirements and all permanent current carrying joints in the windings and leads shall be welded or brazed. 9.2.7 All Delta connected windings of 66KV Power Transformer shall withstand the power frequency and impulse test voltage specified. The
155791486.doc
Page 159 of

442

windings shall be designed to reduce to minimum out of balance forces in the transformer at all voltage variations. The conductor shall be transposed at intervals to reduce eddy currents and equalize currents and temperature distribution along the windings. 9.2.8 The stacks of windings shall receive adequate shrinkage treatment before and after final assembly. Adjustable devices if necessary shall be provided for taking up possible shrinkage of coils if any, in service, The provision made in this respect shall be clearly brought out in the Tender. 9.2.9 Power transformer should be designed for the short circuit current of 100/z times the rated primary current of transformer for 3 secs where Z is the percentage impedance of transformer, The high voltage and medium voltage winding shall be capable of withstanding this fault current. The supplier would furnish the detailed calculation to prove the short circuit strength of power transformer. 9.2.10 VOID

9.2.11 The maximum current density in any winding shall not exceed 3 Amps / sq. mm. 9.2.12 SUPPRESSION OF HARMONICS: The transformer shall be designed with particular attention to the suppression of harmonic voltages, especially the 3rd and 5th so as to eliminate wave form distortion and any possibility of high frequency disturbances, inductive effected or of circulating currents between neutral
155791486.doc
Page 160 of

442

points of different transformer stations reaching such a magnitude as to cause interference with communication circuits. 9.03.00 TANK AND TANK ACCESSORIES: 9.03.01 TANK: a) The transformer tank and cover shall be fabricated from tested grade low carbon steel suitable for welding. For 31.5 MVA transformer, the thickness shall be not less than 8mm for sides, 10mm for bottom and top cover. The tank shall be of welded construction. b) All seams and those joints not required to be opened at site shall be factory welded and wherever possible they shall be double welded. After completion of tank construction and before painting, dye penetration test shall be carried out on welded parts of jacking bosses, lifting lugs and all load bearing members. The requirement of post weld heat treatment for tank / stress relieving parts shall be based on recommendation of BS 5500 table 4.4.3.1 c) The completely fabricated tank shall be subjected to oil leakage test, vacuum test and pressure test as specified in the clause 17.3.1 and 17.3.2 section A of revised 1987 CBIP manual. The tank cover shall be bolted to the tank and the transformer design shall be such that the tank will not be split between lower and upper cooler connection for un-tanking. The tank shall also be designed to withstand (a) Mechanical shocks during transportation (b) short circuit forces (c) Vacuum filling of oil

155791486.doc

Page 161 of

442

d)

Tank stiffeners shall be provided for general rigidity and these shall be designed to prevent retention of water.

c) f)

VOID Suitable guides shall be provided for positioning the various parts (core and coil assembly) during assembly or dismantling. Adequate space shall be provided between the cores and windings and the bottom of the tank for collection of any sediment.

g)

Lifting eyes or lugs shall be provided on all parts of the transformer requiring independent handling during assembly or dismantling. In addition the transformer tank shall be provided with lifting lugs and bosses properly secured to the sides of the tank for lifting the transformer either by crane or by jacks. Suitable haulage holes shall also be provided.

h)

The design of the tank, the lifting lugs and bosses shall be such that the complete transformer assembly filled with oil can be lifted with the use of these lugs without any damage or distortions.

i)

The tank shall be provided with two suitable copper alloy lugs for the purpose of grounding.

j)

Each tank shall be equipped with the following valves with standard screw connection for external pipings. 1) One drain valve - 100 mm (4") flanged at the bottom of the tank to completely drain the tank. At the option of the

155791486.doc

Page 162 of

442

purchaser, a large valve may be furnished with an eccentric reducer. This valve shall be equipped with a small sampling cock. Also another sampling cock shall be provided at the top of the tank. 2) One filter valve located at the bottom of the tank. The filter valve shall be 50 mm (2") flanged to seat 40 mm (1 ) male threaded adopter, for the filter pipe connection. 3) One filter valve located at the top of the tank. The filter valve shall be 50mm (2") flanged to seat 40 min (1 ) male threaded adopter, for the filter pipe. The opening of the valve shall be baffled to prevent aeration of the oil. k) Wherever possible the transformer tank and its accessories shall be designed without pockets wherein gas may collect. Where pockets can not be avoided, pipes shall be provided to vent the gas into the main expansion pipes. l) The base of each tank shall be so designed that it shall be possible to move the complete unit by skidding in any direction without injury when using plates or rails. m) Tank shields shall be such that no magnetic/ fields shall exist outside the tank. They shall be of magnetically permeable material. If required impermeable shields shall be provided at the coil ends. Tank shield shall not resonate when excited at the natural frequency of the equipment. Bidder may confirm use of tank shields in the schedule of additional information.
155791486.doc
Page 163 of

442

n) II.

Provision for Nitrogen Injection drain be made Please refer clause-

9.03.02 a)

TANK COVER : The tank cover shall preferably be sloped to prevent retention of rain water and shall not distort when lifted.

b)

At least two adequately sized inspection openings, one at each end of the tank shall be provided for easy access to bushings and earth connections. The inspection covers shall not weigh more than 25 Kg. The inspection covers shall be provided with two handles to facilitate shifting/lifting.

c)

The tank covers shall be fitted with pockets at the position of Maximum oil temperature of MCR (Maximum Continuous Rating) for thermometer and bulbs of oil and winding temperature indicators. It shall be possible to remove these bulbs without lowering the oil in the tank. Protection shall be provided where ever necessary for each capillary tube.

d)

Bushings,

turrets,

covers

of

inspection

Openings,

thermometer, pockets etc., shall be designed to prevent ingress of water into or leakage of oil from the tank, e) All bolted connections shall be fitted with weather proof, hot oil resistant gasket in between, for complete oil tightness. Special attention shall be given to the methods of marking the hot oil

155791486.doc

Page 164 of

442

tight joints between the tank and cover as also between the cover and the bushings and other outlets to ensure that the joints can be remade satisfactorily and with ease, with the help of semi skilled labour. If gasket is compressible, metallic stops shall be provided to prevent over-compression. 9.03.04 a) AXLES AND WHEELS: The transformer tank shall be supported on a structural steel base equipped with forged steel or cast steel, flanged bidirectional wheels and axles suitable for moving the transformer completely fitted with oil. These shall be so designed as not to deflect excessively to interfere with the movement of the transformer. Wheels shall be provided with suitable bearings which shall be rust and corrosion resistant. Fittings for lubrication shall also be provided. b) Suitable locking arrangement along with foundation bolts shall be provided for the wheels to prevent accidental movement of transformer. c) The wheels are required to swivel and they shall be arranged so that they can be turned through an angle of 90 when tank is jacked up to clear of rails. Means shall be provided for locking the swivel movements in positions parallel to and at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the tank. d) The gauge of the wheels when the transformer is moved on the common track shall be 1676 mm. The gauge of wheels
155791486.doc
Page 165 of

442

when the transformer is moved on its own foundation plinth which will be at right angles to the direction of the common track shall be 1676 mm for 31.5MVA Transformer. e) A minimum of four jacking pads in accessible position at 500 mm height to enable the transformer complete with oil, to be raised or lowered using hydraulic or screw jacks. f) Suitable haulage holes shall be provided to facilitate moving the transformers and they shall be suitably braced in a vertical direction so that bending does not occur when the pull has a vertical component. Suitable jacks for lifting the transformer for changing the plane of rotation of the wheels shall be supplied. 9.03.05 ANTI- EARTHQUAKE CLAMPING DEVICE: To prevent transformer movement during earthquake, clamping device shall be provided for fixing transformer to the foundation. The supplier shall supply necessary bolts for embedding in the concrete foundation. The arrangements shall be such that the transformer can be fixed to or -unfastened from these bolts as desired. The fixing of the transformers to the foundation shall be designed to withstand seismic events to the extent that a static coefficient of 0.3g, applied in the direction of least resistance to that loading will not cause the transformer or clamping devices as well as bolts to be over stressed. The details of the device used and its adequacy shall be brought out in the additional information schedule.

155791486.doc

Page 166 of

442

9.03.06 a)

CONSERVATOR TANK : The conservator tank shall have adequate capacity between highest and lowest visible levels to meet the requirement of expansion of the total cold oil volume in the transformer and cooling equipment from minimum ambient temperature to 100 C.

Conservator shall be with volumetric capacity at least 7 % of a total volume of oil in the main tank of the transformer. The conservator tank shall be above the level of the bushing flanges. b) The conservator tank shall be bolted into position so that it can be removed for cleaning purposes. Suitable provision shall be kept to replace air cell wherever applicable. c) The conservator shall be fitted with magnetic oil level gauge with low level electrically insulated alarm contact. d) Conservator shall be provided in such a position as not to obstruct the electrical connections to the transformer. e) Separate conservator tank/ compartment in the main

conservator shall be provided for OLTC. f) The conservator tank shall have two filter valves one at the bottom at one end, the other at the top, opposite end, in addition to the valve specified in the accessories for the main tank. The conservator shall also have shut-off valve and a
155791486.doc
Page 167 of

442

sump with a small drain valve and sampling cock, the latter so arranged as not to interfere with oil lines. g) The conservator tank shall be air-cell type for 150MVA Transformer and above. 9.03.07 PRESSURE RELIEF DEVICE: Adequate number of pressure relief devices shall be provided at suitable locations which shall be of sufficient size for rapid release of any pressure that may be generated in the tank and which may result in damage to the equipment. The device shall operate at a static pressure of less than the hydraulic test pressure of transformer tank. It shall be mounted direct on the tank. One set of electrically insulated contacts shall be provided for instantaneous tripping along with the recommended settings. If required discharge of PRD shall be properly taken through pipes and directed away from the Transformer / other equipments and this shall be prevented from spraying on the tank. Following routine test shall be conducted on PRD: a) Air pressure test b) Liquid pressure test c) Leakage Test d) Contact Test e) Dielectric Test

9.03.08

BUCHHOLZ RELAY:

155791486.doc

Page 168 of

442

A DOUBLE FLOAT TYPE Buchholz relay shall be provided. All the gases evolved in the transformer shall collect in this relay. The relay shall be provided with a test cock suitable for a flexible pipe connection for checking its operation and taking gas sample. A copper or stainless steel tube, shall be connected from the gas collector to a valve located about 1200 mm above ground level to facilitate sampling, with the transformer in service. The device shall be provided with two electrically independent ungrounded contacts, one for alarm on gas accumulation and the other for tripping on sudden rise of pressure. It shall be provided with shut off valves and flange coupling to permit easy removal without lowering oil level in the main tank. 9.03.09 TEMPERATURE INDICATORS:

A)

OIL TEMPERATURE INDICATOR (OTI ): All transformers shall be provided with a 150 mm dial type thermometer for top oil temperature indication. The thermometer shall have adjustable, electrically independent un-grounded alarm and trip contacts, maximum reading pointer and resetting device mounted in the cooler control cabinet. Temperature. sensing element suitably located in a pocket of top oil to read the hottest part of the oil shall be provided. This shall be connected to the OTI by means of capillary tubing. Accuracy class of OTI shall be 1.5% or better.

155791486.doc

Page 169 of

442

B)

WINDING TEMPERATURE INDICATOR (WTI) A device for measuring the hot spot temperature of each of the (HV, IV & LV) windings shall be provided. It shall comprise of the following :

i.

Temperature sensing element with three hot spot winding temperature elements one each located in the HV windings, IV windings and LV windings.

ii. iii.

Image coil. Auxiliary CTs, if required to match the image coil, shall be furnished and mounted in the cooler control cabinet,

iv.

150mm diameter local indicating instrument with maximum reading pointer mounted in cooler control cabinet and with two adjustable electrically independent ungrounded contacts (besides that required for control of cooling equipment), one for high winding temperature alarm and one for trip. The cooling equipments (Fan / Pump Motor) shall be switched on when the winding attains respective present high temperature and switch it off when the temperature drops by an established differential (so as to avoid too frequent on and off operation of the switch).

v.

Calibration device.

155791486.doc

Page 170 of

442

vi.

In addition to the above, the following indication equipment shall be provided for each winding.

a)

Remote winding temperature indicator. It shall be suitable for flush mounting on RTCC panel. The difference between local and remote WTI indication at any given time shall not exceed 1 degree C. One RWTI shall be provided for each winding in the middle phase (HV, IV / LV).

vii)

The winding temperature detector relay shall be indicating and responsive to the combination of top oil temperature and winding current, calibrated to follow the hottest spot temperature of the transformer winding. The winding temperature detector shall operate remote alarm in the event of the hottest spot temperature approaching a dangerous value and it shall automatically actuate.

viii)

Auxiliary supply if required, at owner's panel, for RWTI, shall be 220 V DC only.

ix) x)

Accuracy class of WTI shall be 1.5% or better. Any special cables required for shielding purpose for connection between cooler control cabinet and remote winding Temperature Indicator control circuit shall be in supplier's scope of work.

xi)

Suppliers should supply reputed make winding temperature indicator. The make shall be indicated in his offer and the purchaser reserves the right to suggest different make in the

155791486.doc

Page 171 of

442

event of an order. The earlier performance shall be indicated in the offer. C) SIGNAL TRANSMITTER FOR EACH WINDING: Signal transmitter shall have additional facility to transmit signal for recording winding temperature at Owners data acquisition system, for which a duplex platinum RTD with nominal resistance of 100 Ohms at zero degree centigrade shall be supplied. The RTD shall be suitable for 3 wire under grounded system . The calibration shall be as per SAMA (USA) standard. The RTD may be placed in the pocket containing temperature sensing element and image coil for WTI system which will be used for both remote WTI and DAS. Necessary equipment for sending the signal to remote WTI and DAS shall be provided in lieu, separate RTD for each of the functions shall be provided. D) REMOTE WINDING TEMPERATURE INDICATOR It shall be suitable for flush mounting on Owners panel. This shall not be repeater dial of local WTI and will operate by signal transmitter. Any special cable required for shielding purpose for connection between cooler control cabinet and remote WTI control circuit, shall be in the scope of contractor. Only one RWTI with a four point selector switch shall be provided for all the three windings (HV, IV and LV). Auxiliary supply for RWTI, if required, will be 220DC only. Drawing showing dimensional details of RWTI shall be submitted to the Owner within two months from the date of award of contract.

155791486.doc

Page 172 of

442

9.03.10 i)

EARTHING TERMINALS: Two (2) earthing pads [each complete with two (2) Nos. tapped holes, M 10 bolts, plain and spring washers] suitable for connection to 50 x 8 galvanized steel flat shall be provided each at position close to the two (2) diagonally bottom corners of tank. Earthing strip up to the ground level shall be provided by the Bidder.

ii)

Two earthing terminals suitable connection to 50 x 8 mm galvanized steel flat also be provided on cooler, marshalling box and any other equipment mounted separately.

9.04.00 9.04.01

INTERNAL EARTHING ARRANGEMENTS: GENERAL: All metal parts of the transformer with the exception of the individual core- laminations, core bolts and associated individual clamping plates shall be maintained at some fixed potential.

9.04.02

EARTHING OF CORE CLAMPING STRUCTURE: The top main core clamping structure shall be connected to the tank body by a copper strap. The bottom clamping structure shall be earthed by one or more of the following methods.

a)
155791486.doc

By connection through vertical tie rods to the top structure.

Page 173 of

442

b)

By direct metal - to - metal contact with the tank base maintained by the weight of the core and windings.

c)

By a connection to the top structure on the same side of the core as the main earth connection to the tank.

9.04.03

EARTHING OF MAGNETIC CIRCUIT: The magnetic circuit shall be earthed to the clamping structure at one point only through a link placed in an accessible position beneath an inspection opening in the tank cover. The connection to the link shall be on the same side of the core as the main earth connection.

9.04.04

Magnetic circuit having an insulated sectional construction shall be provided with a separate link for each individual section. Where oil ducts or insulating barriers parallel to the plane of the laminations divide the magnetic circuit into two or more electrically separate parts, the ducts or barriers shall be bridged (where the magnetic circuit is divided into pockets by cooling ducts parallel to the plane of the laminations or by insulating material above 0.25 mm thick tinned copper strips bridging pieces shall be inserted to maintain electrical continuity between pockets) and the magnetic circuit shall not be regarded as being of sectional construction.

9.04.05

EARTHING OF CLAMPING RINGS:

155791486.doc

Page 174 of

442

Where coil clamping rings are of metal at earth potential, earth ring shall be connected to the adjacent core clamping structure on the same side of transformer as the main earth connections. 9.04.06 SIZE OF EARTHING CONNECTIONS: All earthing connections with the exception of those from the individual coil clamping rings shall have a cross sectional area of not less than 0.8 sq. cm. Connections inserted between laminations of different sections of core as per Clause 9.04.04 shall have a cross sectional area of not less than 0.2 sq. cm. 9.05.00 9.05.01 a) Sufficient quantity of oil necessary for first filling of all tanks, coolers and radiator at the proper level along with 10% extra oil for topping up shall be supplied in non-returnable containers suitable for outdoor storage. b) The quality of the oil supplied with transformer shall conform to the oil parameters specified in this clause. No inhibitors shall be used in the oil. The oil samples will be drawn as follows i) ii) iii) Prior to filling, Before and after heat run test (with DGA after the heat run test) Before energizing INSULATING OIL:

155791486.doc

Page 175 of

442

All tests as per IS : 335 shall be conducted on all samples. However, DGA test shall be conducted before & after heat run test and furnish the value as base value for future test. The Oil Sample before energizing shall be tested and evaluated as per clause No. 9 and table 1 of IS - 1866 : 2000 c) The supplier shall dispatch the transformer filled with an atmosphere of Nitrogen, The Bidder shall take care of the weight limitation on transport and handling facility at site. Necessary arrangement shall be ensured by the supplier to take care of pressure drop of nitrogen during transit and storage till completion of oil filling during erection, A gas pressure testing valve with necessary pressure gauge and adapter valve shall be provided. d) The oil shall have the following main characteristic or equivalent (the requirement indicated is determined in accordance with the methods adopted by IS : 335) SI. No 1. Characteristics Appearance Requirement Method of test A representative sample of oil shall be examined in a 100mm thick layer at 27 deg. C IS: 1448 IS : 1448 IS : 6104 IS : 1448

2. 3. 4. 5.

The oil shall be clear and transparent and free from suspended matter or sediment Density at 29.5deg. C 0.89 g/ cm3 maximum Kinematic viscosity at 27 CST 27 deg. C maximum Interfacial tension at 27 0.04 N/m deg. C maximum Flashpoint Penskey 140 deg. C Marten (closed) minimum

155791486.doc

Page 176 of

442

6. 7.

8. 9.

Pour point maximum - 6 deg C a) Neutralization 0.03mg KOH /g value (total acidity), maximum NIL b) Inorganic acidity / alkalinity Corrosive Sulphur Non-corrosive Electric strength (breakdown voltage) minimum a) New unfiltered oil 30KV (rms) If this b) After filtration value is not attained the oil shall be treated. 60 KV (rms) Dielectric dissipation 0.002 factor (tan delta) at 90 deg. C maximum Specific resistance (resistivity) a) at 90deg. C 35x10 minimum Ohm cm b) at 27deg. C 1500x10 minimum Ohm cm Oxidation stability a) Neutralisation 0.40 value after mg/KOH/gm oxidation, Maximum 0.1 percent by b) Total sludge after weight oxidation maximum Presence of oxidation The oil shall not inhibitor contain Remarks : Value of antioxidant 0.05%(max) shall be inhibitors. treated as absence of oxidation inhibitor Water content, 50ppm maximum

IS: 1448 IS : 1448 IS : 1448 IS : 6792 Appendix A

IS : 6792 IS : 6792

10. 11.

IS : 6262

IS: 6103

12.

Appendix B IS : 335

13.

IS : 335 Appendix D

14.

IS : 335 Appendix E

155791486.doc

Page 177 of

442

15.

Ageing characteristics after accelerated ageing.(open beaker method with copper catalyst) a) Resistivity i) 27 deg. C (min) ii) 90 deg. C(min) b) Dielectric dissipation factor (Tan delta) at 0.2(max) 90deg. C c) Total acidity d) Total sludge content by weight e) Oil samples taken from the transformer after the completion of site processing and tested in the approved manner shall be shown to have the following values before commissioning of the transformer i) Break down strength (BDV)

IS : 335 Appendix C

2.5x10 Ohm cm IS : 6103 0.2x 10 Ohm cm 0.2(max) 0.05mg/ KOH/gm (maximum) 0.05%(Maximum) IS : 6262 IS : 1448 IS : 1448

Minimum of 60 KV withstand IS : 335 Maximum of 15 ppm 35 X 10 Ohm cm (min) 0.04 N/M (min) 0.002(max)
Page 178 of

ii)
155791486.doc

Moisture

442

content iii) iv) v) Resistivity at 90 deg. C Interfacial tension at 27 deg. C Dielectric dissipation factor at 90 deg. C

9.5.2 a) b) c)

At manufacturers works oil sample shall be drawn before and after heat run test and shall be tested for following: BDV-60KV (min) Moisture content 15PPM Dissolved gas analysis - samples for DGA shall be taken from sampling device with 24 hrs prior to commencement of temperature test and immediately after this test. The acceptance norms with reference to various gas generation rates during the temperature rise test shall be as per IS 10593(based on IEC 599)

9.06.00 9.06.01.

OIL PRESERVING EQUIPMENT: . In this type of oil preservation system conservator shall be fitted with a dehydrating filter breather. It shall be so designed that : i) ii) Passage of air is through a dust filter and silicagel. Silicagel is isolated from atmosphere by an oil seal.

155791486.doc

Page 179 of

442

iii)

Moisture absorption indicated by a change in colour of the tinted crystals can be easily observed from a distance.

iv) v)

Breather is mounted not more than 1400 mm above rail top level. To minimize the ingress of moisture following shall be provided: a) Three breathers ( of identical sizes) shall be connected in series for main tank conservator. b) Two breathers(each of 2.5ltrs min volume) shall be connected in series for OLTC tank conservator

9.06.02

DIAPHRAGM SEAL TYPE CONSTANT OIL PRESSURE SYSTEM : (Air Cell System) VOID

9.07.00 a)

BUSHINGS: The electrical and mechanical characteristic of bushings shall be in accordance with IS : 2099 and IS : 3347 (Part III/Section-I). Dimensions and requirements of oil filled condenser bushings shall be in accordance with IS : 126761989/ CBIP manual, section P (Revised). Dimension shall conform to IS 3347, Part-IV. and requirement of solid bushing or oil communicating bushing

b)

72.5 KV bushings shall be oil filled condenser type.

155791486.doc

Page 180 of

442

36KV bushings shall be either oil communicating or solid porcelain type. The oil used for the oil filled type shall be the same as that used in the transformer. No. arcing horns shall be provided on any bushing. Bushings shall be as per technical particulars furnished. The bushings shall have high factor of safety against leakage to ground and shall be so located as to provide adequate electrical clearances between bushings and between the bushings and grounded parts. Bushings of the identical voltage rating shall be inter changeable. All the bushings shall be equipped with suitable terminals of approved type and size and all external current carrying contact surfaces shall be silver plated adequately. The insulation class of the high voltage neutral bushings shall be properly coordinated with the insulation class of the neutral of the high Voltage winding. The supplier shall furnish (i) Impulse flash over, (ii) Dry flashover characteristic for bushing spark gap set at difference of separation. The bidder shall also furnish the impulse voltage characteristic of the transformer winding and bushing to enable the purchaser to obtain effective insulation coordination between the transformer lightning arrester and the rest of the station equipment. c) All main windings and neutral leads shall be brought out through outdoor type bushings, which shall be so located that the full flash over strength will be utilized and the adequate phase clearance be realised.

155791486.doc

Page 181 of

442

d)

Each bushing shall be so co-ordinated with the transformer insulation, that all flash-over will occur outside the tank.

e)

Condenser type bushings shall be provided with i. Non-breathing oil expansion chamber made of toughened amber glass to filter all light rays which may cause the oil to sludge. Prismatic type of gauge shall be provided to indicate the oil level. ii. iii. iv. Oil filling plug and drain valve if not hermetically sealed ; The dielectric power factor shall not be more than 3.5% at 40 deg C. Tap for capacitance and tan delta test.

f) g)

Bushing of identical rating shall be interchangeable. Porcelain used in bushing manufacture shall be homogenous, free from laminations, cavities and other flaws or imperfections that might affect the mechanical or dielectric quality and shall be thoroughly vitrified tough and impervious to moisture.

h)

Glazing of porcelain bushing shall be of uniform brown colour free from blisters, and burrs.

i)

Special precaution shall be taken to eliminate moisture from paper insulation during manufacture, assembly, transport and erection.

j)

Bushing turrets shall be provided with vent pipes which shall be connected to route any gas collection through the Buchholz relay.

k)

All bushings shall have puncture strength greater than the dry flash over value.

155791486.doc

Page 182 of

442

l)

Main terminals shall be solder less terminals and shall be of the type and size specified in the schedule of requirements of drawings.

m) n) o)

The spacing between the bushings must be adequate to prevent flash over between phases under all conditions of operation. No arcing horn shall be provided on bushing. Suitable insulating cap (Preferably Raychem sleeve) shall be provided on the terminal of bushing of tertiary winding to avoid accidental external short circuit.

9.08.00 9.08.01 a)

TERMINAL CONNECTORS: The 72.5 KV bushing shall be provided with bimetallic type connectors and of universal type. The connectors shall be suitable for 50mm Al. pipe on 66KV side. The connector shall be designed to prevent corrosion due to bimetallic action.

b)

In case of 11 KV bushing side of 31.5 MVA, 66/11kV transformer, the transformer shall be provided with connectors to which copper flat of size suitable for continuous current of 2000A are to be connected. The copper flat is to be extended up to Aluminium U.G. Cable of 12 runs (4 runs/ph) of 1000 Sq.mm Aluminium U.G. Cable. The copper flats to be provided with suitable spaces between lams aeration. The bus bars shall be coated with non-inflammable bus bar paints. The material of bus bars shall be EC grade copper conforming to VDE 0201 Code-ECUF30, IS-8084. The support insulators shall be suitable for voltage class of 17.5 KV.

155791486.doc

Page 183 of

442

The entire arrangement from LV side of transformer to the cable termination shall be through air/water tight metallic enclosure of bolted type construction. The clearance in the cable termination box shall be minimum Ph-Ph: 300 mm & Ph-earth : 300 mm. The design shall be such that ample clearances are provided to enable the 11KV side of the transformer or each cable to be subjected separately to high voltage tests. Sketch showing typical arrangement is enclosed c) Terminal connectors must have been successfully type tested strictly as per IS : 5561. d) Connectors shall be of electrolytic grade copper forged and silver plated / tinned for 10microns. e) f) No part of a clamp shall be less than 10mm thick. Non-magnetic, hot dip galvanized / electro-galvanized nuts, bolts and washers shall be used. Nuts and bolts shall have hexagonal head with threads as per IS and shall be fully threaded type. Also instead of spring washers, check / lock nuts shall be provided. g) The connectors shall be designed for minimum 120% of the maximum current carrying capacity of the ACSR conductor

155791486.doc

Page 184 of

442

and the temperature rise under these conditions shall not be more than 50% of that of the main conductor. 9.08.02 TERMINAL MARKING: The terminal marking and their physical position shall be in accordance with IS : 2026 unless otherwise specified. 9.09.00 9.09.01 EARTHING ARRANGEMENTS: TERTIARY WINDING EARTHING ARRANGEMENT: VOID 9.09.02 a) NEUTRAL EARTHING ARRANGEMENT: The neutral terminal of the star connected winding shall be brought to the ground through externally installed NCT (which is in the purchasers scope) by a copper flat of size minimum 50 x 10 mm which shall be supported on mounting structure of NCT, by porcelain insulators. The NCT will be installed at a distance of about 2Mtrs. from the transformer and the live point of the NCT will be the same as that of Neutral bushing. b) The end of the copper flat bar shall be brought to the ground level, at a convenient point, for connection to purchasers ground network through 50 x 8 mm galvanised steel flats. The connection shall be made by using two (2) bolted grounding terminals with necessary accessories. 9.10.00 TAP CHANGING EQUIPMENT

155791486.doc

Page 185 of

442

9.10.01 a)

TAP CHANGE SWITCH (GENERAL REQUIREMENT) The on load tap changer shall be provided neutral end of the HV winding and shall permit constant voltage on IV side, in respect of 245 KV interconnecting transformer.

b)

OLTC gear shall be motor operated for local as well as remote operation. An external hand wheel / handle shall be provided for local manual operation. The OLTC shall be suitable for power flow on either direction. The transformer shall give full load out put on taps.

c)

Arrangement shall be made for securing and padlocking the tap changer wheel in any of the working positions and it shall not be possible for setting or padlocking the wheel in any intermediate position. The arrangement shall be such that no padlock key can be inserted unless all contacts are correctly engaged and switch set in a position where no open or short circuit is possible. An indicating device shall be provided to show the tap in use.

9.10.02

ON LOAD TAP CHANGING GEAR (OLTC) The details of the method of diversion of the load current during tap changing, the mechanical construction of the gear and the control features for OLTC gear shall be submitted with the bid. Information regarding the service experience on the gear and a list of important users shall be furnished, The tap

155791486.doc

Page 186 of

442

changer shall change the effective transformation ratio without producing phase displacement. a) The current diverting contacts shall be housed in a separate oil chamber not communicating with the oil in main tank of the transformer. The chamber shall be provided with a means of releasing the gas produced by the arcing. b) The contacts shall be accessible for inspection without lowering oil level in the main tank and the contact tips shall be replaceable. c) For reduction of make and break arcing voltage due to overloads and short circuits, the arcing switch or arc suppressing tap selector shall be provided with reactors or resistors. Necessary tools and tackles shall be furnished for maintenance of OLTC gear. d) The OLTC oil chamber shall have oil filling and drain plug, oil sampling valve, relief vent and level glass, It shall also be fitted with a Buchholtz relay the outlet of which shall be connected to a separate conservator tank. A dial type indicating thermometer of rolrest pattern shall be provided for OLTC and mounted in the side of transformer at convenient height to read the temperature in the hottest part of the oil fitted with alarm and trip contacts. e) The diverter switch or arcing switch shall be so designed as to ensure that its operation once commenced shall be completed
155791486.doc
Page 187 of

442

independently of the control relays or switches, failure of auxiliary supplies etc. To meet any contingency which may result in incomplete operation of the diverter switch, adequate means shall be provided to safeguard the transformer and its ancillary equipments. f) Tap changer shall be so mounted that bell cover of transformer can be lifted without removing connections between windings and tap changer. g) i) Drive mechanism chamber shall be mounted on the tank in accessible position, It should be adequately ventilated and provided with anti-condensation metal clad heaters. All contactors, relay coils and other parts shall be protected against corrosion, deterioration due to condensation, fungi. Pad locking arrangement for hinged door of the cubicle and cable glands for all incoming cables, etc shall be provided. ii) The tap change driving motor shall be suitable for operation with 415 V, 3 phase, 50 Hz external power supply. h) Each transformer unit shall be provided with a local OLTC control cabinet and a remote OLTC control panel. The control feature shall provide following. i) Local remote selector switch mounted in the local control cubicle shall switch control of OLTC in the following manner:
155791486.doc
Page 188 of

442

1.

When the selector switch is in LOCAL position, it shall be possible to operate the RAISE-LOWER control switches specified in section (ii) below. Remote control of RAISELOWER functions shall be prevented.

2.

When the selector switch is in REMOTE the local control cubicle mounted RAISE - LOWER switches specified in section (ii) shall be inoperative, Remote control of the raise lower function shall be possible from the remote control panel. The LOCAL - REMOTE selector switch shall have at least two spare contacts per position which are closed in that position but open in the other position.

ii).

A RAISE-LOWER CONTROL SWITCH shall be provided in the Local Control Cubicle. The switch shall be spring loaded to return to the center 'OFF' position and shall require movement to the RIGHT to raise the voltage of the transformer. Movement to the left shall lower the voltage.

This switch shall be operative only when 'local remote', selector switch is in local position. iii). 'Step by step' operation to ensure only one tap change takes place even if the tap change control switch is stuck or held in the operated position. Seal in circuits to ensure positive completion of a tap change impulse once initiated. Interlock to prevent an impulse being give to reverse the tap change direction while a tap change operation is already under progress,

155791486.doc

Page 189 of

442

until the mechanism comes to rest and resets the circuits for fresh operation . iv). On load tap changer shall be equipped with a time delay for 'INCOMPLETE STEP in alarm consisting of a normally open contact which closes, if the tap changer fails to make a complete tap change. The alarm shall not operate for momentary loss of auxiliary power. v). The OLTC load tap changer shall be equipped with a fixed resistor network capable of providing discrete voltage steps for input to the supervisory system. i) Limit switches shall be provided to prevent over running of the mechanism and shall be directly connected in the circuit of the operating motor. In addition, a mechanical stop shall be provided to prevent over - running of the mechanism under any condition. Limit switches may be connected in the control circuit of the operating motor provided that a mechanism-declutching mechanism is incorporated. j). Thermal device or other means shall be provided to protect the motor and control circuit. All relays, switches, MCCB / MCB etc. shall be mounted in the drive mechanism chamber and shall be clearly marked for the purpose of identification. k) A permanently legible lubrication chart shall be fitted within the driving mechanism chamber.

155791486.doc

Page 190 of

442

l)

A five digit counter shall be fitted to the tap changing equipment to indicate the number of operations completed.

m)

All relays and operating devices shall operate correctly at any voltage between the limits specified.

n)

It shall not be possible to operate the electric drive when the manual operating gear is in use.

o)

It shall not be possible for any two controls to (i.e., manual, local electrical and remote) be in operation at the same time.

p)

The equipment shall be suitable for supervisory control & indication with make before break multi-way switch, having one potential free contact for each tap position. This switch shall be provided in addition to any other switch/ switches, which may be required for remote tap position.

q)

All electrical control switches and the local operating gear shall be clearly labeled in a suitable manner to indicate the direction of tap changing.

9.10.03

MANUAL CONTROL:

The cranking device for manual operation of the OLTC gear shall be removable and suitable for operation by a man standing on ground level. The mechanism shall be complete with the following: i) Mechanical tap position indicator which shall be clearly visible from near the transformer.

155791486.doc

Page 191 of

442

ii) iii)

A mechanical operation counter. Mechanical stops to prevent over cranking of the mechanism beyond the extreme tap positions.

iv)

The manual control considered as back up to the motor operated on load tap changer control shall be interlocked with the motor to block motor -start-up during manual operation. The manual operating mechanism shall be labeled to show the direction of operation for raising the primary and viceversa.

9.10.04

a)

ELECTRICAL CONTROL:

This includes the following i) ii) b) Local Electrical control. Electrical remote control from remote control panel. REMOTE ELECTRICAL GROUP CONTROL:

The OLTC control scheme offered shall have provision of remote electrical group control during parallel operation of transformers. This is in addition to independent control of OLTC. It shall be possible to operate 4 No. of transformers by group control of OLTC. For this, a flexible circuit arrangement shall be provided for addition of transformers at a later date.

155791486.doc

Page 192 of

442

i.

A four position selector switch having MASTER, FOLLOWER, INDEPENDENT and OFF position shall be provided in the remote OLTC control panel for each transformer. This shall be wired to enable operator to select operation of OLTC in either Master, follower or independent mode.

ii.

Out of step relays with timer contacts shall also be provided to give alarm and indication in case of tap positions in all the transformers under group control being not in identical position. There should be an automatic lock out of the combined control when any one of the units fails to fall in steps, due to mal operation of its gear.

iii.

Under abnormal condition such as may occur if the contactor controlling one tap changer sticks, the arrangement must be such as to switch off supply to the motor so that an out of step condition is limited to one tap difference between the units.

iv.

Master position :

If the selector switch is in MASTER position, it shall be possible to control the OLTC units in the FOLLOWER MODE by operating the controls of the MASTER UNIT. Independent operation of the units under FOLLOWER mode shall have to be prevented. However, the units under independent mode will be controlled independently. v. FOLLOWER POSITION. If the selector switch is in follower mode, control of OLTC shall be possible only from MASTER panel.
155791486.doc
Page 193 of

442

vi.

INDEPENDENT POSITION: In this position of selector switch, control of OLTC of individual unit only shall be possible.

vii.

PARALLELING INTERLOCK: An interlock shall be incorporated in the electrical control circuit of the ON load tap change gear to prevent electrical closing of the circuit breaker on the low voltage side of non-operation transformer with those already in operation, when : a) b) Its ON load tap change gear is not in the same position as those already in operation. The auxiliary AC supply to its on load tap change motor is not switched before hand.

viii.

The ON load tap changer scheme drawing for parallel operation, shall be as per section N of CBIP manual (revised).

9.10.05

MAKE OF OLTC:

The make of OLTC shall be either TELK or BHEL or Easun MR 9.11.00 9.11.01 a (i) COOLING EQUIPMENT AND ITS CONTROLS: COOLING EQUIPMENT: VOID 66/11KV Transformer. (ii) Tank mounted radiator Bank shall be provided for 31.5MVA,

155791486.doc

Page 194 of

442

b)

Each radiator bank shall have its own cooling fans, shut off valves, lifting lugs, top and bottom oil filling valves, air release plug, a drain valve, grounding terminals and thermometer pocket fitted with captive screw cap on the inlet and outlet. Heat exchangers, fans and oil pumps shall be completely interchangeable.

c)

Cooler unit shall be connected to the tank by machined steel flanges welded to the cooler unit and to the tank and provided with gaskets. At each cooler unit connection, there shall be provided on the tank an indicating shut off valve which can be fastened in either open or closed position. A separate oil tight blank flange shall be provided for each tank connection for use when the cooler is detached.

d)

One stand by fan for at least 20% capacity shall also be provided and identified with each radiator bank.

e)

Fans shall be so located that they are readily accessible for inspection and repair.

f)

The Exhaust air flow from cooling fan shall not be directed towards the main tank in any case.

g)

Cooling fans for each radiator bank shall be located so as to prevent ingress of rainwater. Each fan shall be suitably protected by galvanised wire guard.

h)
155791486.doc

VOID
Page 195 of

442

i)

Cooling fans shall be suitable for operation from 415 volts, three phase 50Hz power supply and shall conform to IS : 325.

j) k)

VOID Cooler shall be so designed as to be accessible for cleaning and painting, to prevent accumulation of water on the outer surface, to completely drain oil the tank and to ensure against formation of gas pockets when the tank is being filled. The cooler and its accessories shall be hot painted with corrosion resistant paint.

l)

Each cooling fan and oil pump motor shall be provided with starter, thermal overload and short circuit protection.

m) n)

Each radiator shall be provided with : One shut-off valve at the top (80 mm size) One shut -off valve at the bottom (80 mm size) Air release device at the top. Main and sampling device at the bottom. Lifting lugs. Expansion joints, one each on top and bottom cooler pipe connections. Air release device and oil plug on oil pipe connections, The radiator bank and cooler pipe arrangement should be such that it does not hinder the movement of the transformer.

155791486.doc

Page 196 of

442

9.11.02 a)

COOLING EQUIPMENT CONTROL (ONAN/ONAF) : Cooler units shall be suitable for operating with a 415 volts, 3 phase, 50 Hz, 4 wire external AC power supply.

b)

Control equipment for oil pump and fan motors shall be mounted in a weather and vermin proof marshalling cabinet adjacent to the transformer and shall include the necessary contactors with automatic control and annunciator equipment and provision for manual control.

c)

Automatic operation control (Switching in and out) of fans/ pumps shall be provided (with temperature change) from contacts of winding temperature indicator. The supplier shall recommend the setting of WTI for automatic change over of cooler control from ONAN to ONAF. The setting shall be such that hunting i.e., frequent start stop operations for small temperature differential do not occur.

d)

Suitable manual control facility for cooler fans and oil pumps with manual / automatic selector switches and push buttons shall be provided.

e)

Each motor or group of motors, shall be provided with a three pole electrically operated contactor and with control gear of suitable design both for starting and stopping the motor manually and also automatically from the Contacts on the

155791486.doc

Page 197 of

442

winding temperature indicating device. Additional terminal for remote/manual electrical control of' motors shall be provided. f) Where small motors are connected in groups the group protection shall be arranged so that it operates satisfactorily in the event of a fault occurring on single motor. g) Where blowers and oil pumps are provided the connections shall be arranged as to allow the motors or group of motors to be started up and shut down, either collectively or individually. h) All motor contactors and their associated apparatus shall be capable of holding in and operating satisfactorily and without over heating for a period of 10 minutes if the supply voltage falls for a small period to 75% of normal voltage at normal frequency. The motor contactors and associated apparatus shall be capable of normal operation with supply voltage at 85% of normal values and at normal frequency. i) All contacts and other parts, which may require renewal, adjusting or inspection, shall be readily accessible. j) The contact arrangements are to be designed as to prevent the simultaneous starting of motors of a total rating of more than 20 HP. k) Alarm indication for failure of group of fans and oil pump shall be provided. Alarm indication for failure of' power supply shall also be furnished.
155791486.doc
Page 198 of

442

l)

The Bidder shall specify the loading of the transformer in case of failure of one or more set of fans.

NOTE: In addition to the above details, the clause No. 9.18 -Specification for control cabinet for tap change driving motor unit is applicable, wherever necessary. 9.11.03 a) COOLER CONTROL CABINET: Each transformer unit shall be provided with a cooler control cabinet. b) Control equipment for fan motors shall be mounted in a

weather and vermin proof marshalling cabinet adjacent to the transformer and shall include the necessary contactors with automatic control and annunciator equipment and provision for manual control. c) The cooler control cabinet shall have all necessary devices meant for cooler control and local temperature indicators. All the contacts of various protective devices mounted on the transformer shall also be wired up to the terminal board in the cooler control cabinet. All the secondary terminals of the CT's shall also be wired up to the terminal board at the cooler control cabinet. d) The cooler control cabinet shall have two (2) sections. One section shall have the control equipment exclusively meant for
155791486.doc
Page 199 of

442

cooler control The other section shall house the temperature indicators, auxiliary CTs and the terminal boards meant for termination of various alarm and trip contacts as well as various CT secondaries. The initiating device and contacts for alarm and trip function for the following shall be terminated to the terminal block which will be wired up to the purchaser's control and relay panel. Buchholtz trip / alarm, oil temperature high alarm, oil temperature very high trip, oil low level (MOG) alarm, winding temperature high alarm, winding temperature very high trip, OLTC surge relay trip, pressure relief device trip main and OLTC. Alternatively the two sections may be provided as two separate panels depending on the standard practices of the supplier. e) The temperature indicators shall be so mounted that the deals are not more than 1600 mm from ground level. Glazed door of suitable size shall be provided for convenience of reading. 9.11.04 REMOTE OLTC / COOLER CONTROL PANEL (RTCC PANEL): The auxiliary devices for remote electrical control of the OLTC and cooler shall be housed in a separate panel to be placed in the control room. The panel shall be made of sheet steel of not less than 3mm and it shall be duly finished with stove enamel paint. The size of the control cubic to be supplied by the supplier shall be 610 mm depth and 2312 mm height. The width of the cubicle to be as per suppliers practice. The colour

155791486.doc

Page 200 of

442

of the finishing paint shall be opaline green corresponding to shade No. 275 of IS : 5, for panel exterior. Control and signal devices required to be mounted in the RTCC Panel shall comprise of the following : 1. 2. 3. Local - Remote maintained contact selector switch for OLTC Actuating switch/push button for electrical raise / lower control, Remote tap position indicator with tap nos. and corresponding rated voltage marked on the instrument. The tap position indicators shall be digital type. 4. One potential free contact per tap for tele- transmission of tap position from switchyard and control room to load dispatch center shall be provided. 5. A four position selector switch having master follower, independent and off position. 6. 7. 8. Repeater dial of transformer winding temperature indictor.

Name plate for each component. Initiating devices and contacts for alarm as well as for indications for discordance in the tap changer in any of the parallel operating transformers

9.

Cubicle lamp actuated by door switch, space heater, power sockets etc shall be provided inside RTCC panel.

10.

The OLTC shall be suitable for supervisory control and indication with make before break multiway switch having one

155791486.doc

Page 201 of

442

potential free contact for each tap position. This switch shall be provided in addition to any other switch/switches which may be required for remote tap position indication. 11. Annunciator (facia type) scheme complete with accessories for the following: i) ii). iii) iv) v) vi) vii) viii) ix) 11. i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) vii) viii) 9.12.00 i) Tap change in progress. Tap changer out of step Tap changer motor trip. Failure of AC supply to the OLTC local control Kiosk. Fan failure of each group / each fan. Pump failure of each group. 415V cooler control supply failure. No flow / reverse flow of oil in oil pump. 415V OLTC Supply failure. Signal lamps for: Fan 'ON' for each group / each fan. Pump 'ON' for each pump. Standby fan 'ON' for each group. Cooling system on Local manual / local auto Cooling system on Remote manual/ Remote auto 4 15 Volts cooler Supply 'ON', Healthy supply to control gear. 415 Volts OLTC supply ' 0N '.

TERMINAL BLOCK: The terminal blocks to be provided shall be fully enclosed with removable covers and made of moulded, non inflammable

155791486.doc

Page 202 of

442

plastic material with block and barriers moulded integrally. Such block shall have washer and binding screws for external circuit wire connections, a white marking strip for circuit identification and moulded plastic cover. All terminals shall be clearly marked with identification numbers or letters to facilitate connection to external wiring. ii) All internal wiring to be connected to the external equipment shall be terminated on terminal blocks, preferably vertically mounted on the side of each panel. The terminal blocks shall be 1100 V grade and have 10 Amps continuous rating, moulded piece, complete with insulated barriers, non disconnecting stud type terminals, washers, nuts and lock nuts, Terminal block design shall include a white fiber marking strip with clear plastic, slip-on / clip-on terminal cover. Markings on the terminal strips shall correspond to wire number and terminal numbers on the wiring diagrams. iii) Terminal blocks for current transformer secondary leads shall be provided with test links and isolating facilities. Also current transformer secondary leads shall be provided with shortcircuiting and earthing facilities. iv) At least 20 % spare - terminals shall be provided on each panel and these spare terminals shall be uniformly distributed on all terminal blocks. v) Unless otherwise specified, terminal blocks shall be suitable for connecting the following conductors on each side.
155791486.doc
Page 203 of

442

d) b)

For all circuits except current transformer circuits minimum of two numbers of 2.5 sq. mm copper. For all CT circuits minimum copper. of two numbers 4 sq. mm

vi)

There shall be a minimum edge to edge clearance of 250mm between the first row of terminal block and the associated cable gland plate. Also the clearance between two rows of terminal blocks shall be minimum of 150mm.

vii)

Arrangement of the terminal block assemblies and the wiring channel within the enclosure shall be such that a row of terminal blocks is run parallel and in close proximity along each side of the wiring duct to provide for convenient attachment of internal panel wiring. The side of the terminal block opposite the wiring duct shall be reserved for the owner's external cable connection. All adjacent terminal block shall also share this field wiring corridor. A steel strip shall be connected between adjacent terminal block rows at 450 mm intervals for support of incoming cables.

viii)

The number and size of the purchaser's multi-core incoming cable will be furnished to the Bidder after placement of the order.

9.13.00 9.13.01

PAINTING: Surface Preparation for Main tank, Pipes, Conservator tank etc.

155791486.doc

Page 204 of

442

All surfaces of transformer main tank, pipes, turrets, conservator tank etc. shall be thoroughly blast cleaned with stand, shot or grit in accordance with ISO:8501 Part 1 or Swedish standard SIS:055900 to a minimum standard of Sa 2 to make the surface free from visible oil, grease & dirt, mill, scale, rust, paint coatings and foreign matter, Machined areas and threaded components etc are to be covered during blasting to prevent damage. The Compressed air that is used for blasting should be dry and free from oil. The flanges angles, tank curbs and other such areas shall be preferably blast cleaned prior to fabrication and paint these with one coat of pre-fabrication primer prior to fabrication. After adequate blast cleaning of each large surface where blasting time is more than three hours an overall blast cleaning is to be done on the entire surface once more once more so that entire surface areas is exposed as fresh for first coat of primer paint. The First coat of primer paint should be applied not later than 3-4 hours after preparation of surface to avoid oxidation. 9.13.02 Surface Preparation for radiator:All internal and external surfaces of radiator shall be thoroughly cleaned either by chemical cleaning or by blast with stand, shot or grit in accordance with ISO: 8501 Part 1 or Swedish standard SIS 055900 to make the surface free from visible oil, grease & dirt, mill scale, rust, paint coatings and foreign matter. Suitable chemical should be used for chemical cleaning, if required. The compressed air that is used for

155791486.doc

Page 205 of

442

blasting should be dry and free from oil.

After adequate

surface cleaning, the first coat of primer paint /varnish should be applied not later than 3-4 hours after preparation of surface to avoid oxidation. 9.13.03 Painting External & Internal surfaces: Painting shall be carried out in closed and dust free area. The external surface shall be coated with suitable layers of paint and to form an impermeable layer so that air and water cannot reach the substrate. The paint selected shall be stable in outdoor condition such as rain, sunlight, pollution etc. Paint used for primer, under coat and top or finish coat should be from the same manufacturer and compatible to each other. In case in the rare event, paint used for primer, under coat and finish coat are not from the same manufacturer the compatibility test of the paint from different source shall be carried out. Painting shall be applied as per the recommendation of the paint manufacturer. The number of coats shall be such that the minimum dry film thickness (DFT) specified is achieved. The DFT of painted surface shall be checked with a measuring gauge to ensure specified DFT. Complete painting scheme for the transformer is tabulated below. 9.13.04 Painting Transformer Main tank, pipes, conservator tank, radiator etc:Surface preparation Main tank, Blast pipes, cleaning conservator Sa2 tank, etc.
155791486.doc

Primer coat Epoxy base Zinc Primer

Intermediate Finish coat Undercoat Epoxy HB Aliphatie M10 (75 um) Polyurethane (PU paint) (min 50

Total DFT Min 155 micro m

442

Colour shade Light grey,631 as per IS 5/ KPTCL

Page 206 of

(External surfaces) Main tank, pipes, (above 80 NB) conservator tank, etc. (Internal surfaces) Radiator (External surfaces)

Blast cleaning Sa2

(30 40 micro m) Hot oil -resistant non corrosive varnish or paint or epoxy Epoxy base zinc primer (30-40 micro m) Epoxy base zinc primer (30-40 micro m)

micro m) --

approved drg.. Min Glossy 30 white Micro paint/KPT m CL approved drawings Min 110 micro m Matching shade of tank/diffe rent shade aesthetic ally matching to tank/KPT CL approved drg. KPTCL approved drawings

Chemical blast cleaning (Sa 2 )

Aliphatic Polyureth ane (PU Paint) (in 50 micro m)

Radiator Chemical Hot oil -and pipes cleaning if proof low up to 80 NB required viscosity (Internal varnish surfaces) Flushing with Trfr. Oil 9.13.05

--

--

Surface preparation for control cabinets/Marshalling Boxes:Surface preparation for all transformer Control cabinets/ Marshalling Boxes shall be carried out by Seven Tank Process confirming to following Indian standard dust free area: i) IS:3618 1966: Degreasing by solvent wiping :Phosphate Treatment of Iron & steel for Protection against corrosion.

155791486.doc

Page 207 of

442

ii)

IS: 6005-1970: Code of Practice for Phosphating of Iron & Steel suitable Sequence of tanks with required size handle all transformer control

cabinets/Marshalling Boxes shall be as per following: i) Degreasing tank plain welded M.S. tank with suitable supports of suspending the jobs with overflow arrangement/scoop through to collect floating oils. ii)Derusting tank: PVC/FRPlined mild steel tank. iii) iv) v) Phosphating tank: FRP lined mild steel tank Passivating tank: Mild steel tank. Rinse Tanks(3 Nos. 1 No.each after Degreasing, Derusting and phosphating) mild steel tanks with overflow arrangement. vi) Driers: Suitable air blowers.

Chemical: Suitable Chemicals should be used and concentration of chemicals /weight of phosphate coating should be checked regularly as per recommendation of the chemical manufacturer and applicable IS. Inspection: The Surface for application of paint should be dry, free from oil, dirt, acid & loose adhering powder and reasonably smooth in finish without uncovered areas, rusty surfaces and roughness. 9.13.06 Painting-Control Cabinets/Marshalling Boxes scheme is tabulated below: Intermediate Finish Coat Total DFT Undercoat Epoxy base Epoxy HB Aliphatic Min 155 micro m Zinc primer MIO (75 Polyurethane (PU (30-40 micro m) Paint min 50 micro Primer coat
155791486.doc
Page 208 of

Painting Colour Shade Light grey, 631 shade as per IS:5/

442

micro m)

m)

KPTCL approved drg

155791486.doc

Page 209 of

442

9.14.00

BOLTS AND NUTS: All bolts and nuts exposed to weather shall be hot dip galvanised, Bolts and nuts below M12 (half inch) size shall be electro-galvanized.

9.15.00 9.15.01

WIRING AND CABLING: a) Cable box / sealing end shall be suitable for following types of cables:-

i) 415volts power

a) VOID b) For 31.5MVA Transformer, 1100 Volt grade PVC insulated 1 x 4 Core, 2.5Sqmm. Standard copper conductor cable. a) VOID b) For 31.5 MVA Transformer 1100 volt grade PVC insulated 4 x 19 core 2.5 sq mm stranded copper conductor cable.

ii ) Control

b)

Compression type cable connector shall be provided for termination of power and control cables.

c)

All controls, alarms, indicating and relaying devices provided with the transformer shall be wired up to the terminal blocks inside the local control cabinets (both cooler and OLTC control cabinets).

155791486.doc

Page 210 of

442

d)

All devices and terminal blocks with the cooler control cabinet shall be clearly identified by symbols corresponding to those used on applicable schematic or wiring diagrams.

e)

Not more than 2 wires shall be connected to one terminal. Each terminal shall be suitable for connecting two 2.5 sq. mm stranded copper conductor control cable from each side.

f)

All internal wiring shall be securely supported, neatly arranged, readily accessible and connected to equipment terminals and terminal blocks.

g)

Engraved code identification plastic Alpha numeric ferrules marked to correspond with schematic diagrams shall be fitted at both ends of wires. Alpha Numeric ferrules shall fit tightly on wires and shall not fall off when the wire is disconnected from terminal block.

9.15.02 supplier. submitted.

EXCLUSION IN SCOPE OF CABLING However, interconnection drawings for the same are to be i. ii. iii. iv. v. Cabling between Remote OLTC panel to cooler control Cabling between Remote OLTC panel to local OLTC cabinet. Cabling between Remote OLTC to suppliers panel. Cabling between cooler control cabinet panel. Cabling between local OLTC cabinet to suppliers panel.
Page 211 of

Following cabling works are specifically excluded from the scope of the

cabinet.

VOID

to suppliers

155791486.doc

442

9.16.00 9.16.01 a)

FITTINGS & ACCESSORIES ; Following fittings shall be provided with each transformer covered in this specification. Conservator for main tank, with oil filling hole and cap, isolating valves, drain valve magnetic oil level gauge with low level alarm contacts and dehydrating breather, diaphragm seal type constant oil pressure system (Air cell type).

b)

Conservator for OLTC with drain valve, Buchholz relay filling hole with cap, prismatic oil level gauge and dehydrating breather.

c) d) e)

Oil preservation equipment. Pressure relief device with alarm / trip contacts. Buchholz relay double float type with isolating valves on both sides, bleeding pipe with pet cock at the end to collect gases and alarm and trip contacts

f) g) h) i) j) k) l) m)

Air release plug. Inspection openings and covers. Bushing with metal parts and gaskets to suit the termination arrangement. Winding temperature indicators for local and remote mounting. One RWTI for each of the three windings (HV, IV&LV) Oil temperature indicators. Cover lifting eyes, transformer lifting lugs, jacking pads, towing holes and core and winding lifting lugs. Protected type mercury or Alcohol in glass thermometer. Bottom and top filter valves with threaded male adapters, top, middle and bottom sampling valves and drain valve. Sampling valves shall be provided with lap tap arrangement with nozzle,

155791486.doc

Page 212 of

442

n) o) p) q) r) s) t) u) v) w) x) y) z) aa) bb) cc) dd) ee) ff) gg)

Rating and diagram plates on transformers and auxiliary apparatus. Earthing terminals. Flanged bi-directional wheels. Cooler control cabinet On load tap changing equipment and OLTC control cabinet. Drain valves / plugs shall be provided in order that each section of pipe work can be drained independently. Cooling equipment - Radiator complete with fans etc. Insulating oil. Oil flow indicator Terminal marking plate. Jacking pads. Lifting bollards Haulage lugs. Cover lifting lugs Valve schedule plate RTCC panel Oil filling instruction plate of conservator Schematic diagram plate for operation of Tap changer Motor Drive Mechanism Box. The serial number of the transformer to be punched on the tank next to the rating plate. Provision for fitting Nitrogen injection fire protection and extinguishing system. The fittings listed above are only indicative and any other fittings which generally are required for satisfactory operation of the transformer are deemed to be included.

NOTE:-

155791486.doc

Page 213 of

442

9.16.02

The equipment and accessories furnished with the transformer shall be suitably mounted on the Transformer for easy operation and inspection and maintenance and the mounting details shall be subject to the approval of the purchaser. All valves shall be provided either with blind companion flanges or with pipe plugs for protection.

9.16.03

Indication, alarm and relay equipment shall have contacts, suitable for operation with 220Volts DC supply. Any other accessories or appliances recommended by the manufacturer for the satisfactory operation of the transformers together with their prices shall be given in the tender.

9.17.00

LIMITS 0F TEMPERATURE RISE : Refer Table No. 4 of IS-2026 (Part - II) For purpose of standardization of limit of temperature rise of oil and winding, the following ambient temperatures shall be considered.

1 2. 3.

Maximum ambient temperature Maximum daily average ambient temperature Maximum yearly weighted average temperature

50 C 40 C 32 C

With the above ambient temperature, the temperature-rise shall be as follows : 1.

155791486.doc

Winding temperature rise

- 55 C (when the
Page 214 of

442

measured by resistance method 2. by thermometer) 9.18.00 1. Top oil (temperature measured -

oil circulation is natural or forced and non directed) 50C

SPECIFICATION FOR CONTROL CABINETS: Control cabinet for the tap changer driving motors shall be housed in a local kiosk mounted adjacent to or on the transformer.

2.

Control cabinet of the operating mechanism shall be made out of 3mm thick sheet steel. Hinged door with handle shall be provided with padlocking arrangement. Sloping rain hood shall be provided to cover all sides 15 mm thick neoprene or better type of gaskets shall be provided to ensure degree of protection of at-least IP55 as per IS : 2147. The colour of paint shall be light gray in accordance with shade No. 631 of IS-5.

3.

Motors rated 1 KW and above being controlled from the control cabinet would be suitable for operation on a 415V, 3 phase, 50Hz system. Fractional KW motors would be suitable for operation on a 240 V, single phase , 50 Hz supply system,

4.

Isolating switches shall be group operated units (3 pole for use on 3 phase supply system and 2 pole for single phase supply systems) quick make and break type, capable of breaking safely and without deterioration, the rated current of the

155791486.doc

Page 215 of

442

associated circuit.. Switch handle shall have provision for locking, in both fully open and fully closed positions, 5. Push button shall be rated for not less than 6 Amps, 415V AC or 2 Amps 220V DC and shall be flush mounted on the cabinet door and provided with appropriate name plates. Red, Green and Amber indicating lamps shall be flush mounted. 6. For motors up to 5 KW, contactors shall be direct-on-line, air break, single throw type and shall be suitable for making and breaking the stalled current of the associated motor which shall be assumed equal to 6.5 times the full load current of the motor at 0.2 pf. For motors above 5 KW, automatic star delta type starters shall be provided. 3 Pole contactors shall be furnished for 3 phase motors and 2 pole contactors for single phase motors. Reversing contactors shall be provided with electrical interlocks between forward and reverse contactors. If possible, mechanical interlocks shall also be provided. Contactors shall be suitable for uninterrupted duty and shall be of duty category class AC4 as defined. in IS : 2959. The main contacts of the contactors shall be silver plated and the insulation class for the coils shall be class E or better. The dropout voltage of the contactors shall not exceed 70% of the rated voltage. 7. Contactors shall be provided with a three element, positive acting, ambient temperature compensated time lagged, hand reset type thermal overload relay with adjustable setting. Hand reset button shall be flush with The front door of the cabinet
155791486.doc
Page 216 of

442

and suitable for resetting with starter compartment door closed. 8. Single phasing preventer relay shall be provided for a 3-phase motors to provide positive protection against single phasing. 9. Mini starter shall required. 10. Purchaser's power cables will be of 1100 Volts grade stranded copper conductor. All necessary cable terminating accessories such as glands, crimp type tinned copper lugs etc., for power as well as control Cables shall be included in bidder's scope of supply. Suitable brass cable glands shall be provided for cable entry. The required quantity of cable glands suitable for cable size of 19 X 2.5 sq. mm control cable shall be provided. Dummy plates for cable glands shall be provided for purchaser's use if necessary. 11. Wiring for all control circuits shall be carried out with 1100 Volts grade PVC insulated tinned copper stranded conductors of sizes not smaller than 2.5 sq. mm. At least 20% spare terminal blocks for control wire terminations shall be provided on each panel. The terminal blocks shall be of non disconnecting stud type. All terminals shall be provided with ferrules indelibly marked or numbered and these identifications shall correspond to the designations on the relevant wiring diagrams, The terminals shall be rated for adequate capacity, which shall not be less than 10 Amps.
155791486.doc
Page 217 of

be provided with no volt coils whenever

442

12.

Separate terminal blocks shall be provided for terminating circuits of various voltage classes. CT loads shall be terminated on a separate block and shall have provision for short circuiting the CT secondary terminals.

13.

Control cabinet shall be provided with 240V, 1-phase, 50Hz, 20W fluorescent light fixture and a suitably rated 240V, 1phase, 5 Amps, 3 pin socket for hand lamps. The 3 pin socket shall be provided with protective electrical and mechanical cover with chain.

14.

Strip heaters shall be provided inside each cabinet complete with thermostat (preferably differential type) to prevent moisture condensation. Heaters shall be controlled by suitably rated double pole miniature circuit breakers,

15.

Signal lamps provided shall be of neon screw type with series resistors, enclosed in Bakelite body. Each signal lamp shall be provided with a fuse integrally mounted in the lamp body.

16.

Items inside the cabinet made of organic material shall be coated with a fungus resistant varnish.

9.19.00

MOTORS: VOID

10.00.00

PROTECTION:

155791486.doc

Page 218 of

442

10.01.00 I.

The transformer shall have the following protection: Detecting or actuating devices required which form part of the transformer construction shall be provided by the transformer supplier.

a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) II. a) b)

Buchholz relay alarm and trip contact. Oil temperature indicator with alarm and trip contact. Winding temperature indicator for alarm, trip control of fans / motor contacts. Magnetic oil gauge with low level alarm contact. Oil surge protection for OLTC diverter tank with trip contact. Pressure relief device with trip contact Flow indicators and. alarms for the oil passages. Nitrogen injection fire protection and extinguishing system Protection to be provided by purchaser. Circuit breaker on both primary and secondary sides. High speed differential relay, restricted earth fault relay, over flux relay, and back up over current and earth fault relay on both primary and secondary side.

c) d) 10.02.00

Non directional over current relay for each phase on tertiary side. Lightning arrestors on both primary and secondary side. PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE Provision shall be made in the power transformers for fitting Nitrogen injection drain & stir type of fire prevention and extinguishing system.

155791486.doc

Page 219 of

442

10.03.00

SPECIAL TOOLS AND TACKLES: The bidder shall include in his proposal any special erection and maintenance tools required according to the specialties of the Equipment. The list of such special tools shall be given and price of these shall be included in the proposed price.

10.04.00

SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT: Bidder shall indicate in his proposal spares required for the trouble free operation of the equipment for (5) five years.

11.00

QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN The Bidder shall invariably furnish the following information along with his offer, failing which the offer shall be liable for rejection. i. Statement giving list of important raw materials, names of sub-suppliers for the raw materials, list of standards according to which the raw materials are tested, list of tests normally carried out on raw materials in the presence of Bidders representative, copies of test certificates. ii. iii. iv. Information and copies of test certificates as in (i) above in respect of bought out items. List of manufacturing facilities available. Level of automation achieved and list of areas where manual processing exists.

155791486.doc

Page 220 of

442

v.

List of areas in manufacturing process, where stage inspection are normally carried out for quality control and details of such tests and inspection.

vi. vii.

Special features provided in the equipment to make it maintenance free. List of testing equipment available with the Bidder for final testing of equipment specified and test plant limitation, if any, vis--vis the type, special, acceptance and routine tests specified in the relevant standards. These limitations shall be very clearly brought out in Schedule of Deviations.

11.02.00

The supplier shall within 30 days of placement of order, submit the following information to the purchaser. i. Name of the raw materials as well as bought out accessories and the names of sub-suppliers selected from those furnished along with the offer. ii. iii. Type test certificates of the raw materials and bought out accessories. Quality Assurance Plan [QAP] with hold points for purchasers inspection. The QAP and hold points shall be discussed between the purchaser and the supplier before the QAP is finalized.

11.03.00

The supplier shall submit the routine test certificates of bought out items and raw materials at the time of routing testing of the fully assembled equipment.

155791486.doc

Page 221 of

442

12.01.00 i)

INSPECTION The purchaser shall have access at all times to the works and other places of manufacture where the transformers are being manufactured and the supplier shall provide all facilities for unrestricted inspection of the suppliers works, raw materials, manufacturer of all accessories and for conducting necessary test.

ii)

The supplier shall keep the purchaser informed in advance of the time of starting and of the progress of manufacture of equipment in its various stages so that arrangements could be made for inspection.

iii)

Supplies, shall offer the CORE for inspection and get approval by the purchaser during the manufacturing stage. Suppliers call notice for the purpose should be accompanied with the following documents as applicable, as a proof towards use of Prime CORE material: a) b) c) d) e) Invoice of the supplier Mill's test Certificate Packing List Bill of lading Bill of entry certificate by customs

iv)

No material shall be dispatched from its point of manufacture unless the material has been satisfactorily inspected and tested.

155791486.doc

Page 222 of

442

v)

The acceptance of any quantity of equipment shall in no way relieve the supplier of his responsibility for meeting all the requirement of this specification and shall not prevent subsequent rejection if such equipment are later found to be defective.

vi)

The supplier shall inform the purchaser at least thirty days in advance about the manufacturing programme so that arrangement can be made for inspection, if desired by the purchaser.

vii)

The purchaser reserves the right to insist for witnessing the acceptance routine testing of bought out items. The supplier shall communicate to the purchaser the details of such testing programme at least three weeks in advance. The testing shall not be postponed even if the purchaser is unable to depute his representative for witnessing the testing.

12.1.1 Tank and Conservator 12.1.1.1 Certification of chemical analysis and material tests of plates. 12.1.1.2 Check for flatness. 12.1.1.3 Electrical interconnection of top and bottom by braided tinned copper flexible. 12.1.1.4 Welder's qualification and weld procedure. 12.1.1.5 Testing of electrodes for quality of base materials and coatings. 12.1.1.6 Inspection of major weld preparation.

155791486.doc

Page 223 of

442

12.1.1.7 Crack detection of major strength weld seams by dye penetration test. 12.1.1.8 Measurement of film thickness of : i) Oil insoluble varnish. ii) Zinc chromate paint. iii) Finished coat. 12.1.1.9 Check correct dimensions between wheels, demonstrate turning of wheels through 90C and further dimensional check. 12.1.1.10 Check for physical properties of materials for lifting lugs, jacking pads, etc. All load bearing welds including lifting lug welds shall be subjected to NDT. 12.1.1.11 12.1.1.12 12.1.2 Leakage test of the conservator. Certification of all test results. Core

12.1.2.1 Sample testing of core materials for checking specific loss, bend properties, magnetisation characteristics and thickness. 12.1.2.2 i) ii) iii) Check on the quality of varnish if used on the stampings : Measurement of thickness and hardness of varnish on stampings. Solvent resistance test to check that varnish does not react in hot oil. Check over all quality of varnish by sampling to ensure uniform shining colour, no bare spots, no over burnt varnish layer and no bubbles on varnished surface. Check on the amount of burrs. Bow check on stampings.

12.1.2.3 12.1.2.4

12.1.2.5 Check for the overlapping of stampings. Corners of the sheet are to be part. 12.1.2.6
155791486.doc

Visual and dimensional check during assembly stage.

Page 224 of

442

12.1.2.7 Check for interlaminar insulation between core sectors before and after pressing. 12.1.2.8 Check on completed core for measurement of iron loss and check for any hot spot by exciting the core so as to induce the designed value of flux density in the core. 12.1.2.9 Visual and dimensional checks for straightness and roundness of core, thickness of limbs and suitability of clamps. 12.1.2.10 clamps. 12.1.2.11 12.1.3 12.1.3.1 12.1.3.2 12.1.3.3 12.1.3.4 12.1.3.5 material. 12.1.3.6 12.1.3.7 12.1.4 High voltage test (2 kV for one minute) between core and Certification of all test results. Insulation Material Sample check for physical properties of materials. Check for dielectric strength. Visual and dimensional checks. Check for the reaction of hot oil on insulating materials. Dimension stability test at high temperature for insulating Tracking resistance test on insulating material Certification of all test results. Winding

12.1.4.1 Sample check on winding conductor for mechanical properties and electrical conductivity. 12.1.4.2 12.1.4.3 Visual and dimensional checks on conductor for scratches, dent marks etc. Sample check on insulating paper for pH value, bursting strength and electric strength.
Page 225 of

155791486.doc

442

12.1.4.4

Check for the reaction of hot oil on insulating paper.

12.1.4.5 Check for the bonding of the insulating paper with conductor. 12.1.4.6 12.1.4.7 12.1.4.8 12.1.4.9 Check and ensure that physical condition of all materials taken for windings is satisfactory and free of dust. Check for absence of short circuit between parallel strands. Check for brazed joints wherever applicable. Measurement of voltage ratio to be carried out when core/yoke is completely restacked and all connections are ready. Conductor enamel test for checking of cracks, leakage and pin holes. Conductor flexibility test Heat shrink test for enamelled wire. Certification of all test results. Checks Before Drying Process

12.1.4.10 12.1.4.11 12.1.4.12 12.1.4.13 12.1.5

12.1.5.1 Check condition of insulation on the conductor and between the windings. 12.1.5.2 Check insulation distance between high voltage connections, cables and earth and other live parts. Check insulating distances between low voltage connections and earth and other parts. Insulation of core shall be tested at 2 kV/minute between core to bolts and core to clamp plates. Check for proper cleanliness and absence of dust etc. Certification of all test results.

12.1.5.3 12.1.5.4 12.1.5.5 12.1.5.6

155791486.doc

Page 226 of

442

12.1.6 12.1.6.1 12.1.6.2 12.1.6.3 12.1.7 12.1.7.1 12.1.7.2 12.1.7.3 12.1.7.4 test. 12.1.8 12.1.8.1 12.1.8.2

Checks During Drying Process Measurement and recording of temperature, vacuum and drying time during vacuum treatment. Check for completeness of drying by periodic monitoring of IR and Tan delta. Certification of all test results. Assembled Transformer Check completed transformer against approved outline drawings, provision for all fittings, finish level etc. Test to check effective shielding of the tank. Jacking test with oil on all the assembled transformers. Dye penetration test shall be carried out after the jacking Bought Out Items The makes of all major bought out items shall be subject to Employer's approval. The Contractor shall also prepare a comprehensive inspection and testing programme for all bought out/subcontracted items and shall submit the same to the Employer for approval. Such programme shall include the following components: a) Buchholz Relay. b) Axles and wheels. c) Winding temperature indicators for local and remote mounting. d) Oil temperature indicators. e) Bushings. f) Bushing current transformers. g) Cooler control cabinet. h) Cooling equipment. i) Oil pumps. j) Fans/Air Blowers k) Tap change gear. l) Terminal connectors.

155791486.doc

Page 227 of

442

The above list is not exhaustive and the Contractor shall also include other bought out items in his programme. 12.2 12.2.1 Factory Tests Routine Tests

All standard routine tests in accordance with IS:2026 with dielectric tests corresponding to Method 2 shall be carried out on each transformer. Operation and dielectric testing of OLTC shall also be carried out as per IS:2026 . Following additional routine tests shall also be carried out on each transformer: 12.2.1.1 Magnetic Circuit Test After assembly each core shall be tested for 1 minute at 2000 Volts between all bolts, side plates and structural steel work. 12.2.1.2 below. 12.2.1.3 12.2.1.4 12.2.1.5 12.2.1.6 12.2.2 Oil leakage test on transformer tank as per Clause 5.2.7.1 Magnetic balance test Measurement of no-load current with 415V, 50 Hz ac supply on LV side. Frequency response analysis (FRA) High voltage withstand test shall be performed on auxiliary equipment and wiring after complete assembly. Type Tests Following type tests shall be conducted on one Transformer of each rating: Temp. Rise Test as per IS:2026 (Part-II) Gas chromatographic analysis on oil shall also be conducted before and after this test and the values shall be recorded in the test report. The sampling shall be in accordance with IEC 567. For the evaluation of the gas analysis in temperature rise test the procedure shall be as per IS:9434 (based on IEC:567) and results will be interpreted as per IS:10593 (based on IEC -599). The temperature rise test shall be conducted at a tap for the worst combination of loading on the three windings of the transformer. The Contractor before carrying out such

12.2.2.1

155791486.doc

Page 228 of

442

test shall submit detailed calculations showing alternatives possible, on various taps and for the three types of ratings of the transformer and shall recommend the combination that results in highest temperature rise for the test. 12.2.2.2 12.2.2.3 12.2.2.4 12.2.2.5 12.2.2.6 Tank vacuum Test as per Cl.no.5.2.7.2(i) below. Tank pressure Test as per Cl.no.5.2.7.2(ii) below. Deleted. Measurement of capacitance and tan delta to determine capacitance between winding and earth. Lightning Impulse withstand test in all phases as per IS: 2026

12.2.3 Additional type tests Following additional type tests other than type and routine tests shall also be carried out on one unit of each type : 12.2.3.1 12.2.3.2 12.2.3.3 12.2.3.4 12.2.3.5 12.2.3.6 12.2.4 12.2.5 Measurement of zero Seq. reactance (As per IS:2026, for 3phase transformer only.) Measurement of acoustic noise level. Measurement of power taken by fans and oil pumps. Measurement of harmonic level in no load current. Deleted. Measurement of transferred surge on LV (tertiary) winding due to HV lightning impulse and IV lightning impulse. Deleted Routine tests on bushings

The following tests shall be conducted on bushings 12.2.5.1 12.2.5.2 Test for leakage on internal fillings. Measurement of creepage distance, dielectric dissipation factor and capacitance.

155791486.doc

Page 229 of

442

12.2.5.3 12.2.5.4 12.2.6

Dry power frequency test on terminal and tapping. Partial discharge test followed by dielectric dissipation factor and capacitance measurement.

Type Tests on fittings: All the following fittings shall conform to type tests and the type test reports shall be furnished by the contractor along with the drawings of equipment/ fittings as per the clause no. 9.2 of the Section GTR. The list of fittings and the type test requirement is: 1. Bushing (Type Test as per IS: 2099/ IEC: 137) 2. Buchholz relay (Type Test as per IS: 3637 and IP-55 Test on terminal box) 3. OLTC (Temperature Rise of contact, Short circuit current test, Mechanical test and Dielectric Test as per IEC:214 and IP-55 test on driving mechanism box) 4. Cooler Control cabinet (IP-55 test) 5. Pressure Relief device Test The pressure Relief Device of each size shall be subjected to increase in oil pressure. It shall operate before reaching the test pressure specified in transformer tank pressure test at Cl. No. 5.2.7.2 (ii) below. The operating pressure shall be recorded. The device shall seal off after excess pressure has been released. The terminal box / boxes of PRD should conform to degree of protection as per IP-55 of IS: 13947. 6. Magnetic Oil Level gauge & Terminal Box for IP-55 degree of protection. 7. Air Cell (Flexible air separator) Oil side coating, Air side under Coating, Air side outer coating and coated fabric as per IS: 3400/ BS: 903/ IS: 7016. 8. OTI & WTI Switch setting & operation, Switch differential, Switch rating. 9. Oil pump Vacuum Test at 250 torr maximum, oil pressure test at 1 kg/cm2 for 24 hrs., Temperature rise test by resistance method, IP-55 degree of protection for terminal box. 10. Cooling fan and motor assembly Free air delivery, Temperature rise, sound level, running at reduced voltage, IP55 degree of protection for terminal box. Tank Tests Routine Tests Oil Leakage Test

12.2.7 12.2.7.1

155791486.doc

Page 230 of

442

All tanks and oil filled compartments shall be tested for oil tightness by being completely filled with air or oil of a viscosity not greater than that of insulating oil conforming to IS:335 at the ambient temperature and applying a pressure equal to the normal pressure plus 35 KN/Sq.m (5 psi) measured at the base of the tank. The pressure shall be maintained for a period of not less than 12 hours for oil and one hour for air during which time no leak shall occur. 12.2.7.2 (i) Type Tests Vacuum Test One transformer tank of each size shall be subjected to the specified vacuum. The tank designed for full vacuum shall be tested at an internal pressure of 3.33 KN/Sq.m absolute (25 torr) for one hour. The permanent deflection of flat plate after the vacuum has been released shall not exceed the values specified below: ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Horizontal Length Permanent deflection of flat plate (in mm) (in mm) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Upto and including 750 5.0 751 to 1250 6.5 1251 to 1750 8.0 1751 to 2000 9.5 2001 to 2250 11.0 2251 to 2500 12.5 2501 to 3000 16.0 Above 3000 19.0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(ii) Pressure Test One transformer tank of each size, its radiator, conservator vessel and other fittings together or separately shall be subjected to a pressure corresponding to twice the normal head of oil or to the normal pressure plus 35 KN/m2 whichever is lower measured at the base of the tank and maintained for one hour. the permanent deflection of flat plates after the excess pressure has been released shall not exceed the figure specified above for vacuum test. 12.2.8 12.2.8.1 Pre-Shipment Checks at Manufacturer's Works Check for interchangeability of components of similar transformers for mounting dimensions.

155791486.doc

Page 231 of

442

12.2.8.2

Check for proper packing and preservation of accessories like radiators, bushings, dehydrating breather, rollers, buchholz relay, fans, control cubicle, connecting pipes, conservator etc. Check for proper provision for bracing to arrest the movement of core and winding assembly inside the tank. Gas tightness test to confirm tightness. Derivation of leakage rate and ensure the adequate reserve gas capacity. Inspection and Testing at Site The Contractor shall carry out a detailed inspection and testing programme for field activities covering areas right from the receipt of material stage upto commissioning stage. An indicative programme of inspection as envisaged by the Employer is given below and in the document No. OS/T&C/Bay/95 (Pre commissioning Procedures and Formats for substation bay equipment), which will be available in the respective sites and shall be referred by the contractor. However, it is contractor's responsibility to draw up and carry out such a programme duly approved by the Employer. Testing of oil sample at site shall be carried out as per Cl.3.4 above. Receipt and Storage Checks Check and record condition of each package, visible parts of the transformer etc. for any damage. Check and record the gas pressure in the transformer tank as well as in the gas cylinder. Visual check for wedging of core and coils before filling up with oil and also check conditions of core and winding in general.

12.2.8.3 12.2.8.4 12.2.8.5 12.3

12.3.1 12.3.1.1 12.3.1.2 12.3.1.3

12.3.1.4

Check and record reading of impact recorder at receipt and verify the allowable limits as per manufacturer's recommendations. Installation Checks

12.3.2

155791486.doc

Page 232 of

442

12.3.2.1 12.3.2.2 12.3.2.3 etc. 12.3.2.4 12.3.2.5

Inspection and performance testing of accessories like tap changers, cooling fans, oil pumps etc. (i) Check the direction of rotation of fans and pumps. (ii) Check the bearing lubrication. Check whole assembly for tightness, general appearance Oil leakage test Capacitance and tan delta measurement of bushing before fixing/connecting to the winding, contractor shall furnish these values for site reference. Leakage test on bushing before erection. Measure and record the dew point of nitrogen in the main tank before assembly. Commissioning Checks Check the colour of silicagel in silicagel breather. Check the oil level in the breather housing, conservator tanks, cooling system, condenser bushing etc. Check the bushing for conformity of connection to the lines Check for correct operation of all protection devices and (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) Buchholz relay. Excessive winding temperature. Excessive oil temperature. Low oil flow. Low oil level indication. Fan and pump failure protection.

12.3.2.6 12.3.2.7 12.3.3 12.3.3.1 12.3.3.2 12.3.3.3 etc, 12.3.3.4 alarms :

12.3.3.5 12.3.3.6 changer.

Check for the adequate protection on the electric circuit supplying the accessories. Check resistance of all windings on all steps of the tap Insulation resistance measurement for the following: (i) Control wiring.

155791486.doc

Page 233 of

442

(ii) Cooling system motor and control. (iii) Main windings. (iv) Tap changer motor and control. 12.3.3.7 Check surroundings. 12.3.3.8 12.3.3.9 for cleanliness of the transformer and the

Continuously observe the transformer operation at no load for 24 hours. Gradually put the transformer on load, check and measure increase in temperature in relation to the load and check the operation with respect to temperature rise and noise level etc. Phase out and vector group test. Ratio test on all taps. Magnetising current test. Capacitance and Tan delta measurement of winding and DGA of oil just before commissioning and after 24 hours energisation at site. Frequency response analysis (FRA). Contractor shall prepare a comprehensive commissioning report including all commissioning test results and forward to Employer for future record. 4 Technical Parameters 5

12.3.3.10 12.3.3.11 12.3.3.12 12.3.3.13 bushing. 12.3.3.14 12.3.3.15 12.3.3.16

13.00

Power transformer 31.5MVA (66/11KV class) rating shall be provided with Nitrogen Injection drain and stir method type fire prevention and extinguish system along with all associated fittings and control equipment. The bidder shall furnish full details of the fire extinguishing system offered. In case if the system is not being manufactured by the bidder full details of

155791486.doc

Page 234 of

442

the manufacture experience and performance of the system shall be furnished with the offer. 14.00 MINIMUM EXPERIENCE FOR QUALIFYING AS A BIDDER: i. Bidders shall have a minimum experience of five years in the design, manufacture, testing and commissioning of power transformer similar of the type specified in the present enquiry. At least 50% of the quantity of similar type of transformer called for in the present enquiry shall be successful operation for a minimum period of two years. The Bidder shall furnish the performance certificate for satisfactory operation of similar equipment for a minimum period of two years . The Bidder shall furnish the type test certificate conducted on a similar equipment not later than five years from the date of bid opening. ii) The purchaser however reserves the right to waive the minimum experience condition stipulated in clause 13.04.00 (i) in case of firm having collaboration with well experience firms. The experience of the collaborating firms in the manufacture of similar type power transformer shall be not less than ten years. The waiving of minimum experience condition will be considered by the purchaser only on furnishing the performance guarantee for the power transformer manufactured by the collaborating firms. 15.00
155791486.doc

PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE
Page 235 of

442

The equipments offered shall be guaranteed for satisfactory performance for a period of 60 months from the date of satisfactory commissioning of equipment. The equipment found defective/failed with in the above guarantee period shall be replaced or repaired by the supplier free of cost with in one month from receipt of intimation. If the defective/failed equipments are not replaced/repaired as per the above guarantee clause, the Corporation shall recover an equivalent amount plus 15% supervision charges from any of the suppliers bills. 16.00 REJECTION Apart from rejection due to failure of the transformer to meet the specified test requirements or in service during the guaranteed period, the transformer shall be liable for rejection on any of the following reasons. a) b) c) d) e) No load loss exceeds the guaranteed value by 10% or more. Load loss exceeds the guaranteed value by 10% or more. Impedance value exceed the guaranteed value by 10% or more. Oil temperature exceeds the specified value by 5 C. Transformer is proved to have been manufactured not in accordance with the agreed specifications.

155791486.doc

Page 236 of

442

If the transformer is rejected after it is serviced for any of the above reasons the transformer shall be retained till the same is replaced by the supplier and commissioned successfully. 17.00.00 17.01.00 DOCUMENTATION: The following tender drawings shall be submitted in triplicate for each type of transformer. a) A general outline and shipping dimension, net and shipping weights, height of crane hooks for lifting core and busing etc. b) c) Sectional views of bushings, heat exchangers, etc. Schematic electric control circuit diagram for OLTC control, cooler control etc. 17.02.00 The supplier shall within four weeks of placement of order submit four sets of drawings, which will describe the equipment in details for purchasers approval. The purchaser shall communicate his comments/approval on the drawings within reasonable period. The following drawings for each item are to be supplied as part of the contract. a) b) Outline dimensional drawings of transformers and accessories. Assembly drawings and weight of main component parts.

155791486.doc

Page 237 of

442

c) d)

Shipping drawings showing dimensions and weights of each package. Foundation: The weight of the individual parts which require separate foundations and the position of separate bolts and nuts required shall be advised by the supplier. Foundation design and drawings giving full particulars shall be supplied to the purchaser in time to enable the foundation to the erected by the time the transformers arrive at site. The position of ducts, trenches, oil piping etc., shall clearly be indicated on the same. The safe bearing pressure of the soil may be assumed as 0.5 tonne per sq.ft.

e) f) g)

Tap changing and name plate diagrams. Schematic control and wiring diagram for all auxiliary equipments. Schematic diagram showing the flow of oil in the cooling system as well as each limb and winding. Longitudinal and cross sectional views showing the ducts sizes, cooling pipes, etc., for the transformer heat exchanger drawing to scale shall be furnished.

h) i) j) k) l)

Bushing drawing with sectional views and specification. Test reports. Diagram and rating plates. Electrical connections of windings, number of taps, tapping switchgear terminal vector group polarity etc. Control circuits and wiring diagrams, schematic circuit diagrams for cooler control, paralleling interlock, wiring diagrams of control cabinets, signaling and indicating devices, block diagram showing inter connecting control

155791486.doc

Page 238 of

442

cable schedule to enable the purchaser to prepare the schedule of control cables etc. m) Assembly of core and coils: Details of winding connection, insulation spacers, barriers clearances, core bolt insulation, etc., which will help the purchaser to replace a set of winding in any future eventuality. The component parts shall be suitably numbered and parts shipped shall have similarly numbered tags. n) o) Drilling details and internal wiring of devices supplied lose for mounting on the purchasers control board. Assembly of OLTC gear mechanism: Full details of the mechanism parts, limits and fits contours wearing parts, timing gear adjustments. p) Detailed assembly drawing to enable the purchaser to do the core and coil assembly. Parts shall be identified by separate numbers. q) r) Dimensional drawings showing cooling passage on transformers and windings. The supplier shall, if necessary, modify the drawings and resubmit four copies of the modified drawings for purchasers approval within two weeks from the date of comments. 17.03.00 After the approval of drawings the Bidder should supply the drawings and manuals as detailed below: i. 12 sets of blue print copies and one set of reproducible originals of all the approved drawings and 12 sets instructions,

155791486.doc

Page 239 of

442

erection, commissioning and maintenance manuals to the officer designated in purchase order . ii. Three sets blue print copies of all approved drawings and three sets instruction, erection, commissioning and maintenance manual to the consignee in respect of each transformer. iii. Marked erection drawings shall identify the component parts of the equipment as shipped to enable purchaser to carryout erection with his own personnel. as well as acceptance reports Each manual shall also of the corresponding contain one set of all the approved drawings, type test reports consignment dispatched. 17.04.00 The manufacturing of the equipment shall be strictly in accordance with approved drawings and no deviation shall be permitted without the written approval of the purchaser. All manufacturing and fabrication work in connection with equipment prior to the approval of the drawing shall be at the suppliers risk. 17.05.00 The firm should supply the contract drawings and manuals detailed in clause 14.02.00 well before the supply of Further the firm should give a specific transformer.

confirmation to this effect. 17.06.00 i. TEST REPORTS Four copies of type test reports shall be furnished to purchaser within three weeks of conducting the tests. One
155791486.doc
Page 240 of

442

copy will be returned duly certified by purchaser to the supplier within two weeks thereafter and on receipt of the same Bidder shall commence with the commercial production of the concerned material. ii. Four copies of acceptance test reports shall be furnished to the purchaser. One copy will be returned duly certified by the purchaser and only there after shall the materials be dispatched. iii. iv. All records of routine test reports shall be maintained by the supplier at his works for periodic inspection by the purchaser. All test reports for tests conducted during manufacturer shall be maintained by the supplier. These shall be produced for verification as and when requested for by the purchaser 18.00.00 18.01.00 PACKING AND TRANSPORTATION The equipment shall be packed in crates suitable for vertical/horizontal transport as the case may be and suitable to withstand handling during transport and outdoor storage during transit. The supplier shall be responsible for any damage to the equipment during transit, due to improper and inadequate packing. The easily damageable material shall be carefully packed and marked with the appropriate caution symbol. Wherever necessary, proper arrangement for lifting, such as lifting hook etc. shall be provided . Any material found short inside the packing cases shall be supplied by supplier without any extra cost.

155791486.doc

Page 241 of

442

18.02.00

The transformer shall be transported, thoroughly dried under vacuum and sealed under positive pressure with inert gat (Nitrogen). Nitrogen gas pressure gauge shall be provided.

18.03.00

All brass fitting should be dismantled after test at the factory and should be transported separately to avoid loss during transit. The opening should be suitably plugged except inert gas inlet and outlet which should be fitted with iron fittings.

18.04.00

All parts shall be adequately marked to facilitate field erection. Boxes and crates shall be marked with the contract number and shall have detailed packing list containing the following information. a) b) c) d) e) f) g) Name of the consignee. Details of consignment Destination Total weight of consignment. Sign showing upper/Lower side of the crate. Handling and unpacking instructions. Bill of material indicating contents of each packing.

18.05.00

The supplier shall ensure that the packing and bill of materials are approved by the purchaser before dispatch.

18.06.00

The Bidder shall supply the factory assembled transformer and the accessories will be assembled at site. However, if the Bidder choose to supply the transformer in knocked down

155791486.doc

Page 242 of

442

condition, Bidder should make his own arrangement for assembly and delivery of transformer at site. 18.07.00 LIMITING DIMENSION The manufacturer has to note the limitations of transporting, package dimensions and weights for transportation over the railways/public transport as notified in the tender and should take the responsibility of transporting the units to site. 19.00.00 19.01.00 TRAINING: The successful Bidder shall be required to provide facilities for in plant training, at no extra cost to the purchaser, to at least 4 engineers to be nominated by the purchaser for a period of three weeks (i.e., 12 man weeks) at his works, where the equipments offered shall be manufactured. The scope of the training shall cover assembly, factory testing, site testing, periodical maintenance operation and possible trouble shooting of the transformers & Nitrogen Fire Prevention / Extinguishing System. 20.00.00 i. TESTING AND COMMISSIONING: COMMISSIONING The Bidder shall note that their commissioning Engineers have to be deputed at no extra cost for testing and commissioning of transformer, in case orders are finalized on them.
155791486.doc
Page 243 of

442

21.00.00 21.01.00 i. ii.

GENERAL The Bidder shall furnish all information as called for in Annexures. The scope of supply shall include supply of 2.5% extra quantity of bolts , nuts, washers, split pins, cotter pins and such other small loose items free of cost.

iii.

The transformer is required to be delivered at our 220KV receiving station.

21.02.00

The chargers, if any, for delivery at site inclusive of transit risk insurance, loading and unloading charges, etc., are to be clearly indicated. Please note that there should be definite commitment by you for delivery of the transformer at site. Any statement like the probable estimated transportation charges etc., will be considered as non-responsive and such offers will be overlooked without any further correspondence.

22.03.00 22.03.01

NITROGEN INJECTION FIRE PROTECTION. The transformers shall be supplied along with the Nitrogen injection fire protection system. However, the price towards the same shall be quoted separately.

22.03.02

Nitrogen injection fire prevention and extinguishing system should be provided for transformers ( using Drain and stir method). This system should prevent tank explosion and fire in case of internal failure and also protect the transformers

155791486.doc

Page 244 of

442

from external fire.

Dedicated system shall be provided for

individual transformer. It should be fully automatic and shall require minimum maintenance and practically no running cost. NOTE: Nitrogen injection fire protection system shall be supplied as per the specification of this system, furnished in the Bid documents. Under item 6 of Volume II, Technical Specification, Section-5.7- Fire fighting 23.00.00 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR NITROGEN

INJECTION FIRE PROTECTION AND EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM FOR TRANSFORMERS 23.01.00 The Power Transformers shall be supplied with Nitrogen injection fire protection system. 23.02.00 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Nitrogen injection fire protection system designed for oil filled transformers, shall prevent tank explosion and the fire during internal faults resulting in an arc where tank explosion will normally take 3-4 seconds after arc generation and also extinguish the external oil fires on transformer top cover due to tank explosion and / or external failures like bushing fires, OLTC fires and fire from surrounding equipments. It should be fully automatic and shall require minimum maintenance and practically no running cost. The system shall work on the principle of DRAIN AND STIR and on activation, shall drain a pre-determined quantity of oil

155791486.doc

Page 245 of

442

from the tank tope through outlet valve to reduce the tank pressure and inject nitrogen gas at high pressure from the lower side of the tank through inlet valves to create stirring action and reduce the temperature of top oil surface below flash point to extinguish the fire. Conservator tank oil shall be isolated during tank explosion and oil fire to prevent aggravation of fire .
System Operation

Transformer isolation shall be an essential pre-condition for activating the system. The system shall consist of following equipments: 1. 2. 3. Fire extinguishing cubicle placed on a plinth at about 5-10 meters away from the transformer. Control box placed in the control room. Pre-stressed not return valve in the conservator pipe / high speed pneumatically operated ball valves. Backup valve of same type may be provided to the main valve, if necessary. 4. 5. Required number of fire detectors on the tank top cover . Signal box fitted on the tank top or tank side wall Terminating signals from PRV, fire detectors differential relay, buchholtz relay, PNRV/Pneumatic valve and for cable connection to control box. 6. 23.03.00 On line testing facility of the system. OPERATIONAL CONTROLS

155791486.doc

Page 246 of

442

The system shall be provided with automatic controls for fire prevention and fire extinction and besides remote electrical push button control on control box and local manual control in the fire-extinguishing cubicle shall be provided. 23.04.00 a) SYSTEM ACTIVATING SIGNALS To avoid transformer explosion two fast trip signals given by circuit breaker of transformer and Buchholtz relay paralleled with pressure relief valve/ pressure and temperature sensors to initiate : i. Explosion prevention by opening quick depressurization valve to release the internal pressure and to prevent the transformer explosion. ii. Oil cooling by injecting a large flow of nitrogen at the transformer base to limit the damages of overheated parts affected by short circuit and to evacuate the very explosive hydrogen gas by dielectric oil. b) i. The fire protection back up system should be initiated by two signals from one of the high temperature sensors, located on the transformer cover and by the operation of Buchholtz relay paralleled with pressure relief device/ pressure and temperature sensors. The drain valve should open out within 3 second. The nitrogen injection shall cause stirring of transformer oil and should immediately drop its surface temperature
155791486.doc
Page 247 of

442

below flash point to extinguish fire with a minimum possible time. Nitrogen injection should continue for sufficient time, which will further cool the transformer and prevent any re-combustion. ii. Fire protection back up system shall be provided to function in case if all transformer electrical protections leading to breaker trip or if all pressure sensors have failed during the incident, by the conventional nitrogen fire extinguishing method. In case of fire, even if the circuit breaker has not tripped, the system shall inject nitrogen into the transformer tank even when the transformer is live but after giving warning signal to the operating personnel to manually isolate the circuit breaker. c) The system shall be of automatic operation and in addition, remote push button control through control box and manual local control in fire extinguishing cubicle are to be provided.

d)

During the initiation/activation of sensing devices mentioned in 19.04.00 (a) & 19.04.00 (b) above, for prevention of tank explosion or for fire protection, the oil from the conservator tank should be isolated, by action of PNRV/POBV.

23.05.00

TECHNICAL PARTICULARS

155791486.doc

Page 248 of

442

a) b) c) d) e) 23.06.00

Power supply, for control box/ Fire Extinguishing Cubicle (lightning) Fire extinguishing cubicle Dimensions/Weights/Capacity Control box Dimensions/ Weights Nitrogen cylinder capacity

220V. D.C / 230V A.C :Suitable for 31.5 MVA Transformer :Suitable for 31.5 MVA Transformer :Suitable for 31.5 MVA Transformer : 141C

Fire detectors heat sensing temperature

DETAILS OF SUPPLYF OF SYSTEM EQUIPMENTS AND OTHER RELATED ACTIVITIES

A.

SYSTEM EQUIPMENT

1.

Fire extinguishing cubicle with base frame shall include, but not limited to the following: Nitrogen gas cylinder of sufficient capacity with pressure regulator and manometer with sufficient number of adjustable NO contacts. Oil drain assembly. Mechanical release device for oil drain and nitrogen release. Limit switches for monitoring of the system Panel lightning Nitrogen injection nozzles. Flanges on top of the panel for connecting oil drain and nitrogen injection pipes for transformer.

155791486.doc

Page 249 of

442

2.

Oil drain pipe extension of suitable size for connecting pipes to oil pit. Limit switch for pressure switch/sensor.

Control box to be installed in the Control room of the station for monitoring system operation, automatic control and remote operation, with alarms, indicating light, switches, push buttons, audio signal, suitable for tripping and signaling on 220V DC supply.

3.

Pre-stressed

non-return

valve

(PNRV)/

high

speed

pneumatically operated ball valve (POBV) with sufficient number NC contacts for remote alarm indication and with visual position indicator. 4. Required number of fire detectors rated for heat sensing at 141 degree centigrade or suitable temperature recommended by the manufacturer and each fitted with two numbers PG 13.5 size cable glands. 5. Signal box for terminating cable connections from PRV/Pressure sensor, PNRV/POBV, fire detectors and circuit breaker trip signal.

B.

ARRANGEMENTS REQUIRED ON TRANSFORMER TANK

1. 2.

Oil drain opening with pipe, flange and manual gate valve at about 120mm below the top cover. Nitrogen injection openings with suitable size of pipe with flange and manual gate valve on tank sides at about 50200mm from the bottom plate.

155791486.doc

Page 250 of

442

3. 4. 5. 6.

Flanges on the conservator pipe between Buchholz relay and conservator tank for fixing PNRV/POBV. Provision for pressure and temperature sensors if required. Supply and welding of the fire detector brackets on top cover. Supply and welding of the brackets for fixing signal box at a suitable location on top cover or tank side wall. Guidelines be given for transformer manufacturer to make arrangements on new transformer during tank fabrication.

C.

PIPE

CONNECTION

BETWEEN

TRANSFORMER

FIRE

EXTINGUISHING CUBICLE AND OIL PIT 1. 2. 3. Oil drainpipe connection between outlet valve provided on the transformer tank and the flange provided on F.E cubicle top. Oil drain pipe connection between oil drainpipe bottom (in F.E. cubicle) to the oil pit. Nitrogen injection pipe connection between inlet openings on transformer tank and flange provided on F.E cubicle top. D. The scheme of operation of prevention of tank explosion and fire protection, along with a flow chart, along with time of operation of various devices shall be furnished. E. CABLING 1. Connecting fire detectors, PNRV/POBV, Buchholz relay and other signals on transformer top cover and terminal in signal box, using fire retardant cable of size 4 core, 2.5 mm square. 2. Connecting signal box mounted on transformer and control box placed in the control room as well as control box and F.E. cubicle using FRLS cable of size 12 core, 1.5 mm square.
155791486.doc
Page 251 of

442

F.

INSTALLATION AND PRE-COMMISSIONG TEST: Pre-commissioning test shall be carried jointly with if the purchasers representative prior to handing over the system. Not with standing above technical specifications any additions be incorporated for correct operation of nitrogen injection fire protection system without extra cost.

24.00

DEVIATION FROM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION The Bidder shall furnish the details of deviation modification proposed by him to improve overall performance of the system. The deviation if any shall be brought in the tender clause by clause.

25.00

TESTS Type test certificates not later than 5 years as per relevant standards for Nitrogen injection fire protection system as a whole unit shall be furnished.

26.00

PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE The equipments offered shall be guaranteed for satisfactory performance for a period of 60 months from the date of satisfactory commissioning of equipment. The equipment found defective/failed with in the above guarantee period shall be replaced or repaired by the supplier free of cost with in one month from receipt of intimation. If the defective/failed

155791486.doc

Page 252 of

442

equipments are not replaced/repaired as per the above guarantee clause, the KPTCL shall recover an equivalent amount plus 15% supervision charges from any of the suppliers bills. 27.00 MINIMUM EXPERIENCE FOR QUALIFYING AS BIDDER The Bidder shall have a minimum experience of five years in the design, manufacture, testing and commissioning of Nitrogen injection fire protections system in the present enquiry. At least 50% of the quantity called for in the present enquiry shall be in successful operation for a minimum period of two years. The Bidder shall also furnish the details of similar Nitrogen injection Fire protection system supplied by them so far, giving order reference name and address of the customer etc., also indicating the period of commissioning. The Bidder shall also furnish performance certificates for a period of minimum two years of similar Nitrogen injection fire protection system in proof of the satisfactory operation of the equipment. The purchaser however reserves the right to waive the minimum experience condition stipulated. i. In case of firms having collaboration with well experienced firms the experience of the collaborating firm in the manufacture of similar equipment shall be not less than ten years. The waiving of minimum experience condition will be considered
155791486.doc

by

the

purchaser

only

for

furnishing
Page 253 of

the
442

performance guarantee for the nitrogen injection fire protection system by the collaborating firm. ii. In case of new entrant who had supplied to KPTCL one system free of cost for watching performance for a period of one year and for having worked satisfactorily. iii. iv. Furnish type test certificates for the operation of the entire system as a whole instead of individual components. Furnish Guarantee for performance for a period of 5 years.

***

155791486.doc

Page 254 of

442

ANNEXURE - A

PRINCIPAL TECHNICAL PARAMETERS

Annexure -B Sl N o 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ITEM 2 Type of power transformer / installation Type of mounting Suitable for rated system frequency Rated voltage / Voltage ratio HV/IV/LV No. of phases No. of windings Type of cooling Maximum rating-(MVA) 220 KV winding - HV 110/66KV winding - IV 11KV tertiary winding - LV MVA rating corresponding to cooling system 1.ONAN cooling 2.ONAF cooling 3.OFAF cooling Specification /Technical Parameters 72.5KV Transformer 3 3 Phase core type 2 winding transformer suitable for outdoor installation on wheel mounted rail. 50 Hz 72.5KV Class 66/11KV Three Two Winding ONAN/ONAF 66KV Wdg. 11KV Wdg. 31.5 31.5

19 MVA 31.5MVA -

155791486.doc

Page 255 of

442

Sl No 1 10 11 12 13 Winding connection

ITEM 2 Connection symbol System earthing Percentage impedance voltage on normal tap and at rated MVA with tolerance as per IS:2026 1.HV-IV 2.HV-LV 3.IV-LV Anticipated continuous loading of windings 1.HV and IV 2.Tertiary

Specification /Technical Parameters 72.5KV Transformer 3 HV Delta IV Star Dyn11 Effectively solidly earthed

12.5% Not to exceed 110% of rated capacity NA

14

155791486.doc

Page 256 of

442

Sl No 1 15

ITEM 2 Tap changing gear: a) Type b) Provided on c) Tap range d) Step voltage e) No. of steps

Specification /Technical Parameters 72.5KV Transformer 4 On load, suitable for bi-directional flow Mid winding / line end of HV winding +5% to 15% 1.25% of 66KV 16 1. 2. 3. 115% of rated voltage continuously. 125% of rated voltage for 60Secs. 140% of rated voltage for 5 secs. 20%

16

Over voltage operating capability & duration

17

Minimum air core reactance of HV windings Maximum flux density in any part of the core and yoke at rated MVA, frequency and normal voltage (tesla) Current density of HV/IV/LV winding in Amps

18

1.60

19

Not exceeding 3 Amps per sq. mm

155791486.doc

Page 257 of

442

20

Insulation levels for windings & OLTC a.1.2/50 micro-sec wave shape impulse withstand (KVP) b. power frequency voltage withstand (KV rms) Type of winding insulation: 1.HV WINDING 2.IV WINDING 3.LV WINDING System short circuit level & duration for which the transformer shall be capable to withstand thermal and dynamic stress (KA rms / sec) Noise level at rated voltage and frequency Permissible temperature rise over ambient temperature of 50 deg. C i) Of top oil measured by thermometer ii) Of winding measure by resistance method Minimum clearance in air(mm) a) HV i. phase to phase ii. phase to ground b) IV ii. phase to phase ii. phase to ground c) LV i. phase to phase ii. phase to ground

HV 325 140

IV 75 28

21

Un Graded Graded 40 KA for 3 seconds

22

23

Less than 83 db - as per Table 01 of latest NEMA std. TR-1-

24

50 deg C 55 deg C 700 660 -

25

280 140

155791486.doc

Page 258 of

442

26

Terminals: a) HV winding line end b) IV winding line end c) HV/IV winding grounding) d) LV winding neutral end(for solid

72.5KV class GTP condenser bushing 36 KV porcelain bushing 36 KV porcelain bushing OIL

27

Insulating medium

155791486.doc

Page 259 of

442

28

29 30

Bushing current rating (Amps) a)HV b)IV c)LV d)HV/IV winding neutral Max. radio interference voltage level at 1 MHz and 1.1 times max. rms phase to ground voltage for HV winding Cooling equipments: No. of banks No. of pumps

800 2000 2000 5000 micro volts

Tank mounted radiator NA Adequate number of fans of 18/24 sweep with one standby fan in each group HV IV 325 -140 75 28

31

No. of fans Insulation level of bushings: a) Lightning impulse withstand (KVP) b)Switching impulse withstand(KVP) c) 1 minute power frequency. withstand voltage (KV rms) d) Creep age distance(mm)

32

a] Bushing current transformers for purchasers use(for over current protection) for tertiary provided in each phase i .current ratio ii. accuracy class iii. VA Burden NA NOTE: I. HV: High Voltage. IV : Intermediate voltage IN : Low voltage

155791486.doc

Page 260 of

442

2.

Regulation of Transformers : Each tap shall be designed for the full rated MVA without exceeding the temperature and shall withstand continuously 15% voltage above the rated voltage of the tap.

3.

Insulation: The HV & MV winding of the transformer shall graded insulation.

have

4.

Frequency :- the transformer shall

be Suitable for continuous

operation with a frequency variation of 5% from normal of 50Hz without exceeding the specified temperature rise. 5. Impedance : Supplier shall indicate the guaranteed impedance and. tolerance and Also the upper and lower limit of impedance which can be offered without any increase in the quoted price. Impedance shall include positive and zero sequence and shall be expressed in terms of the branches of the star connected equivalent diagram, all on the same MVA basis and the range shall be given for each branch of the equivalent circuit in turn. 28.00 a) TEST REPORTS Six (6) sets of certified test reports and oscillograms shall be submitted for approval prior to dispatch of the equipment. The equipment shall be dispatched only when all the required type and routine tests have been carried out and test reports have been approved by the purchaser. Each report shall supply the following information:

155791486.doc

Page 261 of

442

i. ii. iii.

Compete identification data including serial number of transformer. Method of application, where applied, duration and interpretation of results for each test. Temperature data corrected to 75 C including ambient temperature.

b)

Four (4) copies of the test reports for the tests carried out on the auxiliary apparatus shall be furnished to the purchaser for approval prior to dispatch.

c)

All auxiliary equipment shall be tested as per the relevant standard. Test certification shall be submitted for bought out items.

155791486.doc

Page 262 of

442

ANNEXURE-I

GURATANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS FOR POWER TRANSFORMER Sl

Description No. 1 Name of the Manufacturer and 2 3 4 country of origin Reference standard Service [Indoor/outdoor] Continuous under : HV conditions specified in IS-2026 : IV Part-I, 1977 Clause No.3 : LV Ratings : a. 1. With ONAN cooling - MVA 2. With ONAF cooling - MVA 3. With OFAF cooling - MVA b. Rated no load voltage HV - kV IV - kV LV - kV a. Rated Frequency : (Hz) b. Number of phases Current at rated voltage and on :HV principal tap-Amp 8 9 Maximum hot spot temperature rise calculated by formula 0C Flux density at rated voltage and : IV :LV rating

6 7

rated frequency in tesla 10 Temperature rise of top oil, oC by the thermometer.

155791486.doc

Page 263 of

442

11 Temperature

rise

of

winding

measured by resistance. i. With ONAN cooling oC ii. With ONAF cooling oC iii. With OFAF cooling oC iv. Period of operation calculated winding hot

of spot

transformer at full load without temperature exceeding 140oC and when 50% coolers fail 100% coolers [Refer Cl. No. 7 .9] fail 12 No. of windings 13 Connections

HV IV LV Neutral HV Neutral IV

14 Connection Symbol and vector group 15 Tappings : i. Type of tap changer ii. Tap step (percent) iii. Total tap range (+) percent to (-) percent iv. Tappings provided at v. Type of regulation : Constant flux regulation Variable flux regulation Combined regulation

155791486.doc

Page 264 of

442

16 Magnetization data at no load, at rated frequency (along with tolerance if any) i. Current in Amps ii. Power factor iii. Loss in KW (core loss + dielectric loss) iv. Max. flux a b c d density in

lines/sq.cm. At 90% rated no load voltage At 100% rated no load voltage At 110% rated no load voltage At maximum rated primary voltage (i.e. 105% rated no load voltage)

17 Load loss including cooler loss, at principal tap, at rated frequency, at rated current at 75
o

(tolerance if any) i. For ONAN rating Cu in KW ii. For ONAF rating Cu in KW+CL in KW iii. For OFAF rating Cu in KW+CL in KW NOTE : 1. Cu : Copper loss 2. CL : Cooler loss

155791486.doc

Page 265 of

442

3. It is to be indicated whether the value of load losses quoted is maximum value or not. If it is indicated as maximum value, the tolerance of 10% as per I.S. will not be considered. of 10% as per for If maximum IS will be of value is not mentioned tolerance considered evaluation

tender. 18 Impedance at rated current and frequency at 75oC on rated MVA base. HV to IV i. At normal tap in % ii. At max. voltage tap in % iii. At min. voltage tap in % 19 Reactance at rated current and frequency and normal tap on rated MVA base: HV to IV HV to LV IV to LV 20 Zero sequence % % % impedance HV to LV IV to LV

at

reference temperature of 75oC at principal temperature .% 21 Resistance at 75oC HV winding in Ohms in % IV winding in Ohms in % LV winding in Ohms in % 22 Efficiency at 75oC as derived fromAt Unity guaranteed.loss figures p.f

At 0.8 p.f

155791486.doc

Page 266 of

442

a. At 125% full load b. c. d. 23 a. % b. At 100% full load At 75% full load At 50% full load Maximum efficiency . Load at which maximum

efficiency occurs (% of full load) 24 Regulation at full load and at 75oC a. At unity p.f. in % b. At 0.8 p.f. (lag) in % 25 a. Short time thermal rating of LV winding/tertiary winding in KA & duration in seconds. b. Short time thermal rating of IV winding in KA & duration in seconds. c. Short time thermal rating of HV winding in KA & duration in seconds. 26 Permissible overloading - HV - IV - LV 27 Test voltages i. Lighting impulse withstand kV (peak) ii. Power frequency voltage HV IV LV

withstand kV (ms) iii. Switching impulse withstand kV (peak) 28 Partial discharge level at 364 kV as per IEC 44(4)

155791486.doc

Page 267 of

442

29 RI V at 1.1 times minimum phase to ground voltage 30 Design value of surges transferred on tertiary terminals. a. For 950 kV peak. 1.2/50 micro second surge striking HV terminal and with : i. Both the open delta tertiary terminals open kV (peak). ii. One of the open delta tertiary terminals earthed kV (peak). b. For 550/325 kV peak 1.2 / 50 micro second surge striking IV terminal & with : i. Both the open delta tertiary terminals open kV (peak). ii. One of the open delta tertiary terminals earthed k V (peak). 31 Noise level when energized at normal voltage and normal frequency at no load (db) 32 External short circuit withstand capacity (MVA) & duration (seconds) 33 Over flux withstand capability of the transformer : 34 Insulating and cooling medium 35 Approximate weights a. Core b. Windings c. Tank & Fittings d. Oil (Kg) (Kg) (Kg) (Kg)

155791486.doc

Page 268 of

442

e. Untanking weight (Kg) f. Total weight (Kg) 36 Required quantity of oil in litres 37 Terminal arrangement HV IV LV Neutral HV/IV ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL PARTICULARS: 1 Details of Core (along with Tolerance if any): a. Type of core configuration b. Type of core joints c. Flux density at 90% of rated voltage and frequency Tesla : d. Flux density at 110% of rated voltage and frequency. Tesla : e. Material of core lamination f. Approximate core weight g. Type of Joints used between core limb and yoke Details of Windings: a. Conductor area in sq.cm andCurrent current density in Amps/Sq.cm (at density rated current). A/sq. cm HV IV LV Regulating b. Material of winding conductor c. Approximate weight of winding (along with tolerance if any)in kgs d. Type of windings Kgs Conductor area sq.cm

155791486.doc

Page 269 of

442

HV IV LV e. Winding insulation HV IV LV f. i. Insulating material used for : 1. Regulating winding 2. HV winding 3. IV winding 4. LV winding ii. Between HV and IV and LV as applicable iii. Between core & LV side. iv. For core bolts, washers and end plates v. Regulating winding & earth. g. i. Type of axial coil support HV winding IV winding LV winding ii. Type of Radial coil support : HV winding IV winding LV winding h. Core bolt insulation voltage i. Details of special arrangement provided to improve surge voltage distribution in the windings

Type and Graded or ungraded class

155791486.doc

Page 270 of

442

j. Approximate weight of winding (Kgs) (Tolerance if any on the above) k. Minimum clearance (mm) Between Phases HV IV LV Details of Tank : a. Material for Transformer Tank b. Type of the tank c. Mininum thickness of sheet i. Sides (mm) ii. Bottom (mm) iii. Cover (mm) iv. Cooling tubes/Radiators (mm) d. Vacuum recommended for hot oil circulation (torr) e. Vacuum to be maintained during oil filling in transformer tank (torr) f. Vacuum to which the tank can be subjected without Transverse Axis g. No. & size of bi-directional wheels provided. Longitudinal Axis distortion (torr) In oil Phase to ground In Air Between Phase to Phases ground

155791486.doc

Page 271 of

442

h. Track gauge required for 4 5 the wheels Details of painting at works and site (a) Minimum clear height for lifting bell and for lifting core & windings from tank (mm) (untanking height). (b) Minimum clear height for lifting (mm) i. OLTC II. Bushings - HV - IV - LV - HV / IV Neutral Shipping details : i. Parts detached transport ii. Weight of

for

heaviest

package in Kgs iii. Weight of other heavy packages in Kgs iv. Dimensions of largest package a. Length in mm b. Breadth in mm c. Height in mm v. Dimensions of other heavy packages: a. Length in mm b. Breadth in mm c. Height in mm Details of Bushings

HV

IV

LV
Page 272 of

Neutral
442

155791486.doc

a. Make & Type b. Rated voltage class - KV c. Rated current - Amps d. One minute dry withstand power frequency voltage - kV (ms) e. One minute wet withstand power frequency voltage - kV (ms) f. 1.2 / 50 micro sec. Lighting impulse withstand voltage kV (Peak) g. (a) Creepage Distance in air (b) Creepage Distance (protected) h. Quantity of oil in bushing and specification of oil used (Kgs) i. Whether provided j. Weight of test tap is

assembled

bushing k. Phase to earth clearance in air of live parts at the top of 8 bushing. Cooling system a. Grade of oil b. Total weight of oil in radiator in Kgs/litres

155791486.doc

Page 273 of

442

c.

Total weight of radiator

without oil in Kgs. d. Total radiating surface in square meters e. Method of drying out transformer at site f. Type and make of material used for the radiators with size. g. Type of radiator h. Total number Radiators/Banks transformer and over

of for all

dimensions. i. Rating of Transformer with one radiator bank out of service. j. Total weight of radiators in Kgs k. Type of mounting l. Vacuum withstand 9 capability Cooling equipment Fan Motor a. Make and Type (Details) b. Number of connected units (nos.) c. Number of standby units (nos.) d. Rated Power (KW) e. BHP of driven equipment f. Capacity (cu m/min) or (Litres/Minute) Pump Motor

155791486.doc

Page 274 of

442

g. Rated voltage (Volts) h. Locked rotor current (Amps) i. Temperature range for which control is adjustable j. Efficiency of motor at full load (percent) k. Temp. rise of motor at full load (oC) l. Whether the fan and/or pumps suitable for continuous operation at 85% of their rated voltage m. Estimated time constant in hours for i. Natural cooling ii. Forced air cooling 10 On Load Tap Changing gear a. Make b. Type c. Power flow (uni-directional or bi-directional or restricted bi-directional) d. Rated voltage to Earth kV e. Rated maximum current Amps f. Step voltage V. g. Number of steps h. Control : Manual / Auto / Local / Remote / Independent / Parallel.
155791486.doc
Page 275 of

442

i. Auxiliary supply details j. Voltage control (whether automatic or manual) k. Line drop compensation Provided / Not provided. l. Protective devices m. Time for complete tap change (one step) sec. n. Divertor selector switch Transient time - Cycles. o. Value of maximum short circuit current Amps. p. Maximum impulse withstand test voltage with 1.2/50 wave micro seconds full between switch

assembly and earth (kV peak) q. Maximum power frequency test voltage between switch assembly and earth - kV rms. r. Maximum impulse

withstand test voltage with 1.2/50 micro seconds across the tapping range (kV peak). s. Approximate over all dimensions of Tap changer mm t. Approximate over all

weight Kgs. u. Approximate over all quantity of oil-ltrs/Kgs.

155791486.doc
Page 276 of

442

v.

Particulars of the OLTC

control panel for installation in the control room. 11 Over all dimensions gear, tap changing gear etc. a. Length -mm b. Breadth -mm c. Height -mm d. Reference drawing No. 12 Whether oil temperature indicator provided (Yes/No). 13 Type of oil level indicator and whether contact supervisory for low oil of alarm level Gas of

transformer including cooling

provided (Yes/No) 14 Type and size

operated relay and whether supervisory alarm and trip contacts provided and their size and Nos. 15 Temperature indicators Oil Temp. indicator a. Make and Type b. Permissible setting ranges for alarm & trip. c. No. of contact d. Current rating of each contact Winding temp. indicator

155791486.doc

Page 277 of

442

e. Whether remote indicator provided, equipment if, so, whether at required

purchaser's control room is included. f. Size and No. 16 Ratio and Type of CT used for winding temperature a. Ratio b. Type 17 Type and size of Thermostat used 18 No. of Breathers provided For Tr. Tank (No.) 19 Type of dehydrating agent used for breathers 20 a. Capacity of conservator vessel litres b. Volume between the highest and lowest visible oil level (litres) 21 Valve sizes and number OLTC

required/ fitted i. Drain valves - mm - No. ii. Filter valves - mm - No. iii. Sampling valves - mm No. 22 a. Type and make of

pressure relief device

155791486.doc

Page 278 of

442

b.

No. of each type of

devices per transformer unit (Nos.) c. Minimum pressure at which the device operates (Kpa) 23 Details transformers of current for

provided

tertiary a. Type and voltage class b. No. of cores (Nos.) c. Rated d. Accuracy class e. Burden (VA) f. Accuracy limit factor 24 Lifting jacks a. Governing standard b. No. of jacks in one set c. Type & make d. Capacity (tonnes) e. Pitch (mm) f. Lift (mm) g. Height in closed position (mm) h. Mean diameter of thread (mm) 25 Characteristics of Insulating oil to be used a. Density in gms/cu. Cm b. Kinematic viscosity in CST c. Interfacial Tension at 27oC in N/M
155791486.doc
Page 279 of

442

d. Flash point in oC e. Pour Point in oC f. Acidity (Neutralization value) in mg of KOH/gm g. Corrosive Sulphur in % h. Electric Strength Breakdown voltage a). As received (kV ms) b). After treatment (kV rms) i. Dielectric dissipation factor (tan delta) at 90oC j. Water content in ppm k. Specific resistance a. At 90oC ohm/cm b. At 27oC ohm/cm l. N-dm Analysis CA% CM % CP% m. Oxidation stability a. Neutralization value after oxidation. b. Total sludge after oxidation n. Characteristic of oil after aging test as per ASTMD 1934 i. Specific resistance at 27oC Min. & at 90oC Min. ii. Tan delta iii. Sludge content iv. Neutralization value v. Details of oil preserving equipment offered.

155791486.doc

Page 280 of

442

155791486.doc

Page 281 of

442

GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS FOR NITROGEN FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM FOR TRANSFORMERS 1. 2. 3. Name of Manufacturer and country of origin. Reference standards: Details of system equipments. i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) vii) Dimensions Weight. Capacity of Nitrogen cylinder. Pressure of Nitrogen filling. Minimum distance of F.E. Cubicle from the transformer. Method of mounting. Whether the following items are provided in F.E. Cubicle? If so furnish make, type, type & other details 155791486.doc

Contact manometer Pressure Regulator Oil release unit Gas release unit
Page 282 of

442

viii)

oil drain assembly Pressure/Limit switches No. of contacts and spares contacts (NO & NC)

Oil Drain value Make Type Size Type of metal

ix)

Nitrogen injection valve. Make Type Size Quantity Required

x)

Oil drain pipe Size Length Material

xi)

Nitrogen injection pipe Size Length Number of openings in the transformer tank

155791486.doc

Page 283 of

442

b)

Material

Control box i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) vii) Dimensions Weight Type and thickness of sheet steel Details of components provided in the control box Control voltage. Method of mounting Whether audio & visual alarms provided ?

c)

Pre- Stressed non return valve (PNRV)/Pneumatically operated ball valve (Main /Backup) i) ii) iii) iv) v) Make Type Location Whether suitable for pipe of size 80mm dia. No. of contacts and spare contacts (NO & NC)

d)

Fire Detectors i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) Make. Type Quantity required Method of fixing Effective Heat sensing area Temperature recommended for effective heat sensing.
Page 284 of

155791486.doc

442

vii) e)

Number of contacts NO/NC.

Signal box i) ii) iii) iv) Make Type Location Method of mounting.

f)

Cabling i) ii) iii) Make Type No. of cores & size.

4.

Time of operation Transformer Tank Explosion Prevention a. For system activation b. For reduction of pressure in the tank/for extinction of fire, by nitrogen release Fire Protection

5) 6)
7)

Whether details literature/ drawings furnished. Details of Pre-commissioning tests to be conducted

Any other technical details not covered above.

155791486.doc

Page 285 of

442

SECTION-4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR SF-6 GAS INSULATED METAL ENCLOSED SWITCHGEAR (GIS)
1.0 GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS: The SF6 gas insulated metal enclosed switchgear shall be totally safe against inadvertent touch of any of its live constituent parts. It should be designed for indoor/outdoor (as specified) application with meteorological conditions at site as per Section Project. All parts of the switchgear should be three phase enclosed. The arrangement of gas sections or compartments shall be such as to facilitate future extension of any make on either end without any drilling, cutting or welding on the existing equipment. To add equipment, it shall not be necessary to move or dislocate the existing switchgear bays. The design should be such that all parts subjected to wear and tear are easily accessible for maintenance purposes. The equipment offered shall be protected against all types of voltage surges and any equipment necessary to satisfy this requirement shall be deemed to be included. The required overall parameters of GIS are as follows:
Sl. Technical particulars No. a) Rated voltage b) Rated frequency Grounding c) d) e) f) g) h) i) j) k) Rated power frequency withstand Voltage (1 min) line to earth Impulses withstand BIL (1.2/50/mic. Sec) line to earth Switching impulse voltage (250/2500 mic-sec) Rated short time withstand current (1 sec) Rated peak withstand current Guaranteed maximum gas losses for complete installation as well as for all individual sections in % Rated current normal/at site (at 500C design ambient temperature) Seismic level 66 KV System 72.5 kV (rms) 50 Hz Effectively earthed 140 kV (rms) 325 kVp -40 kA (rms) 100 ka (peak) As per IEC62271-203 As per BID schedule Zone-IV, as per IS-1893,Year

155791486.doc

Page 286 of

442

2002

The metal-enclosed gas insulated switchgear, including the operating devices, accessories and auxiliary equipment forming integral part thereof, shall be designed, manufactured, assembled and tested in accordance with the IEC-62271-203 publications including their parts and supplements as amended or revised to date. 2.0 2.1 CODES AND STANDARDS: Except as noted, all the equipments offered shall conform to the requirements of the latest editions of relevant standards published by the International Electro-technical Commission (IEC) as per the Annexure. One set of the above IEC Standards in English version are to be supplied by the bidder to the owner at the time of submission of the bids. The bus ducts shall be rated in accordance with and satisfy the requirements of the IEC-62271-203 standard. The capabilities of the bus ducts shall be given on a symmetrical current basis and the relevant IEC standards. Compliance by the manufacturer with the standards of this specification does not relieve him from the responsibility of supplying switchgear and accessories of proper design, electrically and mechanically suitable for fulfilling the operating guarantees at the specified service conditions. If, in the opinion of the bidder, there are any conflicts between the Codes & Standards, the data sheets and the specifications, the contradictions shall be brought to the attention of the owner. However, the requirement of this specification shall govern. DIFINITIONS: Assembly: Assembly refers to the furnished under contract. 3.2 entire completed GIS equipment

2.2

2.3

2.4

3.0 3.1

Bay: Bay refers to the area occupied by one Circuit Breaker and associated equipments used to protect one Transformer/ feeders/ bus coupler in double bus scheme.

155791486.doc

Page 287 of

442

3.3

Compartment: When used in conjunction with GIS equipment, compartment refers to a gas tight volume bounded by enclosure walls and gas tight isolating barriers. Enclosure: When used in conjunction with GIS equipment, enclosure refers to the grounded metal housing or shall which contains and protects internal power system equipment (breaker, disconnecting switch, grounding switch, voltage transformer, current transformers surge arresters, interconnecting bus etc.) Manual operations: Manual operation means operation by hand without using any other source of power.

3.4

3.5

3.6

Module: When used in conjunction with GIS equipment, module refers to a portion of that equipment. Each module includes its own enclosure. A module can contain more than one piece of equipment for example, a module can contain a disconnecting switch and a grounding switch.

3.7

Reservoir: When used in conjunction with GIS equipment reservoir refers to a large gastight volume.

155791486.doc

Page 288 of

442

SECTION-A DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENT OF 66kV GAS INSULATED SWITCHGEAR AND ACCESSORIES
SECTION-A1: 1.0 1.1 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: The equipment offered shall be designed to operate satisfactorily and meet all requirements specified in Data Sheet A-1 and Section-D for site conditions. The equipment shall be designed and manufactured in accordance with best engineering practice and shall be such as has been proved to be suitable for the intended purpose. 72.5 kV Circuit Breakers: The equipment offered shall be designed to operate satisfactorily and meet all requirements specified in Data Sheet-A and Section-D.

1.2

2.0 2.1

2.2

The circuit breakers shall be capable of meeting the following duty requirements: a) Interrupting symmetrical faults of magnitude specified in Data Sheet-A1. b) Magnetising current breaking capacity up to 10 Amps with maximum over voltage factor of 2.3 pu. c) Line charging current breaking capacity up to 125 Amps at 25 kV at no load with a maximum over voltage factor of 2.3 pu. d) Short line fault current (Kilometric fault) interruption capacity with the source impedance behind 72.5 kV bus equivalent to a fault current 40 KA RMS. e) Circuit breakers shall be rated for the operating duty, total break and make time specified in Data Sheet-A1.

155791486.doc

Page 289 of

442

f) Circuit breakers shall be provided with a minimum of 10 NO + 10 NC + 3 make before break auxiliary potential free contacts per pole exclusively for PURCHASERs use in external interlocking circuits. g) SF-6 breakers shall be of the single pressure puffer type. h) The breaker shall be virtually maintenance free for a cumulative switching capacity of not less than 2 million Amps. i) Circuit breakers shall be electrically interlocked with the isolators/ earthing switches in accordance with the PURCHASERs safety interlocking scheme. Design of circuit breakers shall be such that contacts shall not close automatically upon loss of gas pressure or of oil/air pressure (hydraulic/pneumatic mechanisms). j) The circuit breaker shall have duplicate trip coils. They shall be electrically, mechanically, hydraulically and pneumatically trip free, where applicable, and anti-pumping with either or both of the duplicate trip circuits connected. A manual trip device shall be provided to open the breaker under control DC failure condition. k) Each circuit breaker shall be equipped with electrically separate two shunt trip systems per mechanism. If two trip coils are arranged to share a common magnetic circuit, the operation of either coil shall be independent of other, i.e., if one of the trip coils has been damaged or destroyed, it shall not affect the operation of the other. l) Facilities shall be provided with switchgear to enable timing tests to be carried out after switchgear has been charged with SF-6 gas. It should not be necessary to open up any gas section to make test connection to the circuit breaker primary terminals. m) The circuit breaker shall normally be suitable for remote electrical operation at 220V DC with either or both of the duplicate trip circuits connected. n) The trip circuits including intermediate trip relays and coils shall be supervised and an alarm annunciated in case of a defective trip circuit.

155791486.doc

Page 290 of

442

o) The Circuit breaker meet all the double circuit transmission line characteristics for any type of fault or fault location and also for cable / line charging and dropping when used on an effectively grounded system. Effect of second circuit in parallel shall also be considered. 3.0 3.1 HIGH VOLTAGE DISCONNECT SWITCHES (ISOLATORS) AND EARTHING SWITCHES: 72.5 kV Disconnect Switches (Isolators): (a) All the isolators shall have a short time three second withstand rating of 40KA rms. Hand operated earth switches for maintenance shall be provided as indicated in single-line diagram and Data Sheet-A1 of Section-D. Isolators shall be motor operated and controlled from local control panel and from a remote point. Incoming isolators shall be provided with motor operated, high speed earthing switches as indicated in single-line diagram. (b) The isolators shall be capable of switching the capacitive charging current of switchgear and closed loop currents on bus bar changeover. The bus isolator shall be capable of carrying out 200 switching (200 close + 200 open) operations at rated current without requiring maintenance. 3.2 Earthing switches: a) The 3-pole group operated high speed earthing switches shall be provided on the incomer side of feeders as per Data Sheet A1 of Section-D and as indicated in single line diagram. These earthing switches shall be motor operated and shall be suitable for local/remote operation fitted with stored energy device/spring to enable high speed of travel. Earth switch shall be fully interlocked with the associated isolator. In addition, high speed earthing switch shall be provided with an interlocking electromagnet for interlocking with remote end breaker. b) The 3-pole group operated maintenance earthing switches shall be manually group-operated type. However, Bidders are requested to quote additional unit price for motor operation of the maintenance earthing switches from local control panel. 4.0 HIGH VOLTAGE CURRENT AND VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS:
Page 291 of

155791486.doc

442

4.1

72.5 kV Current Transformers: Current Transformers (CTs) shall be provided by the BIDDER for each phase of the 72.5 kV GIS as per single-line diagram. The secondary terminals of CTs shall be brought out in weatherproof cabinet and facility shall be provided for short-circuiting and earthing the CT secondary at the terminal box. The CTs shall be designed to operate satisfactorily and meet all requirements specified in Data Sheet-A1 and Section-D and shall conform to IEC-66041-1.

4.2

72.5 kV Voltage Transformers: Voltage Transformers as specified in Data Sheet-A1 and SectionD shall be supplied by the BIDDER for the 72.5 kV bus. The VTs shall be designed to operate satisfactorily and meet all requirements specified in Data Sheet-A1 & Section-D and shall conform to IEC-66041-2.

4.3

60 kV Lightning Arrestors: Lightning Arrestors shall be provided at the 72.5 kV cable incomer at GIS as per single line diagram. LAs shall have adequate thermal discharge capacity for severe switching surges, long duration surges and multiple strokes. The LAs shall be explosion proof.

4.4

Power Cable and bus duct Terminations/Interface with GIS:

4.4.1 GIS SF-6 Bus Duct Interconnection:

a) Where specified, the GIS switchgear shall be connected via SF6 insulated duct of KPTCL GIS station to future BMRCL GIS station module. Suitable end cover shall be provided for GIS duct for the present. b) Compensators required for manufacturing tolerance absorb vibrations and thermal expansion are part of GIS supply.
c) The clamps or connectors for connecting the switchgear conductor to the lead from the transformer windings and the metal clad enclosure coupling on to the bushing flange and surrounding the SF-6/oil bushing (including this bushing) shall be manufactured as part of this contract. The dimensional and clearance requirements for the metal clad enclosure will

155791486.doc

VOID

Page 292 of

442

be the responsibility of the transformer manufacturer and these dimensions must be obtained by the switchgear contractor from the transformer manufacturer in order that the design of the enclosure may be completed. The switchgear manufacturer shall provide Transformer manufacturer with the necessary design details for the bushing flange to ensure that a suitable gas tight connection for the metal clad enclosure can be obtained. d) The equipment design shall be such that the bushings flange need only be provided with a flat surface to ensure the necessary gas seal. All the O rings, gaskets and locating annular grooves shall be part of the metal clad enclosure and all nuts, bolts and washers required for fixing the sealing and flange in place shall be supplied as part of the switchgear contract. e) The switchgear contractor shall collaborate with the transformer manufacturer when designing the above items of equipment. The names of the transformer manufacturer will be approved during the award of the contract and intimated to the successful tenderer. The onus of accommodating a mutually agreeable solution for design and testing of this interface shall be on the GIS vendor.

VOID

f) Arrangement may be made for the Purchaser to witness testing of transformer bushing at the bushing manufacturers works in conjunction with the metal clad enclosure. The switchgear contractor shall deliver one or more of the bushing metal clad enclosure to the place of testing. g) Bushing shall be provided with test tap (for measurement of capacitance and power factor) inlet and outlet valve, compensation vessel (for compensation of oil volume changes due to temperature variances by means of bellows in the compensation) lifting eyes, etc. c). GIS manufacturer shall be responsible for complete interface with SF6 duct of future BMRCL GIS modules and shall guarantee the performance of the interface with GIS duct. Note: For future connection to the SF6 bus duct of BMRCL station, the successful bidder shall supply information preferably in the form of drawings giving sufficient information to enable such an interface to be designed at a later stage.

155791486.doc

Page 293 of

442

h) Bushing (for oil impregnated paper insulated type bushing) shall be provided with a manometer (with necessary auxiliary contacts) to indicate oil pressure low/high condition. 4.4.2 Cable Termination for 72.5KV Cable/Power transformer : a) All high voltage cables will be bottom entry type with suitable openings in the floor. Sufficient space must be provided on or around the switchgear to terminate and connect these cables. Suitable cable support and grounding facilities must be provided in this area. b) Cable connecting contact plates and the gas insulated terminal enclosure are part of the switchgear delivery. Stress cones and cable accessories are included in the cable suppliers scope. Cable termination chamber shall be supplied by GIS Vendor generally as per Fig.1 of IEC 60859 Cable connections for gas insulated metal enclosed switchgear for rated voltages of 72.5 kV and above. c) Each cable feeder shall have facilities to isolate the cable end to apply a high voltage DC test probe for dielectric testing of the cable. d) GIS manufacturer shall be responsible for complete interface with cable terminations and shall guarantee the performance of the interface with cable terminations. The onus of accommodating a mutually agreeable solution for design and testing of this interface shall be on the GIS vendor. e) GIS manufacturer shall ensure that the supports of Power Cable termination chamber are designed in a manner to enable termination/ removal of the Power Cable without requiring dismantling/removal of the Cable termination chamber or its supports. 4.5 Mechanism Cabinets and Local Control Panels: Local control panels to house all equipment to facilitate local control of breakers, isolators, and motorized earth switches shall be provided for each of the primary circuit/bay by the bidder. Each local control panel shall contain the local control and indication devices for associated circuit breakers, isolators and ground switches and DC protection fuses, links and supervisory relays.

155791486.doc

Page 294 of

442

These panels shall be used to house all relays, timers, etc., to realize interlocks among all circuit elements. Further, these panels shall be utilized for the purposes of marshalling the contacts, controls and instrumentation signals originating from gas insulated switchgear. Adequate annunciators shall be provided on the alarm for local indication. The supply of power and control cables and cabling from GIS up to local control panels shall be in BIDDERs scope. Prefabricated & terminated cable requiring minimum cable termination work at site (for interconnection between local control panel and GIS equipment) will be preferred. Control signals from remote shall be wired up to these panels. Onward cabling to individual equipment in the GIS shall be in BIDDERs scope. 20% spare terminals shall be provided for future use. The panel shall be self standing type and shall be mounted away from the GIS on the switch house floor but in the same room adjacent to each primary circuit or equipment. The panels shall have easy access for wiring and relay/control devices. 4.5.1 Local control panels shall have following features: a) A mimic diagram, the discrepancy control/indicating switches and lockable local/off/remote switches mounted on or adjacent to the mimic diagram. b) Any interposing relays, auxiliary relays, timers as required. c) Indicating lamps. d) Fuses and links. e) Cable terminal blocks for terminating and marshalling auxiliary supply cables, control, indicating and alarm circuit cables from the switchgear and the remote control room. f) Relays for switching of CT circuits used for bus bar protection, if required. g) Relays for switching of potential circuits for synchronizing and distance relays, if required. h) A copper earth bus for connection to the station ground mat. 4.5.2 The electrical protection for primary circuits, i.e., feeders, transformers, busbar protection is in the Bidder scope. This protection will be mounted on panels located in a control room.
155791486.doc
Page 295 of

442

All secondary control, protection and indication circuits from various individual items of SF-6 switchgear are to be cabled to local control panel. This cabling shall be provided as part of this switchgear contract. The cabling from local control panel to the remote control and relay panels is in the Bidder scope. The local control panel/marshalling kiosk shall not be directly mounted on the primary switchgear equipment. 4.5.3 The alarm and trips from the gas density/pressure monitoring devices shall be individually displayed on alarm facias mounted on the associated panels. In addition, on each panel associated with a particular primary circuit, repeat common alarms shall be provided indicating that an unhealthy condition exists on the bus bars. The alarm facias are to be arranged in groups according to the nature of the alarm and the particular electrical phase, i.e., R, Y or B phase from which the alarm has originated. Inscriptions shall be engraved on the alarm facias to identify the location of the alarm and a label shall be provided with each group to identify the nature of the alarm. The inscriptions shall be advised by the purchaser. This alarm/annunciation system shall be provided with Reset and Lamp test push buttons. Necessary provision shall be made by the supplier for giving indication for each type of fault at the remote end through potential free contacts. 4.5.4 The VENDOR shall prepare interconnection diagrams for the purpose of cabling between GIS, local control and marshalling kiosk (by VENDOR). Interconnection diagrams shall clearly show the terminal numbers on which external cables need be terminated. 4.6 The PURCHASER proposes to carry out Insulation Coordination/Fast Transient over voltage studies for the system. VENDOR shall furnish GIS component model parameters to enable PURCHASER to carry out these studies. VENDOR shall also review the results of the studies conducted by the PURCHASER.

155791486.doc

Page 296 of

442

155791486.doc

Page 297 of

442

SECTION-A2
0.0 0.1 CODES AND STANDARDS: Except as noted, all the equipments offered shall conform to the requirements of the latest editions of relevant standards published by the International Electro-technical Commission (IEC) as per the Annexure. One set of the above IEC Standards in English version are to be supplied by the bidder to the owner at the time of submission of the bidder. The bus ducts shall be rated in accordance with and satisfy the requirements of the IEC-517 standard. The capabilities of the bus ducts shall be given on a symmetrical current basis and the relevant IEC standards. Compliance by the manufacturer with the standards of this specification does not relieve him from the responsibility of supplying switchgear and accessories of proper design, electrically and mechanically suitable for fulfilling the operating guarantees at the specified service conditions. If, in the opinion of the bidder, there are any conflicts between the Codes & Standards, the data sheets and the specifications, the contradictions shall be brought to the attention of the owner. However, the requirement of this specification shall govern.

0.2

0.3

0.4

155791486.doc

Page 298 of

442

SECTION-A3
1.0 1.1 AVAILABILITY REQUIREMENTS: The high voltage gas insulated switchgear, bus ducts and accessories shall be designed for maximum reliability and availability. The BIDDER shall ensure and specifically confirm that failure of any one component in a circuit and the subsequent repair/testing shall not require shut down/outage of any other circuit of the GIS. It shall be possible to remove a component of the GIS (in particular main buses) without requiring the dismantling/shutdown of any other circuit of the GIS. Repair or replacement of any one component or set of components shall not call for simultaneous outage of both sets of main bus bars. The BIDDER shall ensure and specifically confirm that while carrying out the erection, commissioning and testing of the additional bays in future, outage of the complete station will not be required. The design ambient temperature considered for continuous rating of the equipment shall be 450C. Provision shall be made in the one/two main buses of the GIS, so that in the event of a fault in one part of one of the main buses, other part of this bus can be sectionalized by means of detachable device and taken back in service (by means of installing end covers in the healthy part of the main bus). It shall be possible to interchange cable and Transformer bays. Bidders shall clearly bring out the modifications required to be carried out for interchanging/converting cable and Transformer bays.

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5 1.6

1.7

155791486.doc

Page 299 of

442

SECTION-A4

1.0 1.1

LAYOUT REQUIREMENT: It is intended that the GIS shall be located indoors. The interconnection between Transformer bushings to GIS shall be outdoor and line termination to GIS shall be indoor and the interconnection GIS duct between KPTCL & future BMRCL GIS stations shall be indoor type and will be expected to operate effectively within the extreme ambient temperature limits of +500 & +450C. The GIS will be mounted on concrete foundations. All necessary supporting framework and base plates shall be provided by the BIDDER. Mounting details for this framework shall be enclosed with the bid. The enclosed drawings furnished in Annexure 5 of project gives the space availability for the GIS at REMCO. The BIDDER shall specifically review the area indicated by visiting the site and confirm suitability of the equipment offered to fit into the space shown providing enough space and access for erection, operation & maintenance and also including area required for future extensions. Deviations if any shall be highlighted in the bid with technical reasons. The BIDDER shall also indicate preferred handling arrangements for the equipment offered. The bidder shall submit the design & construction proposal of the building along with necessary information, data and drawings in the techno-commercial bid according to the complete requirements.

1.2

1.3

1.4 1.5

155791486.doc

Page 300 of

442

SECTION-A5

1.0

MAINTENANCE & OPERATION REQUIREMENTS:

1.1

PURCHASERs Standard Practices require that the Station Operator on routine inspection is expected to be able to check pressure gauges, breaker and disconnect switch position, etc., from permanently installed platforms and catwalk without opening doors, covers, etc. Also, when a breaker is made available for maintenance, the Station Operator is required to remove controls from the breaker, observe directly the open isolation, carry out the earthing operation, tag the isolating switches and valves and otherwise guarantee safe conditions. The operator must do this without the use of fuse-pullers, screwdrivers, portable ladders or any other tools. The platforms, catwalks, ladders and associated support structures shall be in BIDDERs scope of supply. Access to the isolating switches and in particular hand operated maintenance earthing switches should be easily available. Catwalks provided if any, shall have free access without any control/power cables hampering the working space. All mechanisms shall be such that manual operation can be carried out by maintenance personnel without undue inconvenience. The manual earth switches shall be suitable for convenient operation by the maintenance personnel. Maintenance Tools:

1.2

1.2.1 BIDDER shall give details with price of various tools required for maintenance, viz., SF-6 handling station, temperature compensated pressure switch, testing device and moisture measuring device etc. 1.2.2 The BIDDER shall offer a Gas Service Cart to meet the following minimum requirements: a) A pre-assembled and self-contained gas service cart which shall include all equipment required to perform the following functions: i. ii. Extraction of air or SF-6 gas from compartments and creating vacuum in the compartment. Compression, air-cooling and injection of SF-6 gas.

155791486.doc

Page 301 of

442

iii. iv. v.

Drying and filtering of SF-6 gas to remove arc induced decomposition products or any other impurities. Pressurizing GIS compartments to the full rated capacity. Storage of SF-6 gas.

b) The cart shall be complete with piping, valves, safety and relief devices, instrumentation, controls, starters for power supply and pressure houses of suitable design, quality and length for connection to various components of GIS. Every required part of the GIS shall be accessible when gas cart is employed. c) The cart shall be constructed sturdily with steel frame and shall have casters or wheels suitable for use indoors. Any details of specific handling equipment for the cart, viz, rails of crane shall be furnished in the bid. d) The storage capacity and operating rates of the various functions shall be selected considering requirement of each and every equipment in GIS. e) A field test to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER shall be performed at site to establish the acceptability of the gas service cart. f) The gas cart shall be capable of creating vacuum in the gas enclosure as required for erection/maintenance of the switchgear. The gas cart should be capable of achieving minimum 0.05 milibar vacuum and it shall not take more than 4 hours to achieve this vacuum in the largest sized compartment of the switchgear. g) A power supply cable of adequate length wound on a drum provided with smooth bearings shall be provided with the gas service cart. 1.2.3 In addition to the gas cart, BIDDER shall offer pressure gauges, SF6 gas moisture measuring device, SF6 gas leak detectors, anti-static gun (to remove charge from the insulators), instrument for checking calibration, SF6 gas density switch, instrument for repairing and re-calibrating defective SF6 gas density switch, instrument for testing and fault detection of the cards for protection, interlocking, etc., wrenches and tools to meet the specific maintenance and operational requirement of the GIS.

155791486.doc

Page 302 of

442

1.3

BIDDER shall include supply of start-up, essential and maintenance spares in separate schedules. BIDDER shall indicate in details spare required for five years of operation. The successful BIDDER shall furnish detailed erection, commissioning, operation and maintenance manuals, in neatly bound volumes to the PURCHASER. PURCHASERs preventive maintenance practice includes systematic inspection, overhaul and testing. It must be possible to remove and test a single circuit element without removing another element. Provision shall be made for incorporating a test bushing at various locations to facilitate site testing. The earthing switches should be insulated to permit easy checking of the operating times of circuit breakers and also measurement of contact resistances. BIDDER shall give details of facility provided for easy testing of various equipment/circuit elements. The necessary arrangement for removal of power transformer without interference with adjacent parts/bus ducts shall be provided. The BIDDER shall ensure that the gas cylinders and enclosures meet the requirement of Indian Statutory Authorities. The gas cylinders shall be of seamless type and shall conform to BS-5045, Part-I. Welded cylinders shall not be acceptable. The valves fitted to the cylinders shall conform to IS-3224/BS-341, Part-I. The cylinders shall be inspected and certified by either Bureau Veritas or Lloyds. All desired test reports and design data as follows shall be furnished for approval of Statutory Authorities at least three months prior to FOB despatch of the gas cylinders: a) Name of the Manufacturer and standard applicable. b) Serial number of gas cylinders. c) Physical tests, chemical analysis and hydraulic test results and date of last hydraulic stretch test. d) Material thickness certificate. e) Details of the valves fitted to the cylinders. f) Inspection Certificate from Bureau Veritas/Lloyds. g) Laboratory report of gas analysis.

1.4

1.5

1.6

1.7 1.8

1.9

The filling ratio of the SF6 gas in the cylinder shall be such that the pressure developed at 650C is less than the test pressure of the cylinder.

155791486.doc

Page 303 of

442

1.10 1.11

The GIS supplier shall ensure that the gas cylinders to be supplied are as per Schedule-I of Gas Cylinders Rules 1981 of the Government of India. The gas cylinders shall be despatched by the BIDDER only after specific approval from the purchaser, which will be conveyed on receipt of approval from statutory authorities. Partial discharge Monitoring system and Dew point meter: Portable PD meter and Dew point meter shall be offered as per relevant schedule of BPS and shall be considered for evaluation of Bid. The specifications are enclosed at Annexure A1.

2.00

155791486.doc

Page 304 of

442

Annexure:A-1
Technical specification for Dew point meter The meter shall be capable of measuring the dew point of SF6 of the circuit breaker /GIS equipment. It should be portable and adequately protected for outdoor use. The meter shall be provided with dew point hygrometer with digital indication to display the dew point temperature in degree C, degree F or PPM. It should be capable of measuring the corresponding pressure at which dew point is being measured. The measurement and use of the instrument must be simple, direct without the use of any other material/chemical like dry ice/acetone etc. It should be battery operated with rechargeable batteries. Technical specifications: 1. 2. 3. Measuring range: upto 100 degree C dew point. Accuracy : 2 degree C. Display: 4 digit LCD of 0.5 inch. high.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PORTABLE PD MONITORING SYSTEM FOR GAS INSULATED SWITCHGEAR 1.0 General

The equipment shall be used for detecting type of defects in Gas insulated station (GIS) such as particles, Loose shields and partial discharges as well as for detection of partial discharges in other types of equipment such as cables joints, CTs and PTs. 1.1 It shall be capable for measuring PD in charged GIS environment or EHV, which shall have bandwidth in order of 10KHz- 500 KHz with possibility to select a wide range of intermediate bandwidths for best measurement results. The principle of operation shall be on acoustic technique and the method of measurement shall be non-intrusive. The instrument is able to detect partial discharge in cable joints, terminations, CTs and PTs etc. with the hot sticks. Detection and measurement of PD and bouncing particles shall be displayed on built in large LCD display and the measurement shall be
Page 305 of

1.2

155791486.doc

442

stored in the instrument and further downloadable to a PC for further analysis to locate actual source of PD such as free conducting particles, floating components, voids in spacers, particle on spacer surfaces etc. 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4
2.5

Technical Specification: Measurement shall be possible in noisy environment. Stable reading shall be possible in presence of vibrations with complex GIS assemblies which can produce signals similar to PD. Equipment should have necessary synchronizing circuits to obtain PD corelation with power cycle and power frequency The equipment shall be battery operated with built in battery charger. It shall also be suitable for 230 volts AC 50 Hz input.
Measurement shall be possible in the charged switchyard in the presence of EMI/EMC. Supplier should have supplied similar detector for GIS application to other utilities. Performance certificates and the list of users shall be supplied along with the offer. Instrument shall be supplied with standard accessories i.e, re-locatable sensors with mounting arrangement, connecting cables (duly screened) to sensors, Lap-tops PC diagnostic software, carrying case, rechargeable battery pack with charger suitable for 230V AC, 50Hz supply connecting (duly screened) to view in storage. The function of software shall be covering the following: Data recording, storage and retrieval in computer. Data base analysis. Template analysis for easy location of fault inside the GIS. Evaluation of PD measurement i.e, Amplitude, Phase synchronization etc. Evaluation of bouncing/loose particles with flight time and estimation on size of particle. Report generation.

2.6

2.7

155791486.doc

Page 306 of

442

2.8

To prove the suitability in charged switchyard condition, practical demonstration shall be conducted before acceptance. Supplier shall have Adequate after sales service facility in India.

2.9

2.10 Necessary training may be accorded to personnel to make use of the kit for locating PD sources inside the GIS. 2.11 Instrument shall be robust and conform to relevant standard.

155791486.doc

Page 307 of

442

SECTION-B
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF HIGH VOLTAGE GAS INSULATED SWITCHGEAR & ACCESSORIES:
1.0 1.1 3.0 3.1 SCOPE: This specification covers requirement of High Voltage Gas Insulated Switchgear up to 72.5 kV. CODES AND STANDARDS: The design, material, construction, manufacture, inspection, testing and performance of the high voltage gas insulated switchgear (GIS) and bus ducts shall comply with all currently applicable statutes, regulations and safety codes in the locality where the equipment will be installed. The equipment shall also conform to latest applicable International Standards. Some of the applicable standards are specified in Data Sheet-A2. SWITCHGEAR ASSEMBLY AND BUS DUCTS: The switchgear assembly and bus ducts shall essentially consist of following items specified in subsequent clauses. Circuit breakers. Disconnect Switches (Isolators) and earth switches. Voltage and Current Transformers. Lightning Arresters. VOID Cable chamber for termination of Power cables. 3-phase main bus enclosures and accessories for both indoor and outdoor application. Local control panels and mechanism cabinets. SF6 gas sufficient for the entire switchgear including loss during installation + 10% extra SF6 gas.

4.0 4.1 4.1.1 4.1.2 4.1.3 4.1.4 4.1.5 4.1.6 4.1.7 4.1.8 4.1.9

155791486.doc

Page 308 of

442

5.0

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF GAS INSULATED SWITCHGEAR & BUS DUCTS:

4.1.0 4.1.1

General Construction: The arrangement of the individual switchgear bays shall be such as to achieve optimum space-saving, neat and logical arrangement and adequate accessibility to all external components. The equipment shall be constructed with all necessary compensators to allow for thermal expansion and spacers or bellows with telescopic bus bars to allow for the removal of sections with the minimum of disturbance. The station shall be complete with all-necessary supports, platforms, ladders, staircases, catwalks, mechanism cabinets and internal cable raceways etc. Suitable maintenance/operation platform shall be provided between each bay and at the end bays. It is required that the three phases of each bay shall be arranged side by side. Segregated phase blocks of equipment in which one phase of each switchgear bay is mounted in a separate block is not acceptable. The arrangement of equipment offered must provide adequate access for operation, testing & maintenance. The space around the cable sealing end boxes must be sufficient to allow cables to be made off or dismantled after the switchgear has been erected, without imposing bending stress at the cable end. Mechanism cabinet doors shall have provision for padlocking. Door shall be constructed such that they do not sieze in the event of an internal fire. The bus duct may be of bolted flange or welded construction. Type of construction shall be specified by BIDDER. The equipment and connection within each compartment shall be so arranged as to allow removal and replacement of any section with minimum disturbance to adjacent pressurized sections. Provision of bus sectionlizers/detachable device/bellow etc must be made in the main bus bar for ease of removal of a bay/component. In the event of a fault in any one element of the GIS, it is a firm requirement that subsequent repairs/testing shall be possible to

4.1.2

4.1.3

4.1.4

4.1.5 4.1.6

4.1.7

155791486.doc

Page 309 of

442

be carried out without affecting any other element and outage of any other bay/circuit or bus bar shall not be required. It shall be clearly brought out in the bid, regarding arrangement made for providing an additional insulator/gas section in the bus bar side isolator/earth switch to enable repairs of another failed insulator without requiring an outage of the second bus bar during repair/testing etc. Alternative arrangement if any shall also be clearly brought out in the bid. 4.1.8 The material used for manufacturing the switchgear equipment shall be of the type composition and have physical properties best suited to their particular purposes and in accordance with the latest engineering practices. All the conductors shall be fabricated of aluminium/copper tubes of cross sectional area suitable to meet the normal and short circuit current rating requirements. The finish of the conductors shall be smooth so as to prevent any electrical discharge. The conductor ends shall be silver plated and fitted into finger contacts or tulip contacts. The contacts shall be of sliding type to allow the conductors to expand or contract axially due to temperature variation without imposing any mechanical stress on supporting insulators. The switchgear line-up when installed and operating under the ambient conditions shall perform satisfactorily and safely under all normal and fault conditions. Even repeated operations up to the permissible servicing intervals under 100% rated and fault conditions shall not diminish the performance or significantly shorten the useful life of the switchgear. Any fault caused by external reasons shall be positively confined to the originating compartment and shall not spread to other parts of the switchgear. The internal components shall be maintenance free for at least 10 years. Routine replacements of insulating gas shall not be required in intervals of less than ten years. The one/two main bus bars shall be provided with a gas barrier in the middle with provision of independent gas monitoring and filling etc. In addition, provision shall be made in the two main buses of the GIS, so that in the event of a fault in one part of one of the main buses, other part of this bus can be sectionalised by means of detachable device and taken back in service (by means of installing end covers in the healthy part of the main bus). Minimum assembly work shall be required during installation. Completely factory assembled switchgear bays that require only cable and overhead line connections at site will be preferred.

4.1.9

4.1.10

4.1.11

155791486.doc

Page 310 of

442

4.1.12

The fully enclosed bus bars shall be made from electrolytic drawn copper or aluminium alloy. These bus bars and other current carrying equipment shall be rated for the continuous current of the switchgear under the maximum ambient design temperature as indicated ----------------- without exceeding their permissible temperature rise. The capabilities of the bus duct shall be given on a symmetrical current basis and the relevant IEC standards. The thermal ratings of all current carrying parts shall be minimum for one sec. for the rated symmetrical short circuit current.

4.2.0 4.2.1

Equipment Description: The quantity of SF6 switchgear to be offered shall be in accordance with the requirements based on single line/typical site plan /layout drawings enclosed to this specification. The typical site plan/typical layout plan of proposed station, enclosed is only for visualizing the concept of design of 66 KV GIS station. Vendors must bid on the typical site plan/layout specified. They shall also submit detailed proposal based on typical layout/site plan drawings. In addition an alternative or modified proposal which employ a similar design concept but can show definite technological and/or economic advantages over the layout provided, may also be submitted. It is recognized that, during installation in the switchgear building or on to outdoor foundation in case of bus ducts, some form of protection might be desirable in order to prevent moisture or dirt entering the equipment. BIDDER shall advise the type of protection needed and indicate whether it would be provided as part of the contract, or remain the property of the BIDDER. A price is required, as a separate item, for the supply of such housing, for maintenance purposes. The bus duct routing is not final and could change as the station design is finalized. Therefore, addition and deletion prices must be quoted for lengths of bus duct, elbows etc. It is essential for the purposes of tender evaluation that all tenderers submit a base quotation on the exact quantities specified including the bus duct interconnection between KPTCL & future BMRCL GIS stations.
Page 311 of

4.2.2

4.2.3

4.2.4

4.2.5

155791486.doc

442

4.3.0

SF-6 Gas Density and Pressure: The nominal operating pressure of SF6 insulated gas in the metal clad equipment shall be as low as is compatible with the requirements for electrical insulation and space limitations to reduce the effects of leaks and to ensure that there is no chance of the gas liquefying at the lowest ambient temperature. The initial gas pressure or density at the time of charging the equipment shall provide a sufficient margin above the minimum allowable pressure for the plant to be safely operated for a reasonably long period before recharging is necessary.

4.4.0 4.4.1

SF-6 Gas Purity: The SF-6 switchgear shall be designed for use with SF-6 gas complying with the recommendations of IEC- 60376 at the time of the first charging with gas. All SF-6 gas supplied, as part of the contract shall comply with the requirements of IEC-60376. Molecular sieve or activated alumina or other absorbent for removal of SF6 arc products and moisture absorbents shall be provided in each gas compartment. The SF-6 gas shall have the following characteristics:
Colourless, flammable 6.08 g/litre odourless, non-toxic & non-

4.4.2

4.4.3

a) Physical properties b) Density at 200C and at one Bar c) Electric strength d) Compatibility e) Toxic impurities f) Dew point g) Impurities

2.5 times that of nitrogen Up to temperature of about 1800C, its compatibility with material used in electrical construction shall be similar to that of nitrogen. SF6 gas shall comply with requirements of the tests as per Clause 2.2 of latest version of IEC60376. Between 40 & 410C SF-6 shall not have impurities more than the maximum allowable quantities given below

155791486.doc

Page 312 of

442

Impurity group: CF4 Oxygen + Nitrogen (Air) iii. Water iv. Acidity expressed as HF v. Hydrolysable fluorides expressed as HF vi. Oil content a) Preferred cylinder size b) Type of cylinder 4.5.0 4.5.1 i. ii. 0.05% 0.05% 15 ppm 0.3 ppm 1.0 ppm 10 ppm 40 lt. Seamless type Maximum permitted concentration mass by mass

Permanent Gas Treatment Devices : Means shall be provided inside each enclosure for treating the SF6 gas by the use of dessicants, driers, filters, etc., to remove impurities in the gas. All gas compartments shall be fitted with static filter material containers that will absorb residual and entering moisture inside the high voltage enclosures. Filters inside the breaker compartment shall also be capable of absorbing gas decomposition products resulting from the switching arc.

4.5.2

4.6.0 SF-6 Gas Monitoring Devices: 4.6.1 All gas compartments must have their own independent gas supervision and alarm system. Each gas supervision circuit shall be equipped with a temperature compensated gas density or density monitoring device with associated pressure gauge, test connection point and maintenance connection point and the same shall be easily accessible. The VENDOR shall provide individual temperature compensated gas density monitoring devices with associated pressure gauge(s) which continuously monitor and display the gas density and pressure in each of the individual gas compartments as follows: a) Gas Refill Level: This will be used to annunciate the need for gas refilling. The VENDOR shall provide two sets of potential free contacts for remote indication/annunciation.

155791486.doc

Page 313 of

442

b) Breaker Block Level: This is the minimum gas density at which the manufacturer will guarantee the rated fault interrupting capability of the breaker. At this level the device contact shall trip the breaker and block the closing circuits. c) Zone trip level: This is the minimum level at which the manufacturer will guarantee the insulation rating of the assembly. Contacts shall be in accordance with the requirement. d) Over pressure alarm level: This alarm level shall be provided to indicate abnormal pressure rise in the gas compartment. 4.6.2 The gas density and pressure sensitive devices, together with all relays supplied by the manufacturer for use in protection, shall be approved by the PURCHASER. It shall be possible to test all gas monitoring relays without de-energizing the primary equipment and without reducing pressure in the main section. Disconnecting type plugs and sockets shall be used for test purposes; the pressure/density device shall be suitable for connecting to the male portion of the plug. Two potential free electrical contacts shall be provided with each and every alarm condition. These are to be grouped together and wired to the cable termination blocks in the local control panels to give remote alarm indications/annunciations the remote panels. The BIDDER will be advised of the grouping required after the contract has been placed. BIDDER shall advise if the breakers are suitable for breaking the load current even if SF-6 gas pressure has reduced to atmospheric pressure.

4.6.3

4.6.4

4.7.0 Hydraulic Monitoring Devices: Hydraulic pressure systems where applicable, shall be monitored as follows: 4.7.1 Hydraulic first level: this gives an alarm if the hydraulic pressure drops below minimum closing pressure. Two sets of
Page 314 of

155791486.doc

442

potential free contacts are required per accumulator or highpressure reservoir. 4.7.2 Hydraulic second level: this will give an alarm indication if the pressure drops below the minimum operable pressure, i.e., mechanism locks out. Blocking shall be in accordance with clause 4.6.1 (b) above. Loss of N2: This will give an alarm in case the pressure exceeds a maximum level indicating loss of N2 gas of hydraulic storage cylinders. Hydraulic Motor Run Incomplete Hunting of pump motor due to small leak, one alarm per motor. Hydraulic Motor Run Excessive Excessive running of motor, one alarm per motor. Motor trip and Supply failure conditions shall also be monitored. The above alarms are considered the minimum acceptable, and the BIDDER shall provide additional monitoring as required for the satisfactory operation of the equipment. The alarm indications and monitoring of the hydraulic mechanism heaters shall be in accordance with the specific requirements. In the event that non-biodegradable fluids are used, the BIDDER shall provide containment trays to prevent a spillage and indicate the same in the bid. BIDDER should indicate additional price for annunciating hydraulic over pressure as an option.

4.7.3

4.7.4 4.7.5 4.7.6 4.7.7

4.7.8

4.7.9

4.8.0 VOID 4.9.0 Sectionalisation: 4.9.1 The GIS assembly shall consist of separate modular compartments eg. Circuit breaker compartment, bus-bar compartments filled with SF-6 gas and separated by gas tight partitions so as to minimise risk to human life, allow ease of maintenance and limit the effect of gas leaks failures and internal arcs etc. The assembly shall consist of completely separate, pressurized sections. The switchgear gas enclosures
Page 315 of

155791486.doc

442

must be sectionalised, with gas-tight barriers between sections or compartments. 4.9.2 The sections shall be so designed as to minimise the extent of plant rendered inoperative when gas pressure is reduced, either by excessive leakage or for maintenance purposes, and to minimise the quantity of gas that has to be evacuated and then refilled before and after maintaining any item of equipment. Main bus bars and bus disconnectors shall not form common gas sections. Further, disconnectors, circuit breakers, current transformers, voltage transformers, cable chambers, transformer exit bus ducts shall be separated from adjacent compartments by gas tight barriers. VENDOR shall provide the necessary end covers/cover plates to enable removal of an element of substation and to restore the enclosure in order to resume operation of the rest of the substation. End covers/cover plates required for independent testing of the removed bay shall also be provided. The arrangement of gas sections or compartments shall be such that it is possible to extend existing bus bars without having to take out of service more than one bus bar at any given time. The electrical connections between the various gas sections shall be made by means of multiple contact connectors so that electrical connection is automatically achieved when bolting one section to another. The surface of the connector fingers and conductor tubes on such connections shall be silver plated. In the event of interconnection of gas sections by means of external piping, each enclosure shall be provided with means of isolation from other gas compartments as well as means of filling up the SF6 gas such that gas evacuation/filling in one gas compartment shall not require gas evacuation/filling of any other compartment. The mass of gas in all the individual compartments at rated nominal density shall be indicated in the bid.

4.9.3

4.9.4

4.9.5

4.9.6

4.9.7

4.10.0 Support Insulators and Section Barriers: 4.10.1 The switchgear, which shall be of modular design, shall have complete phase isolation. The conductors and the live parts shall be mounted on high graded epoxy resin insulators. These insulators shall be designed to have high structural strength and
Page 316 of

155791486.doc

442

electrical dielectric properties and shall be shaped so as to provide uniform field distribution and to minimize the effects of particle deposition either from migration of foreign particles within the enclosures or from the by-products of SF6 breakdown under arcing conditions. 4.10.2 The support insulators and section barriers/insulators shall be manufactured from the highest quality material. They shall be free from all voids and the design shall be such as to reduce the electrical stresses in the insulators to a minimum. They shall be sufficiently strong to ensure that the conductor spacing and clearances are maintained when short circuit faults occur. Tests shall be carried out during the manufacture of the switchgear to ensure that all insulators and barriers are free of partial discharge at a voltage, which is at least 20% greater than the maximum service voltage. The gas section barriers shall not be specifically designed to collapse and act as pressure relief devices. The gas section barriers including seals to the conductor and enclosure wall shall be gas-tight and shall be capable of withstanding the maximum differential pressure that could occur across the barrier i.e., with a vacuum drawn on one side of the barrier and on the other side, at least twice the rated gas service pressure that can exist under normal operating and maintenance conditions or the maximum gas over pressure, at least equal to the operating pressure of the relief devices, that could be attained with a persistent internal arc fault.

4.10.3

4.10.4

4.11.0 Gas Seals: All gas seals shall be designed to ensure that leakage rates are kept to specified minimum under all normal pressure, temperature, electrical load and fault conditions. 4.12.0 Expansion and Flexible Connections: 4.12.1 Expansion joints or flexible connections shall be provided in the metal enclosures to absorb the actual or relative thermal expansion and contraction of the SF6 equipment as well as structures, foundations and floors on which the equipment is mounted, resulting from variations in the temperature of the switchgear equipment. Either expansion joints which will directly absorb any longitudinal expansion of the metal enclosures or flexible connections which will absorb the relative movement
Page 317 of

155791486.doc

442

between adjacent items of equipment as a result of expansion are acceptable, except in the case of long bus bar or duct installations. In this case expansion joints shall definitely be provided at suitable intervals in the metal enclosures. 4.12.2 If expansion joints are provided, all items of equipment shall be securely fixed to the support structures, foundations or floor. If flexible connections are provided, the switchgear shall be fixed to one point only with the remainder of the equipment free to move. The expansion joints or flexible connections should be capable of absorbing other small externally applied forces, eg. earth tremors, without any damage to the equipment. The number and position of expansion joints or flexible connections are to be determined by the BIDDER to ensure that the complete installation will not be subjected to any expansion stresses which could lead to distortion or premature failure of any piece of the GIS equipment, support structure or foundations. Expansion joints, flexible connections and adjustable mountings shall also be provided to compensate for tolerances in the manufacture of associated equipment to which the GIS may be connected and ensure that unreasonably excessive accuracy is not required when installing such equipment and constructing the associated foundations or support structures, e.g. transformers or the interconnection of isolated sections of switchgear by means of long SF6 bus bar or duct installations ifany. The joints shall be provided with external fittings to ensure that the flexible enclosure walls and the conductors of the expansion joint are not subjected to the normal standing longitudinal compression or tension forces that may exist in the equipment. These external fittings shall transmit all the forces across the joint and shall be symmetrically spaced around the enclosure to ensure that no bending forces are set up at the joint. The electrical connection across the expansion joint or flexible connections shall be made by means of multiple contact connectors, preferably the same as that to be provided at the joints between the separate gas compartments. The surface of the connection fingers and conductor tubes in such connections shall be silver plated. No loss in area of contact below the
Page 318 of

4.12.3

4.12.4

4.12.5

4.12.6

4.12.7

155791486.doc

442

minimum required should be experienced during the maximum possible expansion. 4.12.8 Electrical continuity of the connection for all enclosures across bolted joints/expansion/flexible connections shall be achieved.

4.12.9 Adequate provision shall be made to allow the thermal expansion of the conductors and of differential thermal expansion between conductors and the enclosures. The bellow shall be metallic (preferably of stainless steel) of following types or other suitable equivalent arrangement shall be provided wherever necessary. i) Lateral /Vertical mounting units; These shall be inserted as required, between section of busbars, (on transformers) and XLPE cable etc. Lateral mounting shall be made possible by a sliding section of enclosure and tubular conductors. Axial compensators: These shall be provided to accommodate changes in length of busbars due to temperatures variations.

ii)

iii) Parallel compensators: These shall be provided to accommodate large linear expansion and angle tolerance. iv) Tolerance compensators: These shall be provided for taking up manufacturing, site assembly and foundation tolerance 4.13.0 Metal cladding: 4.13.1 The metal clad enclosures for the SF6 gas and circuit elements shall be made from non-magnetic material to prevent losses. The type of material and thickness shall also be such as to keep heating due to induced circulating currents to a minimum. The material and thickness of the enclosure shall be in compliance with IEC-62271-203. Routine test on each enclosure shall be conducted, free of cost to the purchaser as per IEC-62271-203.

4.13.2 4.13.3

155791486.doc

Page 319 of

442

4.13.4

In general the contours of energized metal parts of the GIS and any other accessory shall be such, so as to eliminate areas or points of high electrostatic flux concentrations. The surfaces shall be smooth with no projection or irregularities, which may cause visible corona. No corona shall be visible in complete darkness which the equipment is subjected to specified test voltage. There shall be no radio interference from the energized switchgear at rated voltage. The enclosure shall be of continuous design and shall meet the requirement as specified in clause No.10 (special considerations of GIS) of IEEE-80, Year 2000. The enclosure shall be sized for carrying induced current equal to the rated current of the Bus. The conductor and the enclosure shall form the concentric pair with effective shielding of the field internal to the enclosure. The fabricated metal enclosures shall be of Aluminium alloy having high resistance to corrosion, low electrical loses and negligible magnetic losses. All joint surfaces shall be machined and all castings shall be spot faced for all bolt heads or nuts and washers. All screws, bolts, studs and nuts shall conform to metric system. The breaker enclosure shall have provision for easy withdrawal of the interrupter assemblies. The removed interrupter assembly must be easily and safely accessible for inspection and possible repairs. The enclosure shall be designed to practically eliminate the external electromagnetic field and thereby electro-dynamic stresses even under short circuit conditions. The elbows, bends, cross and T-sections of interconnections shall include the insulators bearing the conductor when the direction changes take place in order to ensure that live parts remain perfectly centered and the electrical field is not increased at such points. The average intensity of electromagnetic field shall not be more than 50 micro-Tesla. The contractor shall furnish all calculations and documents in support of the above during detailed engineering. The bidder shall furnish the following information regarding the loosely distributed metallic particles within the GIS encapsulation.
Page 320 of

4.13.5

4.13.6

4.13.7

4.13.8

4.13.9

4.13.10

4.13.11

155791486.doc

442

a) Calculations of critical field strength for specific particles of defined mass and geometry. b) The methodology and all the equipment for electrical partial discharge (PD) detection and/or acoustic detection methods, including that mentioned in the specification elsewhere. 4.13.12 The switchgear shall have provision for connection with ground mat risers. This provision shall consist of grounding pads to be connected to the ground mat riser in the vicinity of the equipment. Alarm circuit shall not respond to faults for momentary conditions. The following indications including those required elsewhere in the specifications shall be generally provided in the alarm and indication circuits. Gas Insulating System: a) b) c) d) 4.13.13.2 Loss of Gas Density. Loss of Heater power (if required). Moisture in Gas. Any other alarm necessary to indicate deterioration of the gas insulating system.

4.13.13

4.13.13.1

Operating System: a) b) c) d) e) Low operating pressure. Loss of heater power. Loss of operating power. Loss of control. Pole Disordance.

4.13.14

Temperature rise of current carrying parts shall be limited to the values stipulated in IEC-60694, under rated current and the climatic conditions at site. The temperature rise for accessible enclosure shall not exceed 200C above the ambient temperature of 500C. In the case of enclosures, which are accessible but need not be touched during normal operation, the temperature rise limit may be permitted up to 300C above the ambient of 500C. Pressure Vessel requirements:

4.13.15

155791486.doc

Page 321 of

442

a)

The enclosure shall be designed for the mechanical and thermal loads to which it is subjected to in service. Each pressure filled enclosure shall be designed and fabricated to comply with requirements of the applicable pressure vessel codes and based on the design temperature and design pressure as defined in IEC 62271 203. The enclosure shall be manufactured and tested according to the pressure vessel code (ASME/CENELEC code for pressure vessel). Each enclosure has to be tested as a routine test at 1.5 times the design pressure for one minute. The bursting strength of Aluminium casting has to be at least 5 times the design pressure. A bursting pressure shall be carried out at 5 times the design pressure as a type test on each type of enclosure.

b)

c)

4.13.16

Enclosure shall withstand the full rated fault currents during arcing faults at 40 KA, without puncturing for at least 500 m sec. For a fault cleared in more than 500 m sec. fragmentation of enclosure/uncontrolled ejection of solid material shall not take place. Design calculation or proof test report to demonstrate strength of enclosure at designed pressure and design temperature shall be furnished.

4.13.17

4.14.0 Finish of Interior Surfaces and Cleaning: 4.14.1 The finish of interior surfaces of the metal clad enclosures shall facilitate cleaning and inspection. Any paints or other coatings that may be used shall be such that they will not deteriorate when exposed to the SF6 gas and other vapours, arc products, etc., that may be present in the enclosures. They shall also not contain any substances, which could contaminate the enclosed SF6 gas or affect its insulating properties over a period of time. Measures taken to eliminate conducting particles shall be brought out clearly in the bid. The equipment shall be manufactured and assembled at the Manufacturers works under conditions of the utmost cleanliness.
Page 322 of

4.14.2

155791486.doc

442

4.14.3

The BIDDER shall indicate in the bid the finish, which will be used for interior of pressurized bus duct enclosure.

4.15.0 Protective Finish/Corrosion Protection: 4.15.1 The switchgear shall be treated and protected to withstand at least five years of operation under site conditions without sustaining significant corrosion or attacks from fungus or rodents. The exterior surface finish shall be selected in agreement with the PURCHASER to minimize the effect of solar radiation on continuous rating. The protective finish shall prevent deterioration due to corrosion, humidity, temperature, ageing and weather etc., under site conditions. All exterior surfaces shall be cleaned and painted before leaving the factory with one coat of approved primer and two coats of finish paint approved for the equipment. The underside of all surfaces bearing upon the concrete foundation shall be given two coats of approved primer. Extra paint for retouching shall be supplied by the manufacturer. The paint shade shall be as aircraft grey shade 693 of IS-5 and subject to PURCHASERs approval. Supporting framework shall be hot dip galvanized. Gas monitoring and service piping including all fittings and armatures shall be made of copper, brass or stainless steel. Joints of different metals that could lead to electrolytic corrosion must be avoided. Before the metal clad enclosed sections are joined together and charged with the SF6 gas they must be thoroughly cleaned.

4.15.2

4.15.3

4.15.4 4.15.5 4.15.6 4.15.7

4.16.0 Indication and Verification of Switch Position: 4.16.1 Indicators mounted external to the equipment, shall be provided on all circuit breakers, isolators and earth switches which shall clearly show whether the switches are open or closed. The indicators shall be mechanically coupled directly to the main contact operating drive rod or linkage and shall be mounted in a position where they are clearly visible. The
Page 323 of

155791486.doc

442

positions shall be designated as open and close and the use of colours to designate breaker position is not acceptable. 4.16.2 The BIDDER shall offer equipment fitted with viewing ports on each disconnect and ground switch, suitable for viewing and illuminating the position of the switch. Viewing ports shall be of a type whereby the open/close position can be checked without any danger to the eyes should a flashover occur at that time. Bidder shall also indicate Unit price for deletion of the viewing ports. BIDDER shall also indicate alternative facility which bidder can provide, to ensure checking at site by Purchasers operators that the circuit is not energized.

4.16.3 4.16.4

4.17.0 Pressure Relief device: 4.17.1 Pressure relief devices shall be provided in each gas section to protect the main gas enclosures from damage or distortion during the occurrence of abnormal pressure increase or shock waves generated by internal electrical fault arcs. Pressure relief shall be achieved either by means of rupture diaphragms venting directly into the atmosphere. Suitable guards and deflectors shall be provided to prevent pieces of diaphragm from flying out or any dangerous SF6 arc product gases escaping, in a manner that could endanger personnel who may be present. The enclosure and barrier insulators shall be designed to prevent rupturing in the event of a service failure. Each insulator shall withstand the pressure rise due to an internal arcing fault on one side and with vacuum on the other side.

4.17.2

4.17.3

4.18.0 Supply of SF6 Gas: The contract shall include the supply of all the SF6 gas necessary for filling and putting into commercial operation the complete switchgear installation being supplied including loss during installation. In addition, ten percent of the total SF6 gas required for the GIS shall be supplied as spare and shall be included in the contract. 4.19.0 SF6 Gas Maintenance Plant:

155791486.doc

Page 324 of

442

4.19.1

The entire plant necessary for filling and evacuating the SF6 gas in the switchgear equipment shall be supplied with the contract to enable erection and maintenance work to be carried out. This shall include all the necessary gas receivers for temporarily storing the evacuated SF6 gas as well as any other gases, which may be used in the process. The capacity of the temporary storage facilities shall at least be sufficient for storing the maximum quantity of gas that could be removed from the largest compartment of GIS + 10% extra SF6 gas when carrying out maintenance or repair work on any pieces of the switchgear and associated equipment. The necessary compressor to remove SF6 gas from the compartments, vacuum pump to create a vacuum inside the compartment before SF6 gas filling operation, dust and moisture filter shall form a part of the plant. Where any item of the filling and evacuating plant is of such a weight that it cannot easily be carried by maintenance personnel, it shall be provided with facilities for lifting and moving with the overhead cranes. The design of the plant, valves, couplings, connections, etc., must be of such a standard that leakage of any SF6 gas during the filling and evacuating processes is kept to an absolute minimum. The arrangement of valves, couplings and pipe work shall also be such as to prevent accidental loss of gas to the atmosphere. The plant shall have facilities for drying air and SF6 gas or any other gases with which the switchgear compartment may be temporarily filled during the process of filling with SF6 gas. Each of the gas compartments shall be fitted with permanent valves through which the gas is pumped into or evacuated from the compartments. Details of the gas filling and evacuating plant that will be supplied, as well as the description of the filling and evacuating procedures shall be given in the bid. The mobile auxiliary plant complete with necessary hoses and couplings etc., for purifying and drying SF6 gas in the switchgear gas compartments shall be provided with the contract. The auxiliary gas purification and drying plant shall preferably be combined as a single unit with the gas filling and evacuating plant.
Page 325 of

4.19.2

4.19.3

4.19.4

4.19.5

4.19.6

4.19.7

4.19.8

155791486.doc

442

4.19.9

Details of the plant and its operation and whether any instruments for testing the purity of the SF6 gas are automatically provided with the plant shall be submitted along with the bid. Bidder shall advice the Purchaser regarding requirements of special gas masks and protective clothing required during fault repair of GIS to protect personnel from SF6 decomposition products. Unit prices for supply of these items shall be given in the bid.

4.19.10

4.20.0 SF6 Gas Detecting Instruments: 4.20.1 Separate prices shall be quoted for portable SF6 gas detector. The portable SF6 gas detector shall be lightweight and provided with long flexible probe to enable detection of SF6 gas leakage from hard to reach areas. The Bidder shall furnish details/catalogues regarding the features of the portable SF6 gas detector offered by him.

4.20.2

4.21.0 Special Requirements for Transformer Connections : VOID 4.22.0 Design of the Interface: VOID 4.23.0 Assembly of Interface: VOID 4.24.0 Mechanical Force on Bushing Terminals: Outdoor bushings must be capable of withstanding a cantilever force applied to the terminal of at least 600 Kgs (6 KN). 4.25.0 Bushings:

155791486.doc

Page 326 of

442

4.25.1

All bushings shall have an impulse and power frequency withstand level that is greater than or equal to the level specified in the specific requirements. Porcelain if used for the manufacturer of bushing shall be homogeneous, free from laminations, cavities and other flaws or imperfections that might affect the mechanical or dielectric quality and shall be thoroughly vitrified, tough and impervious to moisture. Glazing of the porcelain shall be of uniform brown colour free from blisters, burns and similar other defects. Bushings shall be designed to have ample mechanical strength and rigidity for the conditions under which they will be used. All bushings of identical ratings shall be interchangeable. Puncture strength of bushings shall be greater than the dry flashover value. When operating at normal rated voltage, there shall be no electric discharge between the conductors and bushing which would cause corrosion or injury to conductors, insulators or supports by the formation of substances produced by chemical action. No radio interference shall be caused by the bushings when operating at the normal rated voltage. All iron parts shall be hot dip galvanized and all joints shall be air-tight. Surface of the joints shall be trued-up; porcelain parts by grinding and metal parts by machining. Bushing design shall be so as to ensure uniform compressive pressure on the joints. All current carrying contact surfaces shall be silver faced. Silver facing shall not be less than one mil. in thickness. Bushings shall satisfactorily withstand the insulation level specified. A Test tap shall be provided for measurement of Capacitance & Power Factor. The flange shall be made of weather resistant, corrosion proof material. Suitable arrangement for connection of flange to ground shall be provided. The terminal clamp of the bushing shall be made from hot dip tinned electrolytic grade copper.

4.25.2

4.25.3

4.25.4

4.25.5

4.25.6 4.25.7 4.25.8

4.25.9

4.26.0 Earthing:

155791486.doc

Page 327 of

442

4.26.1

The MANUFACTURER shall provide a Main Ground Bus, rated 40 KA for 3 sec., to which all intentionally earthed parts of the assembly must be connected. It shall be the responsibility of the VENDOR to provide a sufficient number of earth points so that dangerous voltages are not induced in the enclosure by the fault currents circulating in the inner conductor. Design of earthmat is in the scope of bidder. Earthing pads shall be provided for at-least two paths to earth from the Main Earth Bus or each metallic enclosure and auxiliary equipment designated for connection to the station earth grid. The VENDOR shall provide data to assure that the connections from the Main Earth Bus to the station earth will not interfere with required enclosure current paths or any operational feature of the assembly. A copper earth bar, located near the control cable entrances of all main and auxiliary equipment, shall be provided for the purpose of terminating the shield of each control cable. Provision shall be made for future extension and/or connection to earth buses of other interconnecting switchgear. The BIDDER shall be responsible for supplying all earthing materials required for bonding all the equipment and steelwork included in this contract to the main station earth mat also to be provided by the BIDDER. The design of the earth system and connection to the switchgear equipment shall also be compatible with the circulating currents that are present in the switchgear metal cladding. On the design of the earth mat mesh, the VENDOR shall provide full details of the circulating currents expected to flow in the earth mat system. Every section of the SF6 switchgear equipment including all panels, cubicles, kiosks and boxes shall be solidly bonded to the earthing system. Earth switches, voltage transformers, panels and kiosks, shall be bonded to the earthing system as specified in the relevant previous clauses. All steelwork, access decking and gangways, handrails, etc., shall also be effectively bonded to the earthing system.

4.26.2

4.26.3

4.26.4 4.26.5

4.26.6

4.26.7

4.26.8

4.26.9

155791486.doc

Page 328 of

442

4.26.10

The design of the earthing system along with the station earth mat shall be such as to ensure the safety and protection of all operating and maintenance personnel under all normal and fault conditions. Detailed earthing drawings shall be prepared for the complete installation which shall be provided under this contract and submitted to the PURCHASER for approval. The enclosure of the equipment and support structure of GIS shall be earthed in such a way that the following conditions are obtained: a) The touch potential at any part of the enclosure is less than 65 V. b) The induced current during normal operation is prevented from entering the earthing grid.

4.26.11

4.26.12 4.26.13

Station earth mat has to be provided by the bidder for which detailed calculation and drawings to be furnished. Grounding: The grounding system shall be designed and provided as per IEEE-80-2000 and CIGRE-44 to protect operating staff against any hazardous touch voltages and electro-magnetic interferences. The GIS supplier shall define clearly what constitutes the main grounding bus of the GIS. The GIS supplier must supply the entire material for grounding bus of GIS viz conductor, clamps, joints, operating and safety platforms etc. The GIS supplier is also required to supply all the earthing conductors and associated hardware material for the following: 1) Connecting all GIS equipment, bus ducts, enclosures, control cabinets, supporting structure etc., to the ground bus of GIS. 2) Grounding of transformer, CVT, SA and other outdoor switchyard equipments/structures etc. The enclosure of the GIS may be grounded at several points so that there shall be grounded cage around all the live parts. A minimum of two nos. of grounding connections should be provided for each of circuit breaker, transformer terminals, cable terminals, surge arrestors, earth switches and at each end of the bus bars. The grounding continuity between each enclosure

155791486.doc

Page 329 of

442

shall be effectively interconnected with Cu/Al bonds of suitable size to bridge the flanges. Subassembly to subassembly bonding shall be provided to provide gap & safe voltage gradients between all intentionally grounded parts of the GIS assembly & between those parts and the main grounding bus of the GIS. Each marshalling box, local control panel, power and control cable sheaths and other non-current carrying metallic structures shall be connected to the grounding system of GIS via connections that are separated from GIS enclosures. The grounding connector shall be of sufficient mechanical strength to withstand electromagnetic forces as well as capable of carrying the anticipated maximum fault current without overheating. At least two grounding paths shall be provided to connect each point to the main grounding bus. Necessary precautions should be undertaken to prevent excessive currents from being induced into adjacent frames, structures of reinforcing steel and to avoid establishment of current loops via other station equipment. All flexible bonding leads shall be tinned copper. All connectors, for attaching flexible bonding leads to grounding conductors and grounding conductors to support structures shall be tinned bronze with stainless steel or tinned bronze hardware. The contractor shall provide suitable measures to mitigate transient enclosure voltage caused by high frequency currents caused by lightning strikes, operation of surge arrestor, phase/earth fault and discharges between contacts during switching operation. The grounding system shall ensure safe touch & step voltages in all the enclosures. The contractor shall provide suitable barrier of non-linear resistor/counter discontinued SF6/Air termination, SF6/Transformer of Reactor termination, SF6/HV cable bushing etc., to mitigate transient enclosure voltage. 4.27.0 Earthing Tester: As an additional measure for the safety of personnel, it shall be possible to ascertain that the particular section of the plant is deenergized before an earth switch is closed onto the conductor. A capacitive tap shall be provided on each gas section if necessary and one loose instrument common to the complete plant, for connection to a capacitive tap to indicate whether the conductor is live or dead. Provision of capacitive tap and the instrument
155791486.doc
Page 330 of

442

shall be optional and quoted separately. This capactive tap could also be used for partial discharge measurement at site. 4.28.0 Interlocks: All interlocks required between circuit breaker, disconnect and earth switches shall be provided by the BIDDER. These shall take the form of an electrical interlock scheme operated from auxiliary switches attached to the mechanisms of the above equipment. The logic relays for this scheme shall be in BIDDERs scope of supply and shall be mounted in a local control panels. 4.29.0 Future Extension: 4.29.1 The equipment provided for an initial installation shall be designed and arranged to permit the erection and testing of extension units with the minimum of down time and redundant equipment. It shall be possible to carryout the erection, testing & commissioning of the future bays without requiring shut down to the complete station. Each line-up of the switchgear shall be suitable, and prepared for future extension on either end without any drilling, cutting or welding on the existing equipment. To add future bays, it shall not be necessary to move or dislocate the existing switchgear bays. INTERFACES AND FUTURE EXTENSIONS:

4.29.2

4.29.3

4.30

4.30.1 For future extension with another GIS product, the successful bidder shall supply information preferably in the form of drawings giving sufficient information to enable such an interface to be designed at a later stage. The procedure to ensure confidentiality of the design details shall be agreed between the purchaser and successful bidder. The interface should concern bus bars or bus ducts only, and not direct connections to Active devices such as circuit breakers or disconnectors. For Future extensions, it is recommended that the interface incorporates facilities for installation and testing of the extension to limit the part of the existing GIS to be re-tested and to allow the connection to the existing GIS without further dielectric testing (refer to clause C.3 of IEC) it shall be designed to
155791486.doc
Page 331 of

442

withstand the rated insulation levels across the isolating distance. The responsibility for testing the existing GIS will be with the purchaser. 4.31.0 Foundation Channels & Supporting frame work: 4.31.1 All supporting steel structures above finish floor level for switchgear bays, including overhead line and cable terminations, transformer bus duct support, etc., shall be a part of Bidders supply. 4.31.2 The BIDDER shall provide suitable foundation channels for grouting into the foundation floor to support the switchgear assembly. Necessary supporting framework, levelling screws, inspection platforms etc., shall be provided by the BIDDER to fasten the switchgear base frames to the foundation channels. BIDDER shall submit drawing showing all details of the foundation channels on the civil guide drawing. 4.32.0 Maintenance: 4.32.1 Purchasers preventive maintenance practice includes systematic overhaul and inspection, as well as inspection after a certain number of automatic opening operations. Station components shall be installed and arranged to facilitate realistic access for maintenance and removal of equipment, with a minimum amount of disturbance to other equipment. 4.32.2 Suitable maintenance/operation provided for each bay. platforms/catwalks shall be

4.32.3 It must be generally possible to remove a single circuit element (breaker, disconnect switch, bus insulator) without removing another element. Circuit breakers interrupter unit shall be removable from its tank without moving the tank or any other element. Further, disconnect switch contacts shall be accessible through manholes. It will be permissible to remove a short piece of bus between elements in order to remove an element. 4.32.4 For routine inspection and possible repairs, all elements shall be accessible without removing support structures. The removal of individual enclosure parts, or entire breaker bays, shall be possible without disturbing the enclosures of neighboring bays.

155791486.doc

Page 332 of

442

4.33.0 Voltage withstand Vs Time Graph: The BIDDER is required to provide a Voltage Withstand Vs Time Graph in the time range of 0.5 to 1000 micro secs., which shows the guaranteed insulation performance for the equipment offered. 4.34.0 Temperature Rise: Temperature rise of enclosure and conductor shall be such that the final temperature does not exceed the values specified in Data Sheet-A for specified site conditions including the effects of solar radiation. BIDDER shall provide test reports/calculations to prove this. 4.35.0 Gas Leakage: The guaranteed maximum gas leakage shall be less than 1% per year for any individual gas compartment and less than 0.5% per year for the whole equipment. 4.36.0 Losses: Manufacturers shall provide details of the losses at rated current. 4.37.0 Welding, Nuts and Bolts: 4.37.1 All welding shall conform to the requirements of relevant IEC standards and shall be performed by a fully certified fabricator or suitable submerged arc welding machines. At least 10% of all welds must be subjected to non-destructive testing by X-rays or ultrasound and all records there of must be made available on request. 4.37.2 When drawings are submitted for approval, VENDOR shall indicate the following: a) Type of weld. b) Procedure employed. c) Inspection applied. 4.37.3 Details of bolt sizes and threading shall be clearly shown on the appropriate drawings. Where self-locking type of nuts are used, they shall be of the re-usable type. Pressed type nuts are not acceptable.

155791486.doc

Page 333 of

442

4.38.0 High Voltage transients: High Voltage Transients from switching operations and internal faults are coupled to the external sheath of the GIS. Since, the effects of these transients on people are not known operating personnel are required to avoid contact with the sheath during switching operations. Such a restriction is considered undesirable and the supplier may therefore provide devices and techniques, which may reduce such hazard or new techniques to reduce transients to an acceptable safe level. 4.39.0 Electric Overhead Crane: EOT Crane of suitable capacity shall be provided for erection & maintenance of GIS. The crane shall consist of all special requirements for erection and maintenance of GIS equipments. The crane shall be possible to be operated through the cable & through the pendant control, which shall be easily accessible from the floor of GIS building. 5.0 5.1.0 HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS: General:

5.1.1 The circuit breakers shall be 3 Phase metal clad type ,three pole operation (gang operated) and shall have duplicate trip coils. They shall be electrically, mechanically, hydraulically and pneumatically trip free where applicable and anti-pumping with either or both of the duplicate trip circuits connected. A manual emergency trip facility is required to be provided. 5.1.2 The circuit breaker shall be suitable for remote electrical operation at 220V DC as specified in the Specific Requirements, with either or both of the duplicate trip circuits connected. Pole discrepancy tripping shall be provided. 5.1.3 The breaker enclosure shall have provision for easy withdrawal of the interrupter assemblies. This procedure may not involve the removal or dislocation of adjacent bay enclosure parts. Checking the contact condition of the interrupter elements must be possible without disturbing any other gas compartment. Safe replacement of breaker interrupters must be possible while the adjacent bays are live.

155791486.doc

Page 334 of

442

5.1.4 The nameplate shall display the actual site rating of the equipment. 5.2.0 Duty Cycle (Operating Mechanism): Circuit Breaker shall be C2-M1 class as per IEC-62271-100. The BIDDER shall tender for circuit breakers which have local storage sufficient for the standard duty cycle of two CLOSE-OPEN (CO) operations and the stored energy mechanism cabinet shall be so insulated that during an AC station service failure, at an ambient temperature of 350C, there shall not be less than two CO stored operations remaining after three hours. 5.3.0 Circuit Breaker Performances: 5.3.1 Duty Cycle. Open-0.3 seconds-Close-Open-3.0 minutes-Close-Open.

5.3.2 Interrupting time: The maximum interrupting time at the minimum operating pressure of the mechanism shall be 3.0 cycles (60 m sec) as specified in Data Sheet-A. 5.3.3 Total Break Time: The total break time shall not be exceeded under any of the following duties: i. Test duties T10, T30, T60, T100 (with TRV as per IEC-62271100). ii. Short line fault L90, L75 (with TRV as per IEC-62271-100). The bidder may please note that total break time of the breaker shall not be exceeded under any duty conditions specified such as with the combined variation of the trip coil voltage (70110%), pneumatic/hydraulic pressure and SF6 gas pressure etc. While furnishing the proof for the total break time of complete circuit breaker, the bidder may specifically bring out the effect of non-simultaneity between poles and show how it is covered in the total break time.
155791486.doc
Page 335 of

442

The values guaranteed shall be supported with the type test reports. 5.3.4 Short Circuit Rating: a) VENDORs shall tender proof of short circuit rating with transient voltage severity in accordance with latest revision of IEC-62271-100/2001. b) All short circuit testing shall be carried out by direct tests or synthetic tests, in accordance with IEC-62271-100/2001. Details of out of phase testing in accordance with latest versions of IEC- IEC-62271-100 shall be provided with the bid. 5.3.5 Switching Surges: The circuit breaker shall limit switching surges to 2.3 p.u. by the insertion of closing resistors, if necessary.

5.3.6 Short Line Faults: Circuit breakers supplied to this specification shall be capable of interrupting short line faults on overhead transmission lines / cable when the available short circuit at the breaker terminals is equal to the interrupting rating of the breaker. If additional capacitance is required for TRV control, details must be submitted with the bid. 5.3.7 Thermal Rating of Resistors (If applicable): a) Closing and/or opening resistors shall have adequate thermal capacity for the following duty: 4C0-60 min-CO. b) An alternative price shall be submitted for breakers with closing and/or opening resistors with an adequate thermal capacity for the fourth CO operation of the above duty to be an out-of-phase switching operation. 5.3.8 Other Switching Duties:

155791486.doc

Page 336 of

442

It is required that the circuit breakers shall be re-strike free when de-energizing overhead lines and cables and shall be capable of switching unloaded transformer and shunt capacitor banks without exceeding specified over voltages. 5.4.0 Voltage withstand Vs Time Graph: The BIDDER is required to provide a Voltage withstand Vs Time Graph in the range of 0.5 to 1000 micro sec., which shows the guaranteed insulation performance for the equipment offered. If capacitance is added to line or circuit side of breaker, these values of capacitance should be included in the studies. 5.5.0 Circuit Breaker Construction Features: 5.5.1 SF6 circuit breakers shall be of single pressure type and shall utilize puffer cylinder for arc interruption. 5.5.2 Each SF6 circuit breaker pole shall be provided with its own selfcontained gas system. 5.5.3 The service connections for gas handling shall be located on each pole tank and easily accessible to facilitate servicing. 5.5.4 Unit type gas handling system shall be provided for above purpose. 5.5.5 The SF6 breaker shall be designed to ensure that condensation of moisture is controlled by proper selection of organic insulating materials having low moisture absorbing characteristics, complete drying of container and breaker selection of O ring etc. Materials such as activated alumina or molecular sieve shall be provided at appropriate locations as moisture absorbents. Also, suitable absorbents for removing SF6 arc products shall be employed. 5.6.0 Operating Mechanism: 5.6.1 Circuit breakers shall be power operated either by a motor charged spring operated mechanism or by hydraulic mechanism or combination of these. Main poles of the breakers shall be such that the design shall ensure a close pole spread with a maximum of 4 ms opening and 6 ms closing.

155791486.doc

Page 337 of

442

5.6.2 Circuit breakers shall feature high repeatability of absolute closing time over a wide range of parameters (ambient temperature, hydraulic/pneumatic pressure, control voltages etc). 5.6.3 Operating mechanism shall be suitable for high speed re-closing. It shall be non-pumping electrically and either mechanically or pneumatically under every method of closing (except during manual closing of a breaker for maintenance). A latch-checking switch shall be provided on mechanically trip free mechanisms to prevent re-closure before the breaker latches have reset. 5.6.4 Main poles shall operate simultaneously. There shall be no objectionable rebound and the mechanism shall not require any critical adjustment. It shall be strong rigid, positive and fast in operation. 5.6.5 Trip coil shall be rated for not less than 500 W continuously. 5.6.6 Discrepancy circuit shall be provided which shall detect pole position discrepancy. 5.6.7 The design of the circuit breaker shall be such that contacts will not close automatically upon loss of gas/air/oil pressure. 5.6.8 A mechanical indicator shall be provided to indicate open and closed positions at a location from where it will be visible to a man standing on the ground. An operation counter shall also be provided. 5.6.9 A closing release shall operate correctly at all values of control voltage between 80% and 110% of the rated voltage. A shunt trip shall operate correctly under all operating conditions of the circuit breaker up to the rated breaking capacity of the circuit breaker and at all values of control supply voltage between 50% and 110% of rated voltage. 5.6.10 Working parts of the mechanism shall be of corrosion resisting material. Bearings, which require grease shall be equipped with pressure type grease fittings. Bearing pin, bolts, nuts and other parts shall be adequately pinned or locked to prevent loosening or changing of adjustment with repeated operation of the breaker. 5.6.11 Densimeter contacts and pressure switch contacts shall be suitable for direct use as permissives in closing and tripping circuits. Separate contacts have to be used for each of tripping
155791486.doc
Page 338 of

442

and closing circuits. If contacts are not suitably rated and multiplying relays are used then fail safe logics / scheme are to be employed DC supplies for all auxiliary circuit shall be monitored and for remote annunciation and operation lock out in case of DC failures. 5.6.12 Provision shall be made for attaching an operation analyzer to perform speed tests after installation of the breakers at site. 5.6.13 Spring Operated Mechanism: a) Spring operated mechanism shall be complete with motor, operating spring, closing spring with limit switch for automatic charging and all necessary accessories to make the mechanism a complete operating unit. b) As long as power is available to the motor, a continuous sequence of closing and opening operations shall be possible. c) After failure of power supply to the motor, at least two closeopen (C-O) operations of the circuit breaker shall be possible. d) Breaker operation shall be independent of the motor, which shall be used solely for compressing the closing spring. e) Motor rating shall be such that it requires only about 30 seconds for fully charging the closing spring. f) Closing action of the circuit breaker shall compress the opening spring ready for tripping. g) When closing springs are discharged after closing a breaker, closing springs shall automatically be charged for the next operation. h) The mechanism shall be such that the failure of any auxiliary, spring will not prevent tripping and will not cause trip or closing operation of power operating devices. 5.6.14 Hydraulic Operated Mechanism: a) Hydraulic operated mechanism shall comprise self contained operating unit with power cylinder, control valves, high and low pressure reservoir, motor, etc. A hand pump set shall also be provided for emergency operation.
155791486.doc
Page 339 of

442

b) The oil pressure controlling the oil pump and pressure in the high pressure reservoir shall be continuously monitored on the remote control board/SCADA. The necessary hardware to achieve this, including the loose pressure gauge instruments and interconnecting piping shall be included in BIDDERs scope of supply. c) The mechanism shall be suitable for at least two close-open operations after failure of AC supply to the motor. 5.6.15 Operating Mechanism Control: a) Operating mechanism shall normally be operated by remote electrical control. Electrical tripping shall be performed by shunt trip coils. Provision shall be made for local electrical control. b) A conveniently located manual tripping lever or break glass type push button shall also be provided for local tripping of the breaker and simultaneously opening the reclosing circuit. A local manual closing device shall also be provided for maintenance purpose. Direction of motion of handle shall be clearly and indelibly marked.

5.6.16 Operating Mechanism and Accessories Housing: a) Operating mechanism, unit compressor, if offered and all accessories shall be enclosed in a weather-proof mechanism cabinet of hot dip galvanized sheet steel construction, the thickness of which shall not be less than 2 mm. Hinged doors giving access to the mechanism at the front and sides shall be provided. Suitable gaskets shall be provided to make the mechanism housing waterproof and dust-proof. Padlock and duplicate keys shall be included in the BIDDERs scope of supply. b) The operating mechanism control and all other controls shall be contained in a freestanding cabinet in the front of the system. c) Local control panel with necessary local closing/opening of switchgear and terminals for termination of control and protection cables shall be provided.
155791486.doc
Page 340 of

442

d) Common marshalling box with necessary tubing and cables shall be provided. A light point with door switch and one 3 pin, 240 V, AC 15 A socket outlet shall be provided in the housing. Cable entry shall be from the bottom only. 5.7.0 Contacts: 5.7.1 Main contacts shall have ample area and contact pressure for carrying the rated current and the short time rated current of the breaker without excessive temperature rise, which may cause pitting or welding. Contacts shall be easily replaceable and shall have a minimum of movable parts and adjustments to accomplish these results. Main contacts shall be the first to open and the last to close so that there will be little contact burning and wear. 5.7.2 Arcing contacts, if provided, shall be the first to close and the last to open and shall be easily accessible for inspection and replacement. Tips of arcing and main contacts shall be silver faced or have tungsten alloy tipping. 5.7.3 Positive mechanism interconnection shall be provided between interrupting contacts, resistor switches (when used), blast valve mechanism, if any, to ensure maximum operating reliability or retention timing. 5.7.4 If multi-break interrupters are used, they shall be so designed and augmented that a fairly uniform voltage distribution is developed across them. 5.8.0 Auto Reclosing Equipment: VOID 5.9.0 Optional Devices: Bidder shall quote as an optional item for following devices along with necessary cables, consoles etc., as a condition monitoring system. 5.9.1 Device for monitoring the operating time and speed of the breaker. The device shall detect in case the operating speed is higher/lower than the specified values and sound an alarm.

155791486.doc

Page 341 of

442

Speed curves for each breaker shall be obtained with the help of a suitable operation analyzer to determine the breaker contact movement during opening, closing, trip free operation under normal as well as limiting operating conditions (control voltage, pneumatic pressure etc.). The tests shall show the speed of contacts directly at various stages of operation, travel of contacts, opening time, closing time, shortest time between separation and meeting of contacts at break make operation etc. This test shall also be performed at site for which the necessary operation analyzer along with necessary transducers, cables, console etc., shall be furnished as mandatory maintenance equipment. 5.9.2 A device for monitoring contact wear of the breaker shall be provided with usual indication showing extent of contact wear and the stage at which contact replacement is recommended. 5.9.3 A device for recording currents of trip and close coils of the breaker. 5.10.0 Additional data to be furnished along with offer: a) Drawing showing contacts in close, arc initiation, full arcing, arc extinction and open position. b) Data on capabilities of circuit Breaker in terms of time and number of operation at duties ranging from 100 fault currents to load currents of the lowest possible value without requiring any maintenance or checks. c) Curves supported by test data indicating the opening time under close open operation with combined variation of trip voltage and hydraulic pressure. 5.11.0 TESTS: 5.11.1 In accordance with the requirements stipulated under Section Data Sheet A1, the circuit breaker along with its operating mechanism shall conform to the type tests as per IEC-62271100/203. 5.11.2 Routine Tests: Routine tests as per IEC 62271-100/203 shall be performed on all circuit breakers.

155791486.doc

Page 342 of

442

In addition to the mechanical and electrical tests specified by IEC, the following shall also be performed. Speed curves for each breaker shall be obtained with the help of a suitable operation analyzer to determine the breaker contact movement during opening, closing, auto-reclosing and trip free operation under normal as well as limiting operating conditions (control voltage, pneumatic pressure etc.). The tests shall show the speed of contacts directly at various stages of operation, travel of contacts, opening time, closing time, shortest time between separation and meeting of contacts at break make operation etc. This test shall also be performed at site for which the necessary operation analyzer along with necessary transducers, cables, console etc., shall be furnished as mandatory maintenance equipment. 6.0 DISCONNECT SWITCHES (ISOLATORS) AND EARTH SWITCHES: General: Disconnector shall be of single pole, group operated type, installed in the switchgear to provide electrical isolation of the circuit breaker, the transformer, double bus and transmission lines. The disconnector shall be operated by electric motor suitable for use on 220V DC system and shall be equipped with a manual operating mechanism for emergency use. 6.1.0 Construction Features:

6.1.1 The Isolators, high-speed motor operated earth switches and hand-operated maintenance earth switches shall be complete with all parts that are necessary or essential for efficient operation. Such parts shall be deemed to be within the scope of supply, whether specifically mentioned or not. 6.1.2 All similar parts shall be interchangeable. 6.1.3 The design shall be such that no lubrication of any part is required except at very infrequent intervals. 6.1.4 The isolator and earthing switch shall be provided with high current carrying contacts on the hinge and jaw ends and all contact surface shall be of silver faced copper.

155791486.doc

Page 343 of

442

6.1.5 Isolators shall be adequately rated to energize/de-energize the GIS bus bars. 6.1.6 Arrangement shall be provided to enable manual operation of Isolators and high-speed earth switches. Whenever the emergency manual handle is inserted into the drive mechanism, it shall not be possible to control the device electrically. 6.1.7 Each Isolator shall have an individual gas compartment. An associated earth switch may be arranged in the gas compartment of the isolator except bus bar side isolator earth switch which will have a separate and independent gas compartment to avoid shut down to both bus bars in the event of failure of junction gas barrier. 6.2.0 Accessories:

6.2.1 Position Indicator: A mechanical position-indicating device shall be provided for each isolator/earthing switch, which shall be clearly visible from ground. Viewing port shall be provided for visual verification of open/close position of the isolator/earthing switch.

6.2.2 Name Plate: A weatherproof and corrosion-proof nameplate shall be provided on each isolator, earthing switch and operating devices etc. The nameplates shall conform to applicable standards. 6.3.0 Earthing Switch: 6.3.1 Earthing switch can form an integral part of each pole of the isolator except bus bar side isolator earth switch as per 6.1.7 above. Two independent earthing pads each with flexible copper braids and suitable connectors for the specified size of earth conductor lead shall be provided at the hinge end of the switch. 6.3.2 Motor operated high speed earthing switch shall be designed in a manner to prevent transmitting of impact to earth switch bushing during high speed closing operation of the earth switch.
155791486.doc
Page 344 of

442

6.3.3 The earth switches shall have fault current rating as specified in Data Sheet. 6.3.4 The earth side connection of the earth switch shall be arranged so as to facilitate the installation of a clip-on-ammeter. The BIDDER shall submit separate prices for the installation of a permanently connected ammeter on the ground connection of the switch and for the installation of Live-Line detectors. 6.3.5 High speed earth switches shall be either be motor driven or stored energy operated and controlled from the local control panel as specified. After removal of the ground initiated by a fault making ground switch, it must be possible to re-energize the system without first carrying out maintenance. The BIDDER shall state what precautions are taken to minimize the accidental discharge of the stored energy operating mechanisms. This will not be applicable for hand operated earth switches. 6.3.6 Provision shall be made to padlock the hand operated earth switch in both the open and close positions. 6.3.7 Earthing switches on the line-side of incoming feeders shall have made proof contacts and high speed stored energy operating mechanisms that make them suitable to close into a fault. These motor operated earthing switches on incomer bays shall be of high speed closing (quick make action) type. 6.3.8 If required, the BIDDER shall provide earthing switches with preinsertion resistors at cable termination to protect cable from surges. 6.3.9 All earth switches shall be insulated from the enclosure and connected to the enclosure by a removable link to facilitate current injection. 6.3.10 High speed earthing switches on the line/cable entrance side shall be capable of interrupting line-coupling currents upon opening. 6.4.0 Interlocks: 6.4.1 Interlocking devices must provide absolute and positive protection against potentially harmful maloperations of the switchgear. The following functions shall be provided:

155791486.doc

Page 345 of

442

a) Forcing the operator into the only safe and logic sequence to actuate breakers, switches, isolators and grounding switches. b) Checking the actual fully closed or fully open position of all switching elements before and after each move. c) Providing the logical checks and issuing the PERMISSIVE or BLOCKED signals for the switchgear. resulting

d) Indicating positively the absolute condition/position of the supervised equipment. e) Local manual and remote electrical operation of all essential functions. f) Local emergency unlocking facilities via safety-key switches under the full responsibility of the operator. 6.4.2 Isolator and earthing switch shall be electrically interlocked such that it will not be possible to close the earthing switch when the isolator is closed or vice-versa. 6.4.3 Isolator shall be provided with electrical interlocking feature for manual operation of the isolator. This shall be in the form of bolt/shutter interlock comprising an interlock coil of latch-in type to lock the isolator-driving shaft and hence prevent isolator operation in the latch-in condition. To enable manual operation, the bolt/shutter can be opened only when the equipment is free of interlocking signals from other equipments. When the bolt/shutter is opened for manual operation, safety switch shall be automatically opened so that electrical operation is not possible during the manual operation. It shall be possible to release the latch by energizing the interlock coil when certain pre set conditions of interlocking scheme are fulfilled. For this purpose, the facilities shall be provided for wiring external interlocking contacts both in isolator opening and provided on the local control cabinet to facilitate emergency manual operation of isolator. 6.4.4 Electrical interlocking arrangement shall be fail-safe type. 6.4.5 The feeder grounding switches at remote end will be interlocked with the circuit breakers at the GIS and Vice Versa. Necessary provisions shall be made to achieve the interlocking. 6.5.0 Operating Mechanism and Controls:
155791486.doc
Page 346 of

442

6.5.1 Isolators shall be motor operated and controlled from the local control and from a remote point. Connections, interlocking requirements and auxiliary switches shall be in accordance with the PURCHASERs requirements. 6.5.2 The operating mechanism shall provide quick, simple and effective operation. Time of operation shall not exceed 12 seconds. One man shall be able to operate the isolator/earthing switch (when manually operated) without undue effort. 6.5.3 The operating mechanism shall be provided with sufficient adjustment to allow for final alignment of the isolator blades for simultaneous operation. Adjustable stops shall be provided to prevent over-travel in either direction. 6.5.4 The isolator shall be provided with positive continuous control throughout the entire cycle of operation. The operating pipes and rods shall be sufficiently rigid to maintain positive control under most adverse conditions and when operated in tension or compression for isolator closing. They shall also be capable of withstanding all torsional and bending stresses due to operation of the isolator. 6.5.5 It shall not be possible, after final adjustment has been made, for any part of the mechanism to be displaced at any point in the travel sufficiently to allow improper functioning of the isolator when the isolator is opened or closed at any speed. All holes in cracks, linkages, etc., having pins shall be drilled to accurate fit so as to maintain the minimum amount of slack and lost motion in the entire mechanism. 6.5.6 In addition to the limit switch contacts required for control of power operated isolators, the number of auxiliary contacts mentioned in Data Sheet-A1 shall be provided. These switch contacts shall be positive acting type and shall be directly driven from the isolator shaft through minimum linkages. The auxiliary contacts shall be of silver faced copper. When make before break contacts are specified, they shall be wiping type. The contacts (including limit switch contacts) shall be designed to carry 10A continuously without undue temperature rise. All contacts (including limit switch contacts) shall be suitable for breaking an inductive current of 3A and 2A at 110V DC & 220V DC respectively.

155791486.doc

Page 347 of

442

6.5.7 A local isolating switch fuse unit for disconnection of power supply, a local/remote selector switch and a set of open/close push buttons shall be provided in the associated local control panel for motor operated isolators. 6.5.8 The control shall be arranged such that the desired operation shall be completed when corresponding push button is pressed even momentarily. The control circuit shall be so designed that necessary interlocks with associated breakers and earthing switch shall be incorporated in it. 6.5.9 Arrangement shall be provided to permit manual operation of isolators. The arrangements shall be such that when manual operating handle is in the engaged position, the power operation shall be made inoperative. 6.5.10 The operating mechanism design shall be such that during the operation of the isolator (especially manual operation), once the moving blades reach the sparking distance, springs shall take over to give a quick, snap action closing so that the isolator closing is independent of manual efforts. Similarly, the springs must assist during the opening operation to give quick breaking features. 6.5.11 Disconnector and high speed motor operated earthing switch mechanisms shall be provided with a mechanism with stored energy to always assure completed operations.

6.5.12 If the power supply to Isolator/earthing switch is initially off and open/close command is given to isolator/earth switch which cannot be carried out due to non-availability of power at that moment, the operation of Isolator/Earth switch shall not take place when AC supply is restored subsequently. 6.6.0 Short Circuit Requirement: 6.6.1 The rated peak short-circuit current or the rated short time current carried by an isolator or earthing switch for the rated maximum duration of short circuit shall not cause: a) Mechanical damage to any part of the isolator or earthing switch. b) Separation of the contacts or contact welding. c) A temperature rise likely to damage insulation.

155791486.doc

Page 348 of

442

6.6.2 After the passage of these currents, the isolator shall be able to carry its rated current under specified conditions and the operation of the operating device shall not be impaired. 6.6.3 If earthing switch is combined with an isolator as a single unit, the rated peak short circuit current and the rated short time current of the earthing switch shall be at least equal to those specified for the isolator. 6.7.0 Other Requirements: The requirements for heaters, control wiring and auxiliary switches for all earth switches shall be as detailed in Data SheetA1. 7.0 7.1.0 HIGH VOLTAGE CURRENT AND VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS: General Requirements:

7.1.1 Secondary terminals of each voltage and current transformers shall be brought out in a weather-proof terminal box. Facility shall be provided for short-circuiting and earthing the CT secondary at the terminal box. The star point whenever required shall be formed at the terminal box only. 7.1.2 Terminal and polarity marks shall be indelibly marked on each VT & CT on the associated terminals and these marks shall be in accordance with relevant standards. 7.1.3 Each VT & CT shall be provided with a rating plate showing the particulars as required by the relevant standard. 7.1.4 Each CT shall, when called for in specific requirements be equipped with an over voltage protective device to limit the voltage developed across the secondary terminals to a safe value not exceeding 3 kV. The protective device shall not require attention after it has operated and shall not interface with the proper operation of relays or instruments connected to the secondary circuits. 7.1.5 In the case of multi-core CTs, it shall be possible to adjust the tap settings on any core independent of the setting on the other cores for which purpose these tappings will have to be provided on the secondary windings.

155791486.doc

Page 349 of

442

7.1.6 In case of unearthed voltage transformers both the terminals of the primary winding shall be brought out through bushings rated for full line voltage. In case of earthed voltage transformer the end of the primary winding intended to be earthed shall be brought out through a bushing and earthing connection shall be made outside. This is required to facilitate meggering of the primary winding for which the earth connection has to be removed. The neutral side bushings of the voltage transformers shall be rated for 1.1 kV class. 7.1.7 The secondary terminal box for the voltage transformers shall also include necessary HRC fuses for protecting the secondary circuit. Further, for the purpose of fuse supervision on remote panel both terminals of fuse shall be brought out to the terminal box. 7.1.8 All CT cores in this specification shall be of low reactance type. 7.1.9 No turns compensation shall be used in case of Class-PS CTs. 7.1.10 Turns compensation, if any should be clearly brought out in the offer in guaranteed particulars. 7.1.11 In case of multi-ratio CTs, the minimum specified requirements in respect of VA, accuracy and knee point Voltage (KPV) and maximum secondary resistance specified shall be met at all taps. 7.1.12 Magnetising characteristics (extending well beyond KPV) and secondary impedance values shall be furnished in guaranteed particulars for all protection cores. 7.1.13 Voltage transformers shall be of electromagnetic type. Capacitor voltage transformers shall not be acceptable. 7.1.14 Voltage and current transformers shall be provided with the following accessories: a) Two earthing terminals for connecting the earthing conductor specified. b) Rating and diagram plates shall be provided as per IEC standards. 7.1.15 Voltage and current transformers shall be given tropicalizsed treatment for satisfactory operation in hot and humid climate. 7.1.16 Voltage and current transformers shall be SF6 gas insulated.
155791486.doc
Page 350 of

442

7.2.0 Voltage Transformers: General: The voltage transformer shall conform to IEC 60044-2 and other relevant standards, except to the extent explicitly modifies in the specification. 7.2.1 (a) Voltage transformers shall be of the metal enclosed, gasinsulated inductive type (b) The voltage transformer shall be in a separate bay module on the bus and will be connected to phase to ground and shall be used for protection, metering and synchronization. 7.2.2 Voltage Transformers shall be of the electromagnetic type with SF6 gas insulation. The earth end of the high voltage winding and the ends of the secondary winding shall be brought out in the terminal box. 7.2.3 (a) Minimum accuracy, burden and transient response characteristics shall be in accordance with the Data SheetA of this specification. The voltage transformer should be thermally and dielectrically safe when the secondary terminals are loaded with guaranteed thermal burdens. The accuracy of 0.2 metering core should be maintained throughout the entire specified burden on all three winding without any adjustment during operation. Secondary terminals must be located in accessible grounded terminal boxes on the PT enclosure itself. The secondary connections must be wired to the terminal strip in the respective bay marshalling cubicle. Voltage transformer secondaries shall be protected by HRC catridge type fuses for all the windings. In addition fuse shall be provided for the protection and metering winding for fuse monitoring scheme. The secondary terminals of the VTs shall be terminated to the stud type nondisconnecting terminal blocks in the secondary boxes via fuse.

(b)

(c)

7.2.4 (a)

(b)

7.2.5 BIDDER shall provide the VT selection scheme for outgoing feeders ie., potential supply to protection system shall be switched to
155791486.doc
Page 351 of

442

bus VT depending on position of bus side disconnect switch (power supply to the feeder and VT potential supply for protection shall be from the same bus). 7.2.6 In case , the VTs on cable incomers shall be capable of discharging the 66 kV cables (capacitance up to 0.425 micro farad per phase per KM), charged to a peak voltage of 72.5 kV. Discharge time shall be less than 30 seconds. 7.2.7 7.3.0 The diagram for the interconnection of VTs shall be provided inside the marshalling box. Current Transformers: General: The current transformer and accessories shall conform to IEC 60044-1 and other relevant standard except to the extent explicitly modified in the specification. 7.3.1 Number and Location of CTs: a) The CTs shall be provided as per Data Sheet-A1 of this specification. The particulars of the various cores may be change within reasonable limits as per the requirement of the protection relay supplier. The manufacturer is required to have these values confirmed from the purchaser before proceeding with design of the cores. b) Bus bar protection CT cores shall be located at outermost side away from breaker. c) The physical relative location of CT cores should be such as to ensure overlapping of protective zones.

7.3.2 Rating of Relaying Cores: The rating of relaying cores shall be as per Data Sheet-A of this specification. 7.3.3 Minimum Accuracy for Relaying Cores: 5P20 class & Class-PS shall be as per Data Sheet-A of this specification. The relaying cores shall be of low remanence design. Gaps in the core shall not be larger than necessary to limit remanence. The core remanence shall not exceed 10% of
155791486.doc
Page 352 of

442

the saturation flux that is created by the application of 10 DC ampere turns per inch length of core around the magnetic path. 7.3.4 Rating of metering core shall be same as for relaying cores but low reactance design is not required. 7.3.5 Accuracy class for Metering Cores on all ratios shall be as specified in Data Sheet. Current transformer guaranteed burden and accuracy class are to be intended as simultaneously for all cores. 7.3.6 Other CT Requirements. a) For each type of CT, application data shall be supplied in accordance with IEC 66041-1. b) Readily accessible nameplate (s) shall be provided for each CT showing ratings, terminal markings and low remanence designation. c) The position of each primary terminal in the current transformer SF6 gas section shall be clearly marked by two plates permanently fixed to the metal cladding at each end of the current transformer section. d) In addition to the information requested, short time rating factors for 5, 15, 30 and 60 minutes shall also be provided. e) The rated extended primary current shall be 150% at all ratios and 200% at ratio other than highest ratio. f) Provision shall be made for primary injection testing either within CT or outside. g) Electromagnetic shield to be provided against high frequency transients typically 1 - 30MHz. 7.3.7 Current transformers must have secondary terminals outside the high voltage enclosure, mounted in suitable accessible terminal boxes. All secondary leads of all CTs must be wired to shorting type terminals on the terminal strip in the local control panel of each breaker bay. 7.4.0 OUTDOOR BUSHINGS: A) General Outdoor bushings, for the connection of conventional external conductors to the SF6 metal enclosed switchgear, shall be

155791486.doc

Page 353 of

442

provided where specified and shall conform to the requirements given in GTR. The dimensional and clearance requirements for the metal enclosure will be the responsibility of the manufacturer and their dimensions must be coordinated with the switchgear. Bushing shall be in accordance with the requirements of IEC publication 137 as applicable. B) Insulation levels and creepage distances All bushings shall have an impulse and power frequency withstand level that is greater than or equal to the levels specified for GIS. The creepage distance over the external surface of outdoor bushings shall not be less than 25 mm/KV. C) Bushing types and fitting Condenser type bushings will be preferred but alternative types can also be considered. Liquid filled bushings shall be provided with liquid level gauges clearly visible from ground level, preferably of the direct reading prismatic type or the magnetic type. Other types of liquid level gauges will only be accepted if specifically approved. D) Mechanical forces on bushing terminals Outdoor bushings must be capable of withstanding cantilever forces due to weight of busduct and short circuit forces. Design calculations in support of the cantilever strength chosen shall be submitted for owners review and approval.

8.0

HIGH VOLTAGE LIGHTNING ARRESTERS :

8.1.0 Insulation co-ordination and selection of surge arrester: The contractor shall be fully responsible for complete insulation co-ordination of switchyard including GIS. Contractor shall carry out detailed studies and design calculations to evolve the required parameters locations, energy capability etc., of surge arrestors such that adequate protective margin is available between peak impulse, surge and power frequency discharge voltages and BIL of the protected requirement. The locations of surge arrestors shown in single line diagram is indicative only. If
155791486.doc
Page 354 of

442

the bidders feels that at some more locations the surge arrestors are required to be provided the same should also be included in the offer. The contractor shall perform all necessary studies. The report shall detail the limits of all equipment parameters which could affect the insulation co-ordination the report shall also detail the characteristics of the surge arrestor and shall demonstrate that the selected insulators protective and withstand levels, discharge and coordinating currents and arrestor ratings and comply with the requirement of this specification. The contractor shall also consider in the studies the open circuit breaker condition, fast transients generated by slow operation of disconnecting switches. The study report and design calculations shall be submitted for Owners approval. 8.1.1 Duty Requirements: a) The surge arrester shall be of heavy-duty station class and gapless (Metal oxide) type without any series or shunt gaps. b) The surge arresters shall be capable of discharging overvoltages occurring during switching of unloaded transformers and cables. c) 72.5 KV class arrester shall be capable of discharging energy equivalent to class-3 of IEC . d) The reference current of the arresters shall be high enough to eliminate the influence of grading and stray capacitance on the measured reference voltage. e) The surge arresters are being provided to protect the following whose insulation levels are indicated in the table given below: Equipment to be protected Lightning impulse (kVp) for 72.5 KV system

155791486.doc

Page 355 of

442

Power Transformer Instrument Transformer CB/Isolator ground phase to

+ 325 + 325 + 325 + 325

Across open contacts

The nonlinear blocks shall be inferred metal oxide material. These shall be provided in such a way as to obtain robust construction, with excellent mechanical and electrical properties even after repeated operations. The arrestor enclosure shall be vertically or horizontally mounted to suit the layout of the switchgear as suggested by the manufacturer and shall be fitted with a discharge counter located in an easily accessible position. The main grounding connection from the surge arrestor to the earth shall be provided by the bidder. The size of the connecting conductor shall be such that all the energy is dissipated to the ground without getting overheated. 8.2.0 Constructional Features: 8.2.1 Lightning arresters shall be of the hermetically sealed, Gapless (Metal Oxide) type of self supporting construction, suitable for use with gas insulated switchgear. They shall have adequate thermal discharge capacity for severe switching surges, long duration surges and multiple strokes. The lightning arresters when provided with pressure relief devices shall be capable of withstanding the internal pressures developed during the above discharges without operation of the pressure relief devices. 8.2.2 Outer enclosure shall be metal clad having adequate mechanical strength and rigidity, for satisfactory operation under climatic conditions, which prevail at site. 8.2.3 All metal parts shall be of non-rusting and non-corroding metal. Bolts, screws and pins shall be provided with lock washers, keys or equivalent locking facilities. All similar parts, particularly removable ones, shall be interchangeable. 8.3.0 Accessories: 8.3.1 Discharge Counter:

155791486.doc

Page 356 of

442

a) Self contained discharge counter, requiring no auxiliary or battery supply shall be provided for each single pole unit when specified in specific requirements. The discharge counter shall be visible through an inspection window. The counter terminals shall be robust and shall be so located that incoming and outgoing connections are made with minimum possible bends. Suitably sized bypass shunts of copper to facilitate bypassing the discharge counter shall be furnished. The design of the terminal connectors shall permit the connection of these shunts. b) The connecting conductor from lightning arrester earth terminal to the discharge counter incoming terminal shall be insulated for a minimum of 4 kV and this insulated conductor shall be supplied along with the arrester by the BIDDER. This insulating conductor shall be of the type, which does not require sealing ends or plumbed joints at its either end for terminations. c) A leakage current detector as an integral part of the discharge counter shall be supplied. The counter along with the detector shall be so arranged that it will be possible to read the leakage current values from outside the cubicle. The value of leakage current beyond which the operation is abnormal shall be clearly marked in red colour on the detector. 8.3.2 Microprocessor based instrument for monitoring resistive current or watt loss of the arrester shall also be provided. 8.3.3 Shield: Shield shall be provided on each complete arrester unit for proper stress distribution as dictated by the voltage class of the arresters.

8.4.0 Tests: In accordance with the requirements stipulated the surge arrestors shall conform to type tests and shall be subjected to routine and acceptance tests in accordance with IEC document.
155791486.doc
Page 357 of

442

Each metal oxide block shall be tested for the guaranteed specific energy capability in addition to the routine/acceptance test as per IEC-60099. Test on Surge Monitors: The Surge Monitor shall also be connected in series with the test specimens during residual voltage and current impulse withstand tests to verify efficacy of the same. Additional routine/functional tests with one 100A and 10 KA current impulse, (8/20 micro sec.) shall also be performed on the surge monitor. 8.5.0 Drawings: 8.5.1 Drawing incorporating the following particulars shall be submitted with the bid: a) Description of arrestor offered giving performance, salient features, ratings, features to make the arrester explosionproof, etc. b) Volt/time characteristic of the arrester. 9.0 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR MECHANISM CABINETS AND LOCAL CONTROL PANELS:

9.1.0 Mechanism Cabinets: 9.1.1 The accessories and auxiliary equipment required for the correct functioning of each circuit element shall be installed in conveniently located mechanism cabinet (s). 9.1.2 General Requirements: a) All mechanism cabinets shall be totally enclosed rigid sheet steel structures. Doors shall be provided with concealed or semi-concealed hinges, three point latching devices and handless shall be gasketed using Neoprene gaskets. b) Terminal blocks for terminating all control, indication and monitoring wiring from the associated circuit element shall be installed in each mechanism cabinet. All terminal blocks shall be indentified with marking strips. The conductor size range, which the terminals can accommodate, shall be clearly shown

155791486.doc

Page 358 of

442

on the drawings. The terminal blocks used for cable connections shall be disconnecting type. c) A ground bar for terminating the ground wires of shielded control cables shall be located near the cable entrance location. d) Two sets of adequately rated, thermostat controlled heaters, shall be provided in each cabinet. Provision for monitoring of heater failure is required for all heaters. e) A receptacle rated 415V, AC, 3 phase, 4 wire shall be installed in each cabinet in addition to a light point with door switch and one 6 pin, 240V, AC, 5/15A socket outlet. f) Adequate safety precautions shall be taken to avoid accidental contact with 415V potential. The following precautions shall be observed: i. ii. iii. All live parts shall be completely shielded using a halogen free fire retardant insulating material. 600V terminal blocks shall have removable covers and wiring shall be separated from other potentials. A clear and legible warning notice carrying wording DANGER-415V shall be located on the enclosure door.

g) Control equipment shall not be mounted on the hinged doors. All control equipment shall be suitable for operating in an ambient temperature varying between +50C & +450C. h) Mechanism cabinet doors shall have provision for padlocking. Door shall be constructed such that they do not seize in the event of an internal fire. i) Auxiliary Switches: i. Directly operated, electrically separate, auxiliary switches shall be provided on breakers, disconnect switches and ground switches to satisfy the PURCHASERs requirements. Each contact shall be capable of carrying 10A continuously and interrupting 3.0 A inductive 110V DC and 2.0A inductive at 220V DC. Operating time for auxiliary
Page 359 of

ii.

155791486.doc

442

switches required for breaker failure protection shall be one cycle or less. The BIDDER shall indicate the operating time of all auxiliary switches on the appropriate drawings. The limit switch contacts shall be capable of carrying 10A continuously. These switches shall be capable of making & breaking inductive current of at least 3A & 2A at 110V DC & 220V DC respectively. iii. Auxiliary switches which are not utilized in the control circuit shall be connected to the terminal blocks for PURCHASERs use. This is in addition to the PURCHASERs requirement as per Data Sheet-A.

j) All alarm and trip contacts from operating mechanism shall be wired to the local control panels. 9.1.3 Circuit Breaker Cabinet: The circuit breaker following: mechanism cabinet shall include the

a) One (1) position indicator, which shall be in line with Clause 4.16.1 above. b) One (1) operation counter electrically operated. c) Facility for electrical or mechanical timing of contacts and resistor insertion. 9.1.4 Isolator Cabinet: The isolator mechanism cabinet shall include a position indicator, which shall be in line with Clause 4.16.1 above. 9.1.5 Earth Switch Cabinet: The earth switch mechanism cabinet shall include a position indicator,which shall be in line with Clause 4.16.1 above. 9.1.6 Voltage Transformer Cabinet: VT secondaries (where applicable) shall be terminated in a cabinet, which contains the following: a) Two (2) Nos. secondary isolating switches 3 PST, rated 250V, 30A and associated terminals.

155791486.doc

Page 360 of

442

b) HRC fuses for protection. 9.1.7 Current Transformer Cabinet: CT secondaries shall be terminated in a conveniently located cabinet (s) containing terminals in accordance with the requirements of all clauses under 7.0 above. 9.2.0 Local Control Panel & Substation Automation System : a) Individual local control panels for each circuit shall be supplied as a part of this contract to facilitate local control of circuit breakers, isolators and earth switches. These panels shall also house the various relays, timers, etc., to realize various interlocks as per PURCHASERs requirement among circuit breakers, isolators and earth switches. The contacts, signals and conditions originating from/going to the gas insulated switchgear, associated auxiliary and monitoring equipment shall be wired up to the local control panel for further use. b) Local control cubicle shall be equipped with suitable hardware & software for remote control operation & conform to the bay level controller as detailed in Section-Substation Automation System. c) Completely switchgear CLOSE and mechanical individually separate and isolated circuit shall be used for control, tripping, alarms and auxiliary devices. TRIP circuits shall be kept isolated to their final or electrical actuators. Trip circuits shall be and permanently monitored for continuity.

d) Each auxiliary control circuit but no trip circuit shall be protected by a two pole miniature circuit breaker with auxiliary contacts.

9.2.1 Constructional Features: a) Local control panel shall be sheet steel enclosed and shall be dust, weather and vermin proof providing a degree of protection of IP-54. Sheet steel used shall be cold rolled and at least 2.0 mm thick and properly braced to prevent wobbling.
155791486.doc
Page 361 of

442

b) Local control panel shall be provided with hinged door (s) with padlocking arrangement and shall be floor standing type. c) All doors, removable covers and plates shall be gasketed all around with neoprene gaskets. All accessible live connections shall be shrouded and it shall be possible to change individual fuses, switches, MCCBs without danger of contact with live metal. d) All live parts shall be provided with at least phase to phase and phase to earth clearance in air of 25 mm and 20 mm respectively. e) Adequate interior cabling space and suitable removable cable gland plate shall be provided. Necessary number of cable glands including cable gland for cables from control room to GIS shall be supplied and fitted on to this gland plate. Cable glands shall be screwed-on type and made of brass. The cable entry shall be from bottom only. f) Two earthing terminals shall be provided to suit the earthing conductor. g) All sheet steel work shall be degreased, pickled, phosphated and then applied two coats of zinc chromate primer and two coats of finishing synthetic enamel paint, both inside and outside. The interior shall be painted glossy white and exterior paint shade shall be 693 as per IS-5 and subject to approval. For chemical/corrosive areas, epoxy paint shall be used whenever specified in Data Sheet-A1. h) All the hardware required for fixing the panel shall be in BIDDERs scope. i) Disconnecting type terminal links shall be provided for current transformer circuits. j) Terminal wiring shall be accessible from the front side of the panel.

9.2.2 Switches/MCBs/MCCBs:

155791486.doc

Page 362 of

442

a) Switches/MCBs/MCCBs shall be hand operated, air break, heavy duty, quick make, quick break type conforming to applicable IEC standards. b) It shall be the responsibility of the VENDOR to fully coordinate the overload and short circuit tripping of the MCBs with the downstream MCCBs/MCBs/fuses to provide satisfactory discrimination. c) MCCB for complete isolation of the DC control circuits shall be provided. 9.2.3 Fuses: a) Fuses generally shall be of HRC cartridge line type, mounted on plug-in type of fuse bases having a rupturing capacity of 80KA. Fuses up to 63A may be of HRC cartridge screw-cap, Dtype, having a rupturing capacity of not less than 46KA at 440 V AC and 16KA at 110V / 220V DC. b) Fuses shall be provided with visible operation indicators to show that they have been operated. 9.2.4 Control & Auxiliary Power Supply: a) All control equipment shall be suitable for operation on 220 V DC system. b) DC & AC power supply shall be done in a manner, which will enable isolation of individual equipment. Common supply bus will be formed in the cubicle and then power supply shall be distributed into individual equipment through MCCBs. c) Separate circuits with switches, fuses etc., of adequate rating shall be provided for control of space heater, lighting and power receptacle etc. These shall be on 240 V, S-phase, AC supply. 9.2.5 Relays: a) Relays for various controls, monitoring and blocking functions of a particular circuit element shall be installed in associated local control panel. Protective relays shall be subject to transient test and shall be approved by the PURCHASER. All relays shall have dust covers.

155791486.doc

Page 363 of

442

b) Necessary auxiliary relays for alarm, time-delay relays voltage relays as required for control and protection shall be mounted inside the local control panel. Voltage relays shall have sufficient thermal capacity for continuous energisation, using external resistors, if necessary. c) Auxiliary relays shall be rated to operate satisfactorily between 80% and 110% of the rated voltage. d) Each relay shall be provided with at least 4 NO and 4 NC potential free contacts for the PURCHASERs use. e) Coils of all the relays shall be adequately rated to avoid spurious operation of relays on DC system ground or induced surges. Minimum pick up current of relay coil shall be 100 milli amps. f) All relays shall be tropicalised and suitable for maximum ambient temperature of 450C. g) Make and type of relay shall be subject to the PURCHASERs approval. 9.2.6 Control and Selector Switches: Control and selector switches shall be of the rotary type provided with properly designated escutcheon plates clearly marked to show the operating positions. Control switches shall have momentary contacts, spring return to centre, with pistol grip handle. Selector switches shall have stay put contacts with oval handles. The number of contacts and their operation in each switch shall be as per the requirements of the connected circuit. The switches shall be rated for minimum 10A at 240V AC and 2A inductive break at 220V DC. Control switches shall be discrepancy type. The local/remote selector switch shall be lockable in both positions. 9.2.7 Push Buttons: All push buttons shall be of push to actuate type having 2 NO and 2 NC self-reset contacts. They shall be provided with integral escutcheon plates, engraved with their functions. Push buttons contacts shall be rated for 10A at 240V AC and 2A inductive breaking at 220V DC.

155791486.doc

Page 364 of

442

9.2.8 Indicating Lamps: Indicating lamps shall be of the filament type and low watt consumption. Lamps shall be provided with series resistors. 9.2.9 Space Heater: Strip type space heaters of adequate capacity shall be provided inside each cabinet. Heaters shall be complete with rotary type ON-OFF switch, HRC fuse on phase or a single-pole MCB with overload and short circuit protection, link on the neutral and a thermostat to cut off the heaters at 45 0C. The heaters shall be suitable for connecting to 240V, 1 phase, 50 Hz supply. 9.2.10 Interior Lighting and Receptacle: Control cabinet shall be provided with a 240V, 1 phase, 50 Hz, 40 W preferably fluorescent lighting fixture for interior illumination controlled by an ON-OFF switch and 240 V, 1 Phase, 5/15 Amp, 6 pin receptacle. Power source for interior lighting and receptacles shall be completely independent of control power source. 9.2.11 Cabinet Internal Wiring: a) Local control panels shall be supplied completely wired, ready for the external connections at the terminal blocks. All wiring shall be carried out with wires of 600 V grade, 120 0C rated, stranded copper conductors. The insulation shall be fire retardant low smoke type, approved and tested in accordance with PURCHASERs requirement. Power circuits shall be wired with stranded tinned copper conductors of adequate sizes to suit the rated current. Alarm and indication circuits shall be wired with stranded, tinned copper conductors of sizes not smaller than 1.5 Sq.mm and shall be shielded type. CT circuits shall be wired with stranded copper conductor of size not smaller than 2.5 Sq.mm. CT secondary connections should be terminated on disconnecting type links by means of insulated round (eye) type lugs. b) Engraved identification ferrules, marked to correspond with the wiring diagram shall be fitted at both ends of each wire. All wiring shall be terminated on terminal blocks. Terminal shall be adequately rated for the circuit current, the minimum rating shall be 20A. Control wiring shall be protected against mechanical damage and shall be colour coded in accordance
155791486.doc
Page 365 of

442

with PURCHASERs requirement. Colour sleeving may be used in lieu of continuous colouring. Physical separation between various colour wiring shall be maintained as much as possible. c) The wire terminations shall be made with solderless crimping type of tinned copper lugs, which firmly grip insulation and conduction. d) Panel wiring shall be securely supported, neatly installed by lacing and tying, readily accessible and connected to equipment terminals and terminal blocks. Flame retardant plastic wiring channels/troughs with strap on covers shall be used for this purpose. 9.2.12 Mimic Diagrams: Mimic diagrams shall be provided on local control panels. The mimic strips shall be screwed on to the panel and shall be made of anodized aluminium. Colours of the various voltages of the mimic bus shall be subject to the PURCHASERs approval. The width of mimic strip shall not be less than 7 mm. 9.2.13 Local Alarm/Annunciation: a) Window type alarm annunciation shall be provided on local control panels of each bay for various abnormal conditions. The alarm windows should have provisions for detecting cleared and uncleared faults and flashing for new faults. b) The following abnormal conditions (In addition to conditions indicated elsewhere in the specifications) shall be annunciated. i. ii. iii. iv. v. vi. vii. viii. ix. x. xi.
155791486.doc

Low gas pressure for each gas compartment of the bay. Very-Low gas pressure for each gas compartment of the bay. High gas pressure for each gas compartment of the bay. Hydraulic motor excessive start. Hydraulic motor run excessive. Hydraulic motor overload. Hydraulic motor circuit trouble. Hydraulic first level (low hydraulic pressure). Hydraulic second level (Very-Low Hydraulic pressure) Close block. Very-Low Hydraulic pressure trip. Low hydraulic oil level alarm.
Page 366 of

442

xii. xiii. xiv. xv. xvi. xvii. xviii.

Breaker pole descrepancy. Isolator open/close incomplete. Isolator motor overload, one for each bay. DC control supply failure. Alarm circuit DC healthy (continuously ON). Selector switch local. Four spare windows.

c) Two (2) potential free electrical contacts shall be exclusively provided for remote alarm/indication with each and every alarm/trip condition. These contacts shall be in addition to those required for local indication and trip. These are to be wired to the cable termination blocks in the local control panels to give remote alarm/indication in Control & Relay panels/SCADA. 9.2.14 Labels and Diagram Plate: a) Every equipment mounted in the cabinet shall be provided with individual labels with equipment designation/rating. Also, the cabinet shall be provided on the front with a nonrusting label engraved with the designation of the cabinet. b) Inside the door, a circuit diagram engraved on non-rusting metal shall be fixed for reference. 9.2.15 Heater Circuits: a) All heaters shall be thermostat controlled and shall be suitable for connecting to a 415 V, 3 phase, 50 Hz supply. b) The BIDDER shall provide heaters as may be required for the correct functioning of the equipment. 9.2.16 Cabling Scope: a) The cable supply and cabling to achieve following interconnections shall be included in BIDDERs scope. i. Entire cabling among mechanism cabinets of various circuit breakers, isolators and earth switches to local control panel. Cabling between current transformer, transformer cabinets to local control panel. voltage

ii.

155791486.doc

Page 367 of

442

iii. iv.

Cabling among various mechanism cabinets and local control panels for realising interlocks. Cabling from various monitoring, control and instrumentation equipment being supplied under this contract up to local control panel and to remote Control & Relay panel.

b) BIDDER shall include all the hardware required for cabling in his scope of supply. 9.2.17 Cables: a) Outer and inner sheathing material of power and control cables supplied by VENDOR shall be fire retardant low smoke type and shall meet the following requirements: i. The critical oxygen index value shall be minimum 21 at 2500C when tested for temperature index test as per ASTM-D-2863-77. The maximum acid gas generation shall be less than 15% by weight, the total acid content being determined by titration. The test set up. The smoke generation under fire shall pass the light transmission of minimum 40% when tested as per ASTM-D2843-77. The finished cable shall pass the flammability test as per IEC-332.1. In addition to this, the finished cable shall pass flammability test as per Swedish Svensk Standard SS424-14-75 (1978-05-26) POWER CABLES FLAMMABILITY TESTING.

ii.

iii.

iv.

b) The power cables shall be stranded copper conductor. Outer sheath shall be resistant to termite, fungus and rodent attack. c) The control cables shall be stranded, tinned, annealed, high conductivity copper and shielded type. Outer sheath shall be resistant to termite, fungus and rodent attack. The individual cores shall be numbered by serial imprinting. The height of lettering used shall be 3 mm and the numbers shall be black in colour and printed at a spacing of 200 mm.

155791486.doc

Page 368 of

442

d) The cables shall conform to latest versions of IEC standards in addition to meeting the requirements of this specification. e) Silicon rubber, treated glass braid nickel wire leads shall be provided to connect the circuit wiring to the heater terminals. f) Any special cables required shall be included in BIDDERs scope of supply. g) The insulation of wires used for all panel wiring shall conform to items (a) of this clause. 9.2.18 Drawings and Data: a) As part of the proposal, the BIDDER shall furnish the following drawings and data for scrutiny. i. Local control panel arrangement drawing showing dimensional views, cable entry location and mounting details. Schematic and panel wiring diagrams of the local control panel. Bill of material listing equipment designation, make type, ratings etc., of the various equipment mounted on local control panel.

ii. iii.

9.2.19 Test and Test Reports: a) The Type test reports shall be submitted with the bid. b) Acceptance and routine tests for all supply equipments/components parts shall be carried out as per the relevant standards for the respective equipment. These test reports shall be submitted to the PURCHASER before despatch of the equipment. c) Local control panel shall be subjected to the following tests: i. ii. iii. High Voltage test (2000V for 1 minute). Megger test. Electrical control, interlock and sequential operation tests.

10.0 SEISMIC DESIGN CRITERIA:

155791486.doc
Page 369 of

442

The equipment shall be designed for operation in seismic zone for earthquake resistance. The seismic loads are due to the horizontal and vertical acceleration, which may be assumed to act non-concurrently. Seismic level Zone-II as per new IS-1893, Year 2002 has to be considered for the design of equipment. The seismic loads shall be equal to static loads corresponding to the weight of the parts multiplied by the acceleration. The equipments along with its parts shall be strong enough and sufficiently well connected to resist total operating stresses resulting from he forces in normal operation but in case of abnormal condition shall also resist with forces superimposed due to earthquakes. The copies of type test reports for similar rated equipment, if tested earlier, should be furnished along with the tender. If the equipment has not been type tested earlier, design calculations of simulated parameters should be furnished along with the offer. To prevent the movement of GIS sub-assemblies i.e., various bay modules during the earthquake, suitable devices shall be provided for fixing the sub-assemblies to the foundation. The contractor shall supply necessary bolts for embedding in the concrete foundation. The fixing of GIS sub-assemblies to the foundation shall be designed to withstand the seismic events. It will also be ensured that the special devices as well as bolts shall not be over stressed. The details of the devices used and the calculations for establishing the adequacy shall be furnished by the supplier and shall be subject to the purchases approval. 11.0 11.1 INDUCTION MOTORS: Scope: This specification covers the design, material, construction features, manufacture, inspection and testing at the VENDORs/his SUB-VENDORs works, delivery to site and performance testing of three phase squirrel cage induction motors for general purpose. 11.2 Performance and Characteristics: Motors shall be capable of giving rated output without reduction in the expected life span when operated continuously under the following supply condition. Supply condition
155791486.doc
Page 370 of

442

11.2.1 11.2.2 11.2.3 11.2.4

Variation of supply voltage from rated motor voltage + 10% Variation in supply frequency from rated frequency + 5% Combined voltage and frequency variation + 10% Motors shall be capable of starting and accelerating the load with the applicable method of starting, without exceeding acceptable winding temperature, when the supply voltage is in the range of 85% of the rated motor voltage to maximum permissible voltage. The locked rotor current of the motor shall not exceed 600% of full load current (subject to tolerance as per the applicable standard) unless otherwise specified. Motors shall be designed to withstand 120% of rated speed for two minutes without any mechanical damage, in either direction of rotation. The motor vibrations shall be within the limits specified in applicable standard unless otherwise specified for the driven equipment. Except as mentioned herein, the guaranteed performance of the motor shall be met with tolerances specified in applicable standard. Insulation: Any joints in the motor insulation such as at coil connections or between slot and end winding sections shall have strength equivalent to that of the slot sections of the coil. The insulation shall be given tropical and fungicidal treatment for successful operation of the motor in hot, chemical humid and tropical climate. The tropicalising treatment shall be as per the applicable standard. Temperature Rise:

11.2.5

11.2.6

11.2.7

11.2.8

11.3 11.3.1

11.3.2

11.4

155791486.doc

Page 371 of

442

11.4.1

The temperature rise shall not exceed the values given in Table-I for a reference ambient of 400C.

155791486.doc

Page 372 of

442

Table-I
Temperature measurement by Thermometer method Insulation Class E Maximum temperature rise for all types of enclosures 650C 700C 750C 800C 1000C 1250C

B
Winding resistance method

E B F H

11.4.2

For motors specified for outdoor installation account shall be taken for heating due to direct exposure to solar radiation. Constructional Features: The motor construction shall be suitable for easy disassembly and reassembly. The enclosure shall be sturdy and shall permit easy removal of any part of the motor for inspection and repairs. Motors weighing more than 15 kg shall be provided with eyebolts, lugs or other means to facilitate safe lifting. The rotor bars shall not be insulated in the slot portion between the iron core laminations and the bars. Except as noted, horizontal motors shall be footmounted type and vertical motors shall be flange-mounted type. When the motor is supplied with driven equipment including a common base (bedplate, channels, etc.), the VENDOR shall ensure that such bedplate is adequately braced to keep vibrations and misalignment within satisfactory limits.

11.5 11.5.1

11.5.2 11.5.3 11.5.4 11.5.5

155791486.doc

Page 373 of

442

11.6 11.6.1

Bearings: Greased ball bearings or greased roller bearings shall be of reputed make subject to the PURCHASERs approval. The life of the expectancy of the bearings shall be stated. The bearings shall be so constructed that the loss of lubricating fluid is kept to a minimum and greasing shall be possible without any dismantling operation. The bearings shall prevent dirt and water from getting into the motor. Bearing lubricant shall not find access to motor windings. The bearings shall permit running of the motor in either direction of rotation. Lubricants shall be selected for prolonged storage and normal use of the motors in tropical climate and shall contain corrosion and oxidation inhibitors. Grease shall have suitable bleeding characteristics to minimize settings. Sleeve bearings for use with motors having flexible couplings with limited end play, shall have adequate axial end play to permit assembly so as to prevent transmitting or thrust from driven equipment to motor bearings. Terminal Box: Terminal boxes shall be of weatherproof construction designed for outdoor service to eliminate entry of dust and water. Gaskets of neoprene or approved equivalent shall be provided at cover joints and between box and motor frame. The terminal box shall be suitable for top and bottom entry of cables. Unless otherwise approved, the terminal box shall be capable of being turned through 3600 in steps of 900. The terminal shall be of the stud type with necessary plain washers, spring washers and check nuts. They shall be

11.6.2

11.6.3

11.6.4 11.6.5

11.6.6

11.7 11.7.1

11.7.2 11.7.3 11.7.4

155791486.doc

Page 374 of

442

substantially designed for the current carrying capacity and shall ensure ample phase to phase and phase to ground clearances. 11.7.5 11.8 11.8.1 Suitable cable glands and cable lugs shall be supplied by the motor VENDOR to match cables being employed. Paint and finish: Motor external parts shall be finished and painted to produce a neat and durable surface, which would prevent rusting, and corrosion. The equipment shall be thoroughly greased, all rust, sharp edges and scale removed and treated with one coat of primer and finished with two coats of grey enamel paint. The motor fan shall also be painted to withstand corrosion. 11.9 Heating during Idle Periods: For motors rated below 30 KW, during idle periods, the stator winding will be connected to a 24 V single phase, 50 Hz, AC supply for heating and elimination of moisture. The supply will be connected between any two terminals for a delta connected motor and between one terminal and other two shorted terminals for a star connected motor. The VENDOR shall clearly being out in his offer if there is any objection to the above method of heating, stating reasons thereof. 11.10 11.10.1 Accessories: Two independent earthing points shall be provided on opposite sides of the motor for bolted connection of the PURCHASERs earthing conductors. These earthing points shall be in addition to earthing stud provided in the terminal box. Except when otherwise specified, the motors shall be provided with a bare shaft extension having a key slot and a key at the driving end.

11.8.2

11.10.2

12.00 Tests: Motor shall be subjected to all the routine tests as per applicable standard in the presence of PURCHASERs representative. Copies of test certificates of type and routine tests shall be furnished for the PURCHASERs approval.
155791486.doc
Page 375 of

442

12.1 Type tests: All equipment proposed according to this specification shall be type tested at typical units in accordance with the newest relevant IEC Standards. An evidence of type testing shall be submitted with the proposal. The following type tests shall have been performed: 1. Dielectric voltage withstands tests. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Power frequency withstands voltage. Impulse withstands voltage. Switching impulse withstand voltage.

Making and breaking capability test. Short time current test and peak current test. Mechanical endurance test. Continuous current carrying and temperature rise test. Current path resistance measurement. Pressure tests. Partial discharge test.

12.2 Production tests: Production tests shall be made either in the course of component assembly and / or on the complete shipping unit assembly. The following routine tests shall be performed at the factory on every unit following its manufacture: 1. Pressure test performed on all individual enclosures. 2. Circuit Breakers tests: A. Mechanical operation tests. a) Operation with minimum and maximum control voltage. Visual checks of closing and opening operations (five each) at specified minimum and maximum control voltage.

155791486.doc

Page 376 of

442

b)

Timing test for C, CO and O-CO. Measurement of closing and opening time. Measurement shall be carried out at rated stored operating energy (at pump-off) and at minimum stored operating energy (at CO block). c) Operating test of magnetic release: Visual check of magnetic release at minimum supply voltage (70% of rated voltage). d) Operating test of pump motor: Visual check of pump motor at minimum supply voltage (85% of rated voltage). e) Hydraulic leak test: Visual check of hydraulic system. No visible leakage is permitted. B. Measurement of the resistance of the main circuit (voltage drop test): The measurement per phase shall be made with a current of > 200 ADC. Check of auxiliary and control circuit. Power frequency withstand test on control and auxiliary circuits. The test voltage shall be 2000 V for 1 min. No flashovers are permitted. switches. operating cycles at operating cycles at operating cycles at

C.

3. Tests of disconnect switches and ground A. Mechanical operating tests. Visual check of fifty rated supply voltage. Visual check of ten specified maximum voltage. Visual check of ten specified minimum voltage. B.

Measurement of the resistance of the main circuit (voltage drop test): The measurement per phase shall be made with a current of > 200 A DC. Power frequency withstand test on control and auxiliary circuits. The test voltage shall be 2000 V for 1 min.

C.

4. Current transformer tests. Power frequency withstands tests on secondary windings. Power frequency withstands tests between sections. Power-frequency withstands voltage test on primary winding and measurement of partial discharges.
155791486.doc
Page 377 of

442

Test for accuracy. Verification of terminal markings.

5. Voltage transformer tests. Power frequency withstands tests on secondary windings. Power frequency withstands tests between sections. Measurement of partial discharges (150% of rated maximum phase voltage) Test for accuracy. Verification of terminal markings. 6. Gas-to-air bushings. Measurement of the dielectric losses (dissipation factor, tan ) and capacitance at ambient temperature. Dry power-frequency voltage withstand test (1 min. at minimum rated SF6 pressure). Partial discharge measurement at 150% rated maximum voltage/min. SF6 pressure). Resistance measurement. 7. Tests on transport units. GIS modules or components shall be assembled in the factory to transport units. The size of the transport units shall be defined by engineering and shall be as large as practical for shipment to the site and handling during installation. On assembly units without support or barrier insulator dielectric tests are not necessary. The following tests are to be carried out on each transport unit: A. Dielectric voltage withstand tests: Tests shall be in accordance with the IEC Standards 694, 62271-203 & 60. For these tests, all gas compartments shall be filled with SF6 gas at minimum operation pressure. a) Power frequency voltage tests of the main circuit. The transport unit shall be subjected to a test voltage of 50 Hz for 72 sec. The test voltage level shall be as IEC 694 standard. b) Partial discharge test.

155791486.doc

Page 378 of

442

All internal portions of the GIS system shall be tested for partial discharge at 150% of the rated maximum voltage on the downward excursion of voltage form the power frequency withstand voltage. Extinction of the partial discharge must occur above the 150% point. The measured value shall be lower than 5 pC. B. Measurement of the resistance of the main circuit. The measurement per phase shall be made with a current of > 200 ADC. The reading shall be given in mV. The measured value depends on the arrangement of the transport unit. This value shall not exceed the calculated sum of the maximum voltage drop of the single modules and the connection units used. C. Gas leakage test: This test shall be carried out for each transport unit. The test unit shall be filled with the rated SF6 pressure and checked with a leakage detector. All flanges, bolted joints and gas fittings shall be checked.

155791486.doc

Page 379 of

442

APPLICABLE STANDARDS

DESCRIPTION Rotating Electrical Machine International Electro-technical vocabulary IEC-62271- High voltage Alternating Current 100 Circuit Breakers IEC-40 High voltage test techniques IEC-117 Graphic symbols IEC-60129 Alternating Current Disconnectors and Earthing Switches IEC-66041-1 Current transformers IEC-66041-2 Voltage Transformers IEC-61000 Numerical relays IECLow Voltage fuses IEC-292 Motor starters IEC-60376 Specification and acceptance of new sulphur hexafluoride IEC-60480 Guide for checking SF-6 Gas taken from electrical equipment IEC-62271- Gas Insulated metal-enclosed 203 switchgear of rated voltage above 52 kV IEC-60694 Common clauses for HV switchgear IEC-60099- Non-linear resistor type arresters for 1/4 AC system IEC-60137 Bushings for alternative voltage above 1000 V IEC-60859 Cable connections for gas insulated metal-enclosed switchgear for rated voltages of 72.5 kV and above IEC-61128 Alternating Current disconnectors Bus-transfer current switching by disconnectors IEC-61129 Alternating Current earthing switches induced current switching BS-5045 Specification for transportable gas Part-I containers Seamless Steel Containers IEC-60270 Partial discharge measurement Guide for safety in AC substation ANS/IEEE- 80 grounding CIGRE-44 Earthing of GIS an application guide IEC-60071 Insulation coordination

IEC No. IEC-34 IEC-36

APPLICABLE FOR Induction Motors All electrical equipment Circuit Breakers HV equipment All drawings Isolators & switches Current Voltage All relays LV fuses Motor starters SF-6 Gas SF-6 Gas GIS and bus duct HV Switchgear Surge Arrester Outdoor Bushings Cable chamber of GIS Disconnect switches Earthing switches Gas cylinders Earthing of substation

earthing

155791486.doc

Page 380 of

442

IEC-61639 IEC-60267 IEC-60459 IEC-60427

IEC-61850 IEC-608705-101/104 IEC 62271 Alternating current disconnectors -102 (Isolators) & earthing switch.

HT Transformer direct connection Guide to the testing of circuit breaker with respect to out of phase switching Factory built accessories of low voltage switchgear and control gear Report on synthetic resting of high voltage AC circuit breaker Sub-Station Automation Systems Communication Protocal

155791486.doc

Page 381 of

442

HIGH VOLTAGE GIS AND BUS DUCTS

DATA SHEET A1 1.0 72.5kV HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS: Sl. No. 1.1 Particulars Application 72.5 KV For lines & Transformers and Bus Coupler & interconnecting module
SF6 insulated, metal enclosure

1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6

Quantity Type of circuit breaker Number of poles Type of operation Rating a) Voltage i. Nominal system 66 kV voltage ii. Highest system voltage 72.5 Kv b) Normal current: i. Incoming/Outgoing line breaker ii. Transformer breakers iii. Bus coupler breaker iv. Interconnecting module c) Short circuit breaking current: i. RMS AC component ii. % DC component 1600 A 1600 A 2000 A
1600 A

3 Three single poles gang operated

40 kA
As per IEC-62271

d) Short time current duration i. Current kA ii. Duration Sec. e) Making capacity kA

and 40 kA 3 Sec 100 kA (peak)

155791486.doc

Page 382 of

442

f) Operating duty

0-t-CO-t-CO t:0.3 seconds t:3.0 minutes

g) Total break time, Cycles Milli Seconds h) Make time, Cycle i) Cumulative switching capacity without requiring maintenance 1.7 1.8 1.9 System grounding Auto reclosing type Terminal Faults a) First pole to clear factor b) Method of representation of Wave Short line faults

3 (maximum) 60 5 (maximum) 2 million Amp. Effectively earthed 3-Phase

1.5 BIDDER to indicate

1.10

1.11

a) Method of representation of BIDDER to indicate wave Additional breaking current ratings: a) Out-of-phase breaking As per IEC-62271 b) Breaking current with over voltage factor 2.3 PU. 10 A i. Line charging breaking current ii. Cable charging 125 A breaking current Small inductive breaking current 0.5 to 10 A bank breaking BIDDER to indicate

iii.

c) Capacitor current

155791486.doc

Page 383 of

442

d) Temperature i. ii. Reference ambient temperature 450C As per IEC-62271 depending on class of insulation

1.12

Max. permissible temperature rise a) 1.2/50 us impulse + ve & ve 325 KV (peak) b) 1 minute power frequency dry & wet 140 KV RMS

1.13

Operating mechanism a) b) c) d) e) Electro-pneumatic Hydraulic Motor compressed spring Fixed trip/trip free Compressed air system BIDDER to indicate BIDDER to indicate BIDDER to indicate Trip free BIDDER to indicate. If required for breaker operation, BIDDER shall quote for entire system

1.14

Miscellaneous a) No. of potential free auxiliary contacts for PURCHASERs use (Rating: 220 V, DC, 1.0A) i. NO ii. NC iii. Make before break

10 10 3

155791486.doc

Page 384 of

442

b)

1.15 2.0 2.1

Copper To suit short circuit current and duration. c) No. of trip coils Two (2) Mechanical endurance class Bidders to indicate the M1/M2 class 72.5 KV ISOLATORS & EARTH SWITCHES Quantity a) Isolators b) Motor operated high speed earth switches: i. On line side c) Hand operated maintenance earth switches i. Earthing of main buses ii On either side of breakers iii. On transformer side isolators Voltage Frequency No. of phases 72.5 KV

Earthing conductor: i. Material ii. Size

2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5

72.5 KV 50 Hz Three (3)

2.6

Rated continuous current of 1250 A + 0 isolators at 45 C ambient 1600 A (for I.C. temperature Bay) 2000 A (for BC) Interrupting capacity of Isolators a) Magnetizing current BIDDER to indicate b) Line charging current BIDDER to indicate c) Max. length of GIS bus that can be discharged by opening the isolator BIDDER to indicate

155791486.doc

Page 385 of

442

2.7

2.8

2.9 2.10 2.11

Rated switching capacity of Isolators a) Rating b) Line charging current c) Rated making current d) Capability to switch power transformer e) Making capacity f) Maximum length of GIS bus that can be charged by the isolator Operating time: a) Opening time b) Total opening time c) Closing time Short time current: a) Rating b) Duration Rated peak short circuit current Design requirements: a) Ambient temperature b) Seismic coefficient acceleration c) Insulation levels (1.2/50 micro sec. Wave) i. Impulse withstand voltage each pole to earth and between poles ii. Impulse withstand voltage across isolating distance d) One minute power frequency withstand: i. Each pole to ground and between poles ii. Across isolating distance e) Operating mechanism for Isolators f) Potential free auxiliary

As per 2.5 BIDDER to indicate BIDDER to indicate BIDDER to indicate BIDDER to indicate BIDDER to indicate BIDDER to indicate BIDDER to indicate BIDDER to indicate 40 KA (rms) 3 seconds 100 KA (peak) 450C 0.04 g

325 KV (peak) 375 KV (peak)

140 KV (rms) 160 KV (rms) Motor driven

(emergency manual)

155791486.doc

Page 386 of

442

contacts for PURCHASERs use: i. NO ii. NC iii. Make before break g) Minimum strength of the insulator: i. Torsional kg.m ii. Cantilever kg h) Auxiliary power supply i. For control & interlock ii. For motor drive i) Interlocks with circuit breaker: i. Type ii. Scope iii. Quantity 2.12 Operating mechanism of earth switches: i. Cable/feeder incomer side earth switches Bus bar and other maintenance earth switches 72.5 KV VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER a) Quantity b) Type Nominal system voltage Highest system voltage Frequency System Neutral Earthing: a) Type b) Co-efficient of earthing Standard insulation withstand characteristics (Table III-C of IEC Publication-186): a) One minute power ii.

6 6 3

BIDDER to indicate BIDDER to indicate 220 V ungrounded DC 415 V, 3 Ph, 4 wire, AC Electrical BIDDER to indicate For all isolators & earth switches High speed motor driven (emergency
manual)

Manual

3.0 3.1

3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6

72.5 KV one three phase VTs (One set on each main bus bar) Magnetic 66 KV 72.5 KV 50 Hz Effectively earthed 0.8

140 KV (rms)

155791486.doc

Page 387 of

442

3.7

frequency withstand b) Impulse withstand voltage c) Secondary winding withstand voltage (min) Design requirements: a) Quantity b) Rated primary voltage c) Rated secondary voltage - S1 - S2 d) Method of connection - Primary winding - S1 - S2 - S3 e) Application: - S1 - S2 - S3 f) Rated Burden - S1 - S2 - S3 g) Rated power factor for all secondary windings: h) Accuracy class - S1 - S2 - S3 i) Rated voltage factor j) Class of winding insulation k) Max. winding temperature at 110% excitation & rated burden l) Secondary cable size

325 KV (peak) 2 KV (rms) 66 KV

One Main Busbar One each of S-Phase VTs

66/3 KV 110/3 V 110/3 V Star Star Star Open delta Metering Protection Open delta

150 VA 50 VA 15 VA 0.8 0.2 3P 3P 1.2 Cont, 1.5 for 30 sec. Bidder to indicate As per Table II of IEC-186 4 Core, 10 Sq. mm stranded copper conductor Copper To suit short circuit current and duration
Page 388 of

155791486.doc

442

0.04 g. m) Earthing conductor: - Material - Size 4.0 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 n) Seismic acceleration Current Transformer Data: Quantity Nominal system voltage and frequency Highest system voltage System neutral earthing a) Type b) Co-eff. Of earthing Number of cores as per clause Primary current rating: Short time thermal rating: a) Current b) Duration Dynamic rating Insulation a) Class of insulation b) Maximum temperature rise of winding: - Ambient - Temperature rise 1.2/50 micro sec impulse withstand positive and negative One minute power frequency withstand Miscellaneous: a) Secondary cable size b) Grounding conductor - Material - Size 40 KA 3 Sec. 100 KA (Peak) BIDDER to advise 450C As per table-1 of IEC-185 325 KV (peak) 140 KV (rms) 4 Core, 6 Sq.mm stranded copper conductor Copper To suit short circuit current and duration 0.04 g

66kV --- sets 66 KV, 50 Hz 72.5 KV Effectively earthed 0.8 Refer Technical parameters Refer Technical parameters

4.8 4.9

4.10 4.11 4.12

155791486.doc

Page 389 of

442

c) Design seismic coefficient d) Whether over voltage protective device across secondary required?

Bidder to indicate

155791486.doc

Page 390 of

442

PARAMETERS OF CURRENT TRANSFORMER Quantit y Core No. Applicatio n Current ratio Amps Rated externa l burden VA Accurac y Class Accurac y limit factor 8 --5P20 --5P20 -Min. Knee Point Volt (V) 9 -------Max. CT secondar y winding resistanc e Ohms 10 -------Max. existing current at half the knee point voltage (V) 11 --------

Items

1 1

2 3 4 5 6 7 31.5 MVA, 66/11 KV TRANSFORMER (66kV SIDE): 1 Metering 400200/1A 10 0.2 2 3 Main protn. 400200/1A -Class PS -0.2 Class PS -0.2

Back up 400protection 200/1A 20 66 KV LINE AND INTERCONNECTING MODULE: 1 Metering 1200800/1A 10 2 3 Main protn. Back up protection 1200800/1A 1200800/1A 16001000/1A -20 10

BUS COUPLER: 1 Metering

155791486.doc

Page 391 of

442

2 3 Note :

Main protn.

16001000/1A

-20

Class PS --

-5P20

---

---

---

Back up 1600protection 1000/1A

For class PS core, of all KV class CTs the minimum kneepoint volt and RCT (secondary) shall be furnished by the bidder. The same should be suitable for reliable operation of the distance /differential relays which may be obtained from the manufacturer of the offered relay.

155791486.doc

Page 392 of

442

5.0 5.1 5.2 5.3

60KV LIGHTNING ARRESTER DATA Applicable standard IEC Pub 99-1 (1970) & draft document TC-37 Quantity 27 Nos. (9 sets) Rating: a) Type Gapless (Metal Oxide) b) Rated arrester voltage 60 KV (rms) c) Rated frequency d) Nominal discharge current of 8/20 micro second wave shape Performance Data: a) Maximum residual voltage at rated nominal discharge current b) Impulse current withstand i. short value ii. iii. High current duration test (4/10 S wave) 50 Hz 10 KA

5.4

170 KV (peak)

100 KA As applicable to Class-3

Low current long duration test value Virtual duration of rectangular wave

5.5

c) Maximum continuous operating voltage Design Data: a) Discharge class (as per IEC99-1)

48 KV (rms) 3 4.3 kJ/kV BIDDER to indicate 0.03 g

393 of 442

b) Minimum discharge capability of arrester c) Withstand voltage for 10 cycles KV (rms)

155791486.doc

5.6

d) Seismic Acceleration Arrester Housing: Withstand test voltages: a) One minute power frequency dry & wet. b) 1/50 S impulse Additional requirements: a) Minimum cantilever strength of arrester assembly b) Minimum prospective symmetrical fault current, pressure relief device to be rated for Accessories required: a) Surge counter b) Leakage current monitor Explosion proof / nonexplosion proof 66 KV BUS DUCTS: Type of main GIS bus Type of exit bus duct for interconnection with interconnecting bay Type of cooling Installation: a) GIS

140 kV (rms) 325 kV (peak)

5.7

BIDDER to indicate

40 kA rms

5.8

One per pole One per pole Explosion proof 72.5 KV Three phase type Isolated phase type Natural air cooled

5.9 6.0 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4

Indoor b) Bus duct connection to the duct of future BMRCL GIS station Insulation Nominal service voltage Maximum system voltage Continuous current rating of bus ducts under site condns: a) Transformer bus / line bus/I.C. Bay (Aux bus) Indoor
SF6 gas conforming to IEC376, 376A & 480

6.5 6.6 6.7 6.8

66 KV 72.5 KV

1250 A
394 of 442

155791486.doc

b) GIS main buses c) 6.9 Bus Coupler (Aux. Bus)

2500 A 2500A

Basic impulse insulation level (1.2/50 sec wave) i. For single phase type of main bus bars

325kV (peak) 1.5 x 325kV (peak) 140 KV 100 kA (peak) 40 kA (rms) 850C

ii. For three phase type of main bus bars 6.10 One One minute power frequency dry withstand voltage 6.11 Momentary current rating 6.12 Short time current rating for three seconds 6.13 a) Maximum temperature (hot spot) of bus bars at rated current b) Maximum temperature of bus bars when rated short circuit current is carried for three seconds when fault occurs at maximum operating temperature 6.14 Maximum temperature (hot spot) of enclosure at rated current and ambient temperature of 450C 6.15 Bus bar material 6.16 Bus enclosure material 6.17 6.18 6.19 Degree of protection for enclosure Type of joints between adjacent sections Insulators: a) Rated voltage b) One minute power frequency dry withstand voltage c) Impulse withstand voltage (1.2/50 S wave)

2500C

700C Copper/Aluminium Aluminium/Steel BIDDER to furnish details Water and gas tight Bolted/welded 72.5 kV 140 kV (rms) 325 kv (peak)

155791486.doc

395 of 442

d) Material of insulation 7.0 7.1 8.0 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 8.6 8.7 8.8 8.9 8.10 8.11 8.12 8.13 8.14 8.15 8.16 8.17 8.18 8.19 VOID VOID INDUCTION MOTORS: Application

Non-hygroscopic castresin/Porcelain

Number of units Type of motor Supply system fault level Supply Neutral Rated voltage Number of phases & frequency Type of duty Duty designation Method of starting Class of insulation Reference ambient temperature Temperature rise by thermometer/winding resistance Location Hazardous area division Atmosphere Type of cooling Designation for degree of protection External cable details a) Type b) No. of cores c) Size

Gas insulated switchgear As required Squirrel cage 40 kA Effectively earthed 415 V 3 Ph, 50 Hz Continuous S1 DOL B 450C 750C Indoor Non-hazardous Chemical/Dusty Totally enclosed fan cooled IP 55 Aluminium/Copper conductor, PVC/XLPE Armoured cable 3 BY BIDDER Yes, for motors rated 30 kW and above Yes, for motors rated 30 kW and above 5 x 10-2 milli bar 32 M3 per hour

8.20 8.21 9.0 9.1 9.2

Space heaters for motors required 24V, 1 Phase, AC, winding & heating for motors required SF-6 Gas maintenance plant: Minimum Vacuum capability of the vacuum pump Minimum capacity of the vacuum pump

155791486.doc

396 of 442

9.3

Minimum capacity storage receiver

of

SF6

gas

Quantity of gas in the largest compartment of the GIS + 10% spare

DATA SHEET B
SCHEDULE OF GUARANTEED PERFORMANCE AND OTHER TECHNICAL PARTICULARS Sl. No. 1.0 1.1 1.2 72.5 KV

Particulars HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Makers name and country of manufacture a) Manufacturers type and designation b) Single pressure type c) Common enclosed phases d) Number of breakers in series Applicable Standards Rated Voltage Service Voltage Rated continuous voltage for rated breaking capacity a) Maximum b) Minimum Ambient temperature assumed for design: a) Maximum b) Minimum daily average Continuous Current: a) Rated b) Under site condition a) Rated short time current b) Rated time Maximum rise of temperature over ambient for current rating under a) Clause 1.8 above b) Clause 1.9 above

Yes/No Yes/No kV kV kV kV
0 0

1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6

1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10

C C

Amps Amps kA Sec.

0 0

C C

155791486.doc

397 of 442

1.11

1.12 1.13

1.14 1.15

1.16 1.17 1.18 1.19 1.20 1.21

Open/Close time a) Closing time ms - tolerance b) Dead time ms c) Break time ms - tolerance d) Make time ms - tolerance e) Arcing time max ms f) Maximum tolerance in open/close time between different poles ms Rated operating duty Interrupting capacity based on duty cycle in clause 1.12 above a) RMS value of AC component KA b) Percentage DC component Interrupting capacity a) at maximum voltage kA rms b) at minimum voltage kA rms Rated transient recovery voltage a) Method of representing TRV Four/Two b) Value of parameters parameters c) First pole to clear factor d) Type of devices, used to limit the rate of rise of re-striking voltage e) Type of devices, if any used to obtain uniform voltage distribution between breakers Rated making capacity a) at higher rated voltage kA (peak) b) at lower rated voltage kA (peak) Latching current kA Restrike guarantee Reignition performance Short Circuit test certificate enclosed YES/NO Oscillogram enclosed YES/NO Short line fault interrupting capacity a) Method of representing TRV Four/Two b) Value of parameters parameters c) Details of additional capacitors if used for TRV control Type of main contacts
398 of 442

1.22

155791486.doc

1.23 1.24

1.25

1.26 1.27

1.28 1.29

1.30 1.31 1.32

1.33 1.34 1.35

Type of arcing contacts and/or arc control device Material of contacts: a) Main b) Arcing c) Whether contacts are silver faced Insulation level of the breaker: a) One minute power frequency withstand voltage b) Switching surge withstand test voltage c) Impulse withstand test voltage Rated duty of a) Closing resistors b) Opening resistors Capacity to interrupt delayed zero passage fault current a) Oscillogram enclosed b) Test reports enclosed Whether the circuit breaker is fixed trip or trip free Method of tripping: a) Normal b) Emergency (complete description of manually operated emergency tripping device) a) Type of tripping mechanism b) No. of trip coils a) Normal voltage of trip coil b) Pick-up range c) Trip amps (per coil) a) Power at normal voltage of closing mechanism b) Power at 85% of normal voltage c) Close amps (per coil) Type of closing mechanism Normal voltage of closing coils a) Total interrupting time measured from instant of trip coil energization to arc extinction of resistor current b) Closing time measured from instant of application of power to closing device up to arcing contacts touching c) Reclosing time

kV (rms) kV (peak) kV (peak)

Yes/No Yes/No

Volts Volts Amps Watts Watts Amps Volts Cycles Cycles Cycles
399 of 442

155791486.doc

1.36 1.37

1.38

1.39

Critical current (current giving the longest arc when a break takes place) Maximum voltage factor of the circuit breaker when switching off: a) Unloaded transformer b) Loaded transformer c) Open circuited lines d) Small inductive current of 10A e) Capacitor bank f) Breaking cable charging current (250 A for 245 Kv, 125A for 72.5 KV) g) Breaking line charging current (125 A for 245 kV, 10A for 72.5 KV). When switching off asynchronous system: a) Maximum current b) Maximum recovery voltage between contacts of one pole c) Test reports for asynchronous switching duty enclosed a) Number of openings at rated capacity, the circuit breaker is capable of performing without inspection, replacement of contacts or other main parts b) Cumulative switching capacity without requiring maintenance

kA KV Yes/No

Million Amps

155791486.doc

400 of 442

1.40

Particulars of SF-6 gas: a) Gauge Pressure of SF-6 at 200C i. ii. iii. iv. v. Nominal Maximum Gas Refill level Breaker Block level Over Pressure level Bar

b) Maximum permissible moisture content of SF6 gas ppm by wt. c) Type of monitor provided for SF6 gas d) Maximum leakage rate of SF6 gas per year at normal pressure e) Breaker pressure relief device: i. ii. iii. iv. Rupturing pressure Time to rupture Quantity and location on breaker Construction material of diaphragm gas in complete bar seconds %

f) Quantity of SF6 breaker (3-Phase)

Kgs

155791486.doc

401 of 442

g) Circuit breaker enclosure: i. ii. iii. iv. v. Design pressure Routine test pressure Type test pressure Operating pressure Maximum time for de-gassing and regassing of circuit breaker compartment Bar Bar Bar Bar Hrs. Bar Kg Kg Years Kg

h) Circuit breaker enclosure over pressure device operating pressure i) Type of absorbent device for gas decomposition provided and quantity. j) Moisture absorbent device and quantity k) Design life time of moisture absorbers l) Weight of complete circuit breaker assembly m) Material of circuit breaker enclosure 1.41 Voltage withstand enclosed V/S time graph

Yes/No

155791486.doc

402 of 442

1.42

INSULATORS: a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i) j) k) Make Type Descriptive pamphlet No. Weight Insulation class One minute dry power frequency withstand voltage Flashover voltage Full wave impulse withstand voltage Switching surge withstand voltage Puncture value of insulator in SF6 gas Gas barrier - Design bursting pressure - Routine test pressure - Arcing test 3 Sec.

Kg kV (rms) kV kV (peak) kV (peak) kV Gauge bar Gauge bar kA

1.43 1.44

General outline drawing enclosed, No. Type of operating mechanism pneumatic/ hydraulic/spring charged

155791486.doc

403 of 442

1.45

Spring charging mechanism a) Spring charging motor Rated voltage Rating Speed Class of insulation Satisfactory operation of spring charging motor between 80%-110% of rated voltage vi. Time required to charge spring from fully discharged condition vii. Overload and short circuit protection particulars b) Is provision made charging of closing closure for immediate spring after a i. ii. iii. iv. v. V Watts RPM Yes/No Sec.

Yes/No Yes/No

c) Adequate spring reserve for one O-C-O operation without intentional time delay d) Mechanical indication for spring charged/discharged condition provided e) Whether slow closing/opening feasible for maintenance testing is

Yes/No Yes/No

f) No. of close-open operations possible after failure of AC supply

155791486.doc

404 of 442

1.46

Pneumatically operated mechanism and compressed air system a) Pneumatic operating system i. Pressure switches for monitoring air pressure provided ii. Minimum air pressure required for closing iii. Minimum air pressure required for tripping iv. Maximum air pressure the local air receiver can withstand v. Setting of low pressure switch vi. Setting of high pressure switch vii. No. of potential free contacts on each pressure switch viii. Pressure at which local receiver safety valve opens ix. Capacity of local reservoir b) Compressed air system: i. Unit or centralised ii. Air compressor capacity iii. Rated pressure iv. Pressure at which central receiver safety valve opens v. Compressor operation starts at pressure vi. Compressor operation stops at pressure vii. Time for air compressor to charge central storage reservoirs - From atmospheric to pressure indicated in item-v above - From pressure indicated in item-v to item-vi above viii. Compressor motor details enclosed ix. Control scheme drawing enclosed x. Control panel with complete auto start-stop controls, protection and interlocks provided xi. Piping bus scheme provided as required, complete with piping

Yes/No Kg/cm2 Kg/cm2 Kg/cm2 Kg/cm2 Kg/cm2 Kg/cm2 Liters

M3/hr Kg/cm2 Kg/cm2 Kg/cm2 Kg/cm2

Minutes Minutes Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No

Yes/No
405 of 442

155791486.doc

155791486.doc

406 of 442

1.47

Hydraulic operating mechanism a) Operating mechanism pressure i. ii. iii. iv. Nominal Maximum Alarm level (pump up) Breaker block level Kg/cm2 Kg/cm2 Kg/cm2 Kg/cm2

b) No. of stored close-open operations from nominal to Breaker Block pressure c) Reduction in pressure i. ii. Close operation Open operation Kg/cm2 Kg/cm2

d) No. of close-open operations possible after failure of AC supply to the motor e) Hand pump-set for emergency operation provided Whether all type test reports as per latest relevant IEC standards are enclosed? Whether all routine/acceptance tests as per latest relevant standards will be carried out on each circuit breaker a) Whether breaker construction suitable for uprating later b) If yes, feasibility and extent of uprating possible a) Linking mechanism for single pole units Electrical Mechanical Pneumatic Hydraulic Any other Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No

1.48 1.49 1.50

1.51

For closing

For tripping

b) Details of construction of linking mechanism components like operating rod: Material 155791486.doc Material specification Fluid used Pressure

407 of 442

1.52

Auxiliary supply for heaters a) AC voltage supply b) Total power required Auxiliary contacts a) Type i. ii. iii. NO NC Make before break A A V A A Volts Watts

1.53

b) Continuous current carrying capacity c) Breaking capacity at 220 V DC 1.54 d) Rated voltage Limit switch contacts a) Continuous current carrying capacity b) Breaking capacity at 220 V DC 2.0

c) Rated voltage V HIGH VOLTAGE DISCONNECT SWITCHES (ISOLATORS) AND EARTH SWITCHES: These details shall be separately furnished for 72.5 KV (a)Isolators, (b) high speed motor operated earth switches and (c) hand operated maintenance earth switches: Makers name and country of manufacture Manufacturers type and designation Reference Standards Rated voltage kV Maximum design voltage at which the kV isolator can operate Frequency Hz Derating factor, if any, for specified site condition Current rating: a) Continuous at site condition b) Dynamic A KA
408 of 442

2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8

155791486.doc

2.9

2.10 2.11

c) One second d) Three second e) Fault making capability(for earth switches) - 10 Cycle - 1 Sec. - 3 Sec. a) Maximum temperature of current carrying parts when carrying rated current continuously b) Ambient temperature (Maximum/Average) for which (a) is applicable c) Maximum temperature of current carrying parts after carrying 40 KA current for i. 1 Sec. ii. 3 Sec. a) Short circuit type test certificates or reports No. b) Whether (a) is enclosed Insulation tests: a) One minute power frequency withstand voltage: i. Across the isolating distance ii. To earth and between poles b) 1.2 x 50 microsecond impulse withstand voltage (+ or polarity): i. ii. Across the isolating distance To earth and between poles

KA KA KA KA KA

C C C C

0 0

Yes/No

KV KV

KV (peak) KV (peak)

2.12

Contacts and material of current carrying parts :

a) Type of main and arcing contacts. b) Material of contacts i. ii. c) i. ii.

155791486.doc

Main Arcing Whether contacts are silver faced Thickness of silver facing
409 of 442

d) Material used for current carrying parts 2.13 e) Size & thickness of contacts Rated switching capacity: a) Capacity to interrupt magnetizing current (at p.f.) b) Capacity to interrupt line charging current (at p.f.) c) Rated making current d) Capacity to switch power transformer e) Transformer in rush current making capacity f) Capacity to energize GIS bus length g) Capacity to de-energize GIS bus length Operating time: a) Opening time b) Total opening time c) Closing time d) Charging time Clearance: a) Between poles b) Between live parts and earth c) Between live parts when the switch is open i. On the same pole ii. Between adjacent poles Type of interlocks a) Torque required to operate the moor operated isolator b) Torque required to manually operate the isolators, high speed earth switches and maintenance earth switches Speed of make and break Over travel distance after contact made Number of auxiliary switches: a) b) c) d) N.O. type a N.C. type b Make before break type Rated voltage A A A A A M M ms ms ms ms mm mm mm mm

2.14

2.15

2.16 2.17

Kg-m

Kg-m

2.18 2.19 2.20

V
410 of 442

155791486.doc

2.21

e) Rated continuous current f) Breaking capacity at rated voltage Number of fault closing operations at rated short circuit current before: a) Maintenance is required b) Deterioration of dielectric withstand voltage occurs Gauge pressure of SF6 gas at 200C a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i) Rated pressure Absolute pressure (gauge) Minimum pressure at rated kV Maximum safe pressure Lo-pressure alarm Very-lo pressure alarm Over pressure alarm Type of relief device (diaphragm etc) Absorbent device for gas decomposition products provided (if yes, type & quantity) j) Moisture absorbent device type & quantity k) Enclosure design pressure l) Enclosure test pressure m) Enclosure over pressure device operating pressure n) Quantity of SF6 gas in the enclosure o) Total weight of Isolator / Earth switch assembly

A A

2.22

bar bar bar bar bar bar bar Yes/No Kg Kg bar bar bar Kg Kg

2.23 2.24 2.25

Provision for verifying contact position Viewing ports provided Insulator data a) b) c) d) e) f) Type Torsional strength Cantilever strength upright Power frequency dry flash-over voltage Power frequency wet flash-over voltage Impulse flash-over positive wave(1.2x50us) g) Impulse withstand (1.2x50us)

Yes/No

Kg m Kg KV KV KV (peak) KV (peak) KV
411 of 442

155791486.doc

2.26

2.27

h) Power frequency puncture voltage a) Manual earth switch bushing insulator data i. Power frequency flashover voltage ii. Impulse flash over voltage b) High speed earth switch bushing insulator data i. Power frequency flash over voltage ii. Impulse flash over voltage Switch design:

KV (rms) KV (peak) KV (rms) KV (peak)

2.28 3.00 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4

a) Rotating/tilting/lifting b) Horizontal/Vertical break Operating mechanism Manual/Pneumatic/Motor VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS: These details shall be furnished separately for 72.5 KV voltage transformers. Applicable standard Type of VTs Number of VTs Insulation withstand level a) Impulse withstand voltage 1.2/50 micro sec.wave b) One minute power frequency withstand voltage Number of secondary windings for each VT Rated primary voltage Rated secondary voltage Rated VA burden for each secondary winding Rated power factor Accuracy class for each secondary winding Method of connection a) Primary winding b) Each secondary winding Rated voltage factor a) Continuous b) For 30 seconds Maximum temperature rise of windings at 110% excitation and rated burden, when KV (peak) KV (rms) KV V VA

3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.10 3.11

3.12

3.13

155791486.doc

412 of 442

3.14

referred to specified ambient temperature a) Type of insulation (SF-6 foil insulation or cast resin) b) Class of insulation of windings Gauge pressure of SF6 gas at 200C a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i) Rated pressure Absolute pressure (gauge) Minimum pressure at rated kV Maximum safe pressure Lo-pressure alarm Very-lo pressure alarm Over pressure alarm Type of relief device (diaphragm etc) Absorbent device for gas decomposition products provided (if yes, type & quantity) j) Moisture absorbent device type & quantity k) Enclosure design pressure l) Enclosure test pressure m) Enclosure over pressure device operating pressure n) Quantity of SF6 gas in the enclosure o) Total weight of VT assembly Transient response (if applicable) Details of high speed switch (es) on secondary winding (alternative to fuses) a) Make and type b) Rating c) Relay make and type d) Relay coil rating e) Details of operating mechanism Time of discharging of power cables Descriptive manual enclosed with Bid Complete list of tests proposed by the manufacturer at works & site Type test certificates enclosed Dielectric testing at site is proposed to be carried out through VTs bar bar bar bar bar bar bar Yes/No Kg Kg Bar Bar bar Kg Kg

3.15

3.16 3.17

Amp. Sec Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No

3.18 3.19 3.20 3.21 3.22

155791486.doc

413 of 442

3.23 3.24 3.25 3.26 3.27 4.0

Continuous, 5 Minute and short time rating of primary and secondary winding of VTs a) % voltage (ratio) error b) Phase displacement Capacitive discharge capability of the VT Material of winding primary & secondary Material and minimum thickness of VT enclosure

Amp

At 5% rated voltage & rated voltage factor

At 2% rated voltage

CURRENT TRANSFORMERS

These details shall be furnished separately for 72.5 KV current transformers for all ratios:
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 Applicable standards Type of CTs Number of CTs Insulation withstand level a) Impulse withstand voltage 1.2/50 micro second wave b) One minute power frequency withstand voltage Number of cores per CT Rated primary current for each core Rated secondary current a) Ratio taps for each core b) Whether it is possible to adjust tap setting of any core independent of other cores Turns ratio for each core Application of each core For Relaying Cores: (Data shall be furnished for all ratio taps. Bidder shall furnish data against sub-items as may be applicable for that particular core) a) b) c) d) e) Accuracy class Rated burden Accuracy Limit Factor Minimum knee point voltage Vk Maximum excitation current at half the KV (peak) KV (rms) A A Yes/No

4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8

4.9 4.10 4.11

VA Volts

155791486.doc

414 of 442

4.12

knee point voltage f) Maximum secondary resistance For metering cores: (Data shall be furnished for all ratio taps) a) Accuracy class b) Rated burden c) Rated power factor d) Instrument security factor Short time thermal current rating a) Current b) Rated time Dynamic current rating Maximum temperature rise of windings at rated primary current and rated burden, when referred to specified ambient temperature a) Type of insulation (SF6 foil or cast resin) b) Class of insulation of windings Magnetization characteristics: Mfrs dwg. No. Recommended setting of protective device (spark gap, etc) Gap setting flashover characteristics Manufacturers drawing No. Secondary impedance value In case of ring type CTs whether it is possible to remove the CT without affecting / dismantling the adjacent compartment Gauge pressure of SF6 gas at 200C a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i) Rated pressure Absolute pressure (gauge) Minimum pressure at rated kV Maximum safe pressure Lo-pressure alarm Very-lo pressure alarm Over pressure alarm Type of relief device (diaphragm etc) Absorbent device for gas decomposition products provided (if yes, type &

mA Ohms

VA

4.13

4.14 4.15

kA Sec kA (peak)

4.16 4.17 4.18 4.19 4.20 4.21 4.22

Mm

Ohms Yes/No

bar bar bar bar bar bar bar Yes/No Kg

415 of 442

155791486.doc

4.23 4.24 4.25 4.26 4.27

quantity) j) Moisture absorbent device type & quantity k) Enclosure design pressure l) Enclosure test pressure m) Enclosure over pressure device operating pressure n) Quantity of SF6 gas in the enclosure o) Total weight of CT Complete list of tests proposed by the Manufacturer at works and site enclosed Type test certificates for each type of CTs enclosed Current error Phase displacement error Material of primary & secondary winding

Kg bar bar bar Kg Kg Yes/No Yes/No

5.0 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.9

LIGHTNING ARRESTERS: Makers name Country of manufacture Manufacturers type designation Applicable standards Arrester class and type Rated arrester voltage Rated frequency a) Nominal discharge current (8/20 micro second wave) b) Minimum discharge capability Power frequency over voltage withstand capability voltage for: a) 30 Sec. b) 1 min. c) Continuous Maximum residual voltage at nominal discharge current Discharge voltage at 5 KA discharge current Discharge voltage at 10 KA discharge current

KV Hz KA KJ/kV

5.10 5.11 5.12

KV KV KV KV

(rms) (rms) (rms) (rms)

KV (rms) KV (peak)

155791486.doc

416 of 442

5.13 5.14 5.15

5.16 5.17 5.18 5.19 5.20 5.21 5.22 5.23 5.24 5.25 5.26 5.27 5.28 5.29 5.30

Discharge voltage at 20 KA discharge current Minimum reseal voltage of arrester Impulse current withstand a) High current short duration (4/10 Micro Second wave) b) Low current long duration c) Virtual duration of rectangular wave One minute power frequency (dry) withstand voltage of arrester housing Impulse withstand test voltage of arrester housing with 1.2/50 Micro Second wave Total height of the arrester Total weight of complete arrester including enclosure and gas Pressure relief class (as per IEC 99) a) Range of milli-ammeter provided for leakage current measurement b) Type and make of above Drawings/information submitted with the bid Explosion proof/non-explosion proof Surge monitor provided Grading shields provided Whether type test reports are enclosed Volt/time characteristic enclosed Complete list of routine acceptance tests which will be carried out on the arresters enclosed VENDOR agreeable to carry residual voltage test at the nominal discharge current Gauge pressure of SF6 gas at 200C a) Rated pressure b) Absolute pressure (gauge) c) Minimum pressure at rated kV d) Maximum safe pressure e) Lo-pressure alarm f) Very-lo pressure alarm g) Over pressure alarm h) Type of relief device (diaphragm etc) i) Absorbent device for gas decomposition products provided (if yes, type & quantity) j) Moisture absorbent device type &

KV (peak) KV (rms) KA (peak) A (peak) Micro-sec. KV (rms) KV (peak) mm Kg

mA

Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No bar bar bar bar bar bar bar Yes/No Kg Kg bar
417 of 442

155791486.doc

5.31 6.00 6.1

quantity k) Enclosure design pressure l) Enclosure test pressure m) Enclosure over pressure device operating pressure n) Quantity of SF6 gas in the enclosure o) Total weight of LA assembly Material and minimum thickness of LA enclosure SF6 BUS Equipment Rating a) Nominal Operating Voltage b) Highest Operating Voltage c) Basic Impulse Insulation Level d) Frequency e) Bus rating (continuous) at 200C ambient f) Rated short time current (3 sec) g) 1 min. power frequency withstand voltage h) Impulse withstand voltage 1.2/50 Micro
Sec. wave

bar bar Kg Kg

kV kV kV (peak) Hz Amps KA (rms) kV kV (peak) kV (peak)

i) Switching surge withstand voltage

155791486.doc

418 of 442

j) Maximum permissible operating temperature of current carrying parts (above ambient 450C) k) Temperature rise of enclosure at rated current (for site condition and above 45 0C ambient) for i. ii. iii. Indoors Outdoors State assumptions calculations are based

0 0

C C

on

which

l) Maximum safe continuous current that can be carried at site condition at: i. ii. iii. iv. v. 200C Ambient 300C Ambient 400C Ambient 450C Ambient Limiting factors and the empirical relationship used to calculate these current ratings A A A A Yes/No

m) Maximum temperature (Hot spot) of conductor while carrying rated current at maximum ambient temperature n) Maximum temperature (Hot spot) of enclosure at rated current at maximum ambient temperature o) Temperature of conductor when rated short circuit current is carried for three seconds when short circuit occurs at maximum operating temperature NOTE: Calculations to be furnished for the above. 6.2 Gauge pressure of SF6 gas at 200C a) b) c) d) Nominal SF6 pressure Maximum SF6 pressure Gas Refill level Breaker Block level

Bar Bar Bar Bar

419 of 442

155791486.doc

e) Zone Trip level f) Over Pressure alarm level 6.2 g) Maximum permissible moisture content of SF6 gas h) Maximum leakage rate per year at nominal pressure i. ii. For complete station For single gas compartment

Bar Bar

ppm by wt.

% %

i) Amount of SF6 gas required to completely charge the complete installation including any tank storage system (please indicate separately for both he packages) j) Amount of SF6 gas required for largest gas compartment k) Design pressure of the enclosure l) Routine test pressure of the enclosure 6.3 m) Test pressure of the enclosure Pressure Relief Device (s) a) b) c) d) e) 6.4 6.5 Rupturing Pressure (gauge) Time to rupture, smallest section Quantity and location on each section Construction material of diaphragm Write-up on features adopted for preventing burn through in the various enclosures, enclosed VOID Design Data a) Capacitance per meter bus duct b) Resistance/meter/phase at 200C i. Conductor ii. Enclosure
155791486.doc

kg kg bar bar bar Bar Seconds

Yes/No

pf Ohm

420 of 442

c) Inductance reactance / meter / phase at 200C d) i. Surge impedance of the enclosed bus ii. Description of methods and calculations used to determine surge impedance and capacitance enclosed e) Electrical Resistance at 200C of i. ii. Bus enclosure Conductor

Ohm Ohm

Yes/No

Ohms/mtr Ohms/mtr V

f) Maximum potential rise of enclosure at short circuit current g) Maximum power loss per single phase meter at 200C i. Enclosure ii. Conductor iii. Total h) Total maximum power loss (please give basis and calculation with method for losses) i. Complete 72.5 KV GIS ii. 72.5 KV Interconnection iii. 72.5 KV GIS & bus duct if at 200C detailed verifying

W W W

W W any W Kg Kg

i) Weight per single phase meter of bus duct (Exit bus duct) j) Weight per three phase meter of bus duct (main bus duct) k) Maximum unsupported span between supports (for main & exit bus ducts respectively) l) Allowable tolerance in height of support
155791486.doc

421 of 442

platform m) Insulator material n) Conductor i. ii. iii. iv. Material (state alloy) Cross sectional area Minimum unsupported span Shape

mm

Sq.mm

o) Enclosure i. Material (state alloy) ii. Outer diameter (OD) iii. Thickness iv. Finish of interior of pressurized bus duct enclosure v. Vacuum withstand capacity of various types of enclosures p) Elbow i. ii. iii. Outer diameter (if spherical) Thickness No. of standard angles employed each assembled bay, mm mm mm Kg mm r) Distance between phase centre lines s) Maximum electrical stress i. ii. SF6 gas Insulator kV/mm kV/mm mm mm

m bar

q) Weight of separately

t) Material used in fabricating the following: i.

155791486.doc

Breaker contacts
422 of 442

ii. iii. iv. v. vi.

Disconnecting switch surfaces Grounding switch surfaces Internal bus Internal bus contact surfaces Bus enclosure

u) Description of technique used to control thermal expansion in: i. ii. Conductor Enclosure m kg kg

v) Maximum length of single phase exit bus duct gas compartment ( 72.5 KV GIS) w) Total weight of gas in this compartment x) Total weight compartment of largest sized

y) Maximum length of single/three phase gas compartment (for main bus bar of GIS & 72.5 KV GIS) z) Total weight of gas in this compartment

m kg kg

aa) Total weight compartment

of

largest

sized

ab) Whether field connection of enclosure sections are made by means of bolting or welding (in case of welding specify the extent of field welding and the procedure which VENDOR proposes to adopt at site) Yes/No ac) Extra paint for retouching up at field included in the supply ad) Describe method of particle control employed ae) Are shipping sections completely assembled lengths of bus duct? Drawings, supporting this data and clearly
155791486.doc 423 of 442

illustrating the construction of the bus duct compartments, shall be submitted with the bid. 7.0

SF6 GAS TO AIR BUSHING (To be connected to transformer bushing)

Make Type (OIP/RIP etc) Weight Transport dimensions Height above ground remove bushings Insulation class Current rating Kg level required to

7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.7

7.8 7.9 7.10 7.11 7.12

a) Continuous at an ambient of 450C b) Short time (3 Sec) SF6 gas service pressure (gauge) Design pressure (gauge) Test pressure (gauge) Bursting pressure (gauge) Permissible leakage rate at rated differential pressure, per year a) 1 bar b) Rated pressure One minute dry & wet power frequency withstand voltage Flashover voltage Full wave impulse withstand voltage Switching surge withstand voltage Very Fast Transient Over voltage (Peak & Duration) Corona discharge voltage Partial discharge extinction voltage (p.d. level less than 10 p.c) Creepage distance - Total - Protected at 900 Permissible safe cantilever loading on installed bushing

Amps Amps Bars Bars Bars Bars

7.13 7.14 7.15 7.16 7.17 7.18 7.19 7.20 7.21

Mltr/Year Mltr/Year kV (rms) kV kV (peak) kV (peak) kV/n sec. kV kV mm mm Kg

155791486.doc

424 of 442

7.22 7.23 7.24 7.25

Nature of dielectric medium employed in the bushing Volume of insulating medium per bushing Material of bushing terminal clamp Temperature range a) SF6 gas side b) Transformer side Maximum oil pressure in bushing gauge Mounting position Distance of bushing axis to grounded transformer wall under oil Cantilever test load, 900 to bushing axis on both ends one after another at room temp and at inside pressure of a) 2 bars (for 1 min) b) Rated pressure (for 1 min) Permissible cantilever moment at bushing flange Static Dynamic

Kg

7.26 7.27 7.28 7.29

C C Bar Deg from vertical position mm

0 0

N N

7.30

Nm Nm

8.0 8.01

GENERAL DATA
a) Gas section diagram enclosed b) No. of gas compartments per cable incomer bay c) No. of gas compartments per transformer bay d) No. of gas compartments in main buses 1 & 2 respectively e) No. of gas compartments in bus coupler bay Mechanical strength of enclosures: a) b) c) d) Design pressure Operating pressure Type test pressure Routine test pressure Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge bars bars bars bars

8.02

155791486.doc

425 of 442

e) Leakage test pressure 30 min f) Safety factor (type test/operating pressure) 8.2 Internal Arcing a) Enclosure burn-through time at various currents b) Enclosure rupturing pressure c) Barrier insulator rupturing pressure d) Max. pressure rise at 40 kA (smallest section) e) Data on burn-through preventive measures enclosed f) Test data submitted Description of the proposed methods to limit switching surges for breaker and disconnects enclosed Values of maximum switching surges guaranteed Total losses when complete switchgear is operated at its rated capacity Break-up of losses at rated current a) 72.5 KV GIS b) Bus duct between 72.5 KV GIS & Transformer if any. Interfaces: a) Maximum lateral and longitudinal movement at interface due to expansion and contraction. b) c) d) i. ii. e) Maximum tensile forces at interface and compressive

Gauge bars

Sec Gauge bars Gauge bars Gauge bars Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No

8.3 8.4 8.5 8.6

KW KW KW

8.7

mm kg mm bar bar + mm
426 of 442

Tolerance on positioning of flanges SF6 gas pressure at interface Maximum Nominal permissible

Permissible tolerance on phase spacing of transformer terminals

155791486.doc

f)

Permissible tolerance on height of transformer terminals g) Maximum allowable tolerance on phase spacing of transformer terminals that can be achieved by the compensator (bellow) h) Maximum allowable tolerance on height of transformer terminals that can be achieved by the compensator (bellow)

+ mm + mm

+ mm Yes/No

i) 8.8

Write-up on special grounding requirements enclosed Insulation System Monitoring Devices a) Gas density detector i. ii. Type Location

b) Gas pressure detector i. ii. Type Location

c) Gas moisture content detector i. ii. Type Location

d) Fault detector device i. ii. Type Location

e) Optional equipment available i. Type ii. Location Generic Origin of Components The Bidder is requested to list all material, metallic and non-metallic within switchgear
155791486.doc

8.9

Materi al

Materi al
427 of 442

Materi al

8.10

interior, which are in contact with or might come into contact with the sulphur hexafluoride. Clearances: The Bidder shall complete the following questionnaire in detail and provide any additional information not specifically requested but which may be of assistance to the PURCHASER in evaluating the integrity of the switchgear. a) Minimum Insulating Clearance:

Trade Name

Generi c Origin

Locatio n

Location: i. Main bus Creepag ii. Line bus iii. Circuit breaker to earth across contacts iv. Disconnecting switch to earth across contacts v. Earth switch to earth (enclosure) & across contacts vi. SF6/XLPE insulated cable termination chamber 8.11 SF6 Gas: a) Name of manufacturer b) Electrical Properties c) Compatibility with material used in GIS d) Impurities in percentage e) Size of cylinder in which gas is proposed to be supplied f) Condensation temperature g) Physical properties h) Tests to be conducted by the manufacturer at works. i) Tests proposed to be conducted at site to detect and limit the moisture content in gas compartments 8.12 SF6 Gas Handling Equipment: a) Make and Type of the Plant b) Description of gas handling equipment i. Compressor type
155791486.doc

Strike

Profile

428 of 442

8.12

ii. Vacuum pump type iii. Filtering equipment type iv. Moisture removal equipment type c) Time for evacuation of largest 3 Phase section of switchgear d) Time for refilling of largest 3 phase section of switchgear e) Nominal pump section capacity of vacuum

minutes minutes m3/hr bar kw

f) Maximum vacuum obtainable by vacuum pump g) Motor rating of vacuum pump

kg h) Storage capacity service tank kg/hr i) Gas filling capacity of compressor bar j) Maximum pressure of compressor kw k) Rating of compressor motor Volts l) Operating voltage Volts m) Control voltage n) Drying (moisture removal) capability of gas plant o) Filtration/particle removal capability of the gas plant p) Size of the molecular sieve q) Length, width and height of the plant r) Total weight of the plant s) Electrical output kw
155791486.doc 429 of 442

i. ii. iii. 8.13

Compressor Vacuum pump Control system

kw kw kw

Total a) Type and quantity of gas required at site for purging of GIS during erection b) Above gas will be supplied by the Vendor as part of this contract a) Details of Portable SF6 gas detector to be supplied, provided b) Sensitivity of SF6 detector in atmosphere Earthing: a) Rating of main ground bus b) Touch potential i. Value ii. Calculations enclosed c) Maximum expected circulating current in earth mat during normal operation Whether support framework included in the supply a) Material b) Whether hot dip galvanized a) Required tolerance in surface level of the civil works to be carried out by the PURCHASER b) Foundation channels included in the supply Insulators/Section barriers for GIS (For each type): a) Type of insulators used b) Material c) 1-minute power frequency dry withstand test voltage d) Dry flashover value e) 1.2/50 microsec impulse withstand test Volts Yes/No A Yes/No Yes/No ppm

8.14

8.15

8.16

Yes/No Yes/No + mm per meter

8.17

8.18

kV (rms) kV (rms)

155791486.doc

430 of 442

voltage f) Puncture value of insulator in SF6 gas g) Maximum electrical field strength at rated voltage phase to earth h) Gas barrier routine test pressure i) j) k) l) Gas barrier routine test pressure Arcing test Weight of insulator Partial discharge levels at 120% working voltage i. For one bay (sensitivity 5 pico columbs) ii. For individual insulator (sensitivity 5 pico columbs) TESTING: BIDDERs program for full type/routine testing of the GIS in accordance with IEC-517 Tests to be carried out at site after erection (furnish complete details of the tests including details of the testing equipment, special adaptors and other accessories to be supplied by Bidder) Detailed procedure for power cable HVDC testing including details of cable testing and isolating facilities and necessary adaptor interface to be supplied by Bidder. What provisions are made for testing of circuit breakers, etc., at site and detailed procedure What provisions are made for high voltage test connections Procedure for leakage tests for acceptance Detail the features in equipment to carry out partial discharge measurements at works/site BIDDERs programme for full production testing of each complete breaker as per IEC standard Information regarding the insulation testing of following to earth and across open contacts: i. Each complete breaker

kV (peak) kV kV/mm Gauge bar 3 sec kA kg

9.0 9.1 9.2

9.3

9.4 9.5 9.6 9.7 9.8 9.9

155791486.doc

431 of 442

ii. Disconnect switch iii. Earth switch 9.10 The short circuit test reports should tabulate current, voltage and TRV on a unit test basis and on an equivalent breaker basis. The basis for assigning the rated interrupting time, proof of operating duty and pressures of dielectric and driving mechanism shall be clearly stated. 9.11 Procedure for obtaining voltage withstand vs time and its validity for the total equipment 9.12 Details of V F T O test on SF6 gas to oil bushing for transformer 10.0 Estimate of erection & testing/commissioning: 10.1 Downtime required to errect extension equipment by the side of equipment in service 10.2 Whether outage of the complete GIS will be required for erection, testing & commissioning for the extension 10.3 Power supply required during erection, testing and commissioning 10.4 Detailed schedule of erection, testing and commissioning enclosed 11.0 Reliability and Maintainability Programme: 11.1 Target for proposed equipment 11.2 Equipment life 11.3 Forced outage rate 11.4 Forced outage duration 11.5 Fixed outage of occurrences 11.6 Availability 11.7 Mean time between failure (MTBF) 11.8 Mean time to repair (MTTR) 11.9 Planned maintenance outage rate 11.10 Planned maintenance outage duration 11.11 Number of planned maintenance outages 11.12 Guaranteed number of loaded/unloaded operation of various equipment of GIS e.g. circuit breaker, disconnects, earthing switches, etc (Please mention itemwise). 12.0 Previous Operational Experience
155791486.doc

Days

Yes/No

Yes/No

Years % Hours No. per year % Months Hours % Hours No. per year

432 of 442

12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 12.6 12.7 12.8

12.9 12.10 12.11 12.12 12.13 13.0 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 13.5 13.6 13.7 13.8 13.9

13.10

The ratings, classification and number of units are Previously supplied to delivery in Function Performed Total equipment years Total service life or number of operations MTTF (Major Failures) Failure modes & rates MTTF (Minor Failures) Failure modes & rates List of in-service flash over in previously supplied equipment (date, owner, description of event, repair procedure and time) MTTR Reliability forecasts Repair / maintenance of one bay / any component of the bay will require outage of any other bay in same station Repair / maintenance of one bus bar will require outage of other bus bar in same station During later extensions, outage of parts already in service will be required for erection/testing Design Data Ventilation requirements enclosed Special light fitting requirements if any, enclosed Suggested lighting level Details of recommended system for fire fighting enclosed Data for design of switchgear building enclosed Floor loading beneath breaker poles Floor loading beneath bus ducts Allowable max. tolerance for GIS floor Maximum floor loading a) Static b) Dynamic c) Dynamic Recommended crane capacity & speed

Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No Lux Yes/No Yes/No Kg/sq.m Kg/sq.m + mm/meters N N N Tonnes & m/min.
433 of 442

155791486.doc

13.11 Heaviest item weight 13.12 Total auxiliary DC supply requirement a) Voltage b) Current i. Continuous ii. Short time 13.13 Total auxiliary AC supply requirement a) Voltage b) Current 14.0 INDUCTION MOTORS 14.1 Application/Designation 14.2 Manufacturer 14.3 Applicable Standards 14.4 Rated a) Output b) Speed 14.5 Type of Duty 14.6 Duty Designation 14.7 Supply conditions: a) - Rated Voltage - No. of phases - Frequency b) Allowable variations in - Voltage - Frequency - Combined 14.8 14.9 14.10 14.11 14.12 14.13 c) Permissible unbalance in supply voltage Current a) Full load b) Starting Full load efficiency Full load power factor Method of starting Torque a) Starting b) Maximum Class of Insulation

Tonnes V A

A
V A

kw RPM

V Hz % % % % Amps % FL %

% FLT % FLT % FLT % FLT

155791486.doc

434 of 442

14.14 a) Ref. Ambient Temperature b) Temperature rise by Res-Method 14.15 Type of Enclosure 14.16 Degree of Protection 14.17 Suitable for Outdoor operation 14.18 Normal winding connection 14.19 Type & No. of Terminals brought out 14.20 Winding suitable for 24 V space heating 14.21 Shaft Orientation 14.22 Dimensional drawing enclosed 15.0 LOCAL CONTROL PANELS 15.1 Make and country of manufacture a) Type of construction b) Degree of protection 15.2 Type of sheet steel (hot rolled/cold rolled) 15.3 Thickness of sheet steel a) Front b) Back c) Sides 15.4 Paint treatment and colour shades a) Exterior b) Interior 15.5 Weight of each panel 15.6 Dimensions (width x depth x height) 15.7 Mimic bus, material colours 15.8 Space required for installation 15.9 General arrangement drawing attached 15.10 Largest package for transport a) Weight b) Dimension 15.11 Instruments, components etc., transported, mounted on panels or separately packed 15.12 Cable glands included 15.13 Fire retardant Instrument/control cables for interconnection as per Section-D included 15.14 a) Cable installation hardware included b) Cable entry 15.15 Special cables (if required) included 15.16 Special tools & devices for maintenance included (list attached) 15.17 List of recommended spares for normal maintenance for a period of 5 years
155791486.doc

0 0

C C

Yes/No Star/Delta Yes/No Yes/No

mm mm mm

Kg mm m2 Yes/No Kg mm Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No Top/bottom Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No

435 of 442

furnished (list attached) 15.18 Components list of each panel enclosed 15.19 Technical and descriptive literature of all components attached 15.20 Auxiliary/Interposing relays a) Make b) Type designation c) Nominal voltage & variation d) Contacts hand reset/self reset e) No. of pairs of contacts i. Make contacts ii. Break contacts f) Speed of operation of relay g) Pick-up/drop off ratio h) Burden of the relay i) Contact rating i. Continuous ii. Voltage j) No. of pairs of contacts i. Make contacts ii. Break contacts k) Speed of operation of relay l) Pick-up/drop off ratio m) Burden of the relay n) Contact rating i. Continuous ii. Voltage iii. Making current and duration iv. Resistive breaking v. Inductive o) Detailed literature furnished 5.21 Control switches a) Make b) Front dimensions c) Type of switch (stayput spring return/ discrepancy) d) Type of handle e) Contact development f) Integral escutcheon plate or circuit label provided g) Contact rating i. Continuous current ii. Voltage
155791486.doc

Yes/No Yes/No

A V

A V A, AC/DC A A/DC Yes/No

Yes/No A V
436 of 442

iii. Breaking current - Resistive - Inductive h) Elec. life expectancy based on 120 switching operation per hour operations i) Detailed literature furnished 15.22 Push buttons a) Make b) Actuator type i. Momentary/maintained ii. Shrouded to prevent inadvertent operation c) Whether integral engraved inscription plates provided d) Contact rating i. Continuous rating ii. Voltages iii. Making current iv. Resistive breaking current v. Inductive breaking current e) Electrical life expectancy based on 300 switching operation cycles per hour f) Detailed literature furnished 15.23 Indicating lamps a) Type b) Rating i. Voltage ii. Wattage c) Series resistor i. Ohm value ii. Wattage d) Life of lamp in burning hours 15.24 Panel wiring: a) Material & size of conductor i. For CT circuits ii. For other circuits Solid/Stranded conductor

A A, DC No. of Yes/No

Yes/No Yes/No A Volts A A A/AC No. of operations Yes/No

V W Ohm W hours

Sq.mm Sq.mm

b)

155791486.doc

437 of 442

c) d)

Tinned/Untinned Material of insulation & sheath i. Fire retardant low smoke ii. Oxygen index at 2500C iii. Acid gas generation iv. Smoke generation under fire (in terms of % of light passed) Voltage grade Colour coding is provided Numbered ferrules on either side Insulated sleeves provided at both ends Yes/No % % V Yes/No. Yes/No Yes/No

e) f) g) h) i)

Terminals i. Make ii. Current rating iii. Clamp/bolt type iv. Moulded inter-terminal barriers provided v. Maximum conductor size & No. of conductors it can receive vi. Disconnecting type for CT circuits vii. Terminal marking facility provided viii. Crimp type connectors provided at the terminals ix. 20% spare terminals provided

A Yes/No Sq.mm Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No

155791486.doc

438 of 442

15.25 Cables: a) Outer sheathing fire retardant type b) Shielding i. Material ii. Size c) Insulation i. Material ii. Thickness d) Safe pulling force e) Overall diameter f) Voltage grade g) Conductor i. Material ii. Stranded/Solid iii. Tinned/Untinned h) Core identification colour/printed numbers i) Drum lengths j) The critical oxygen index at 250 0C when tested as per ASTM-9 2863-1979 k) Acid gas generation by weight when tested as per IEC-754-1 l) Smoke generation as a % of light transmission when tested as per ASTMD-2843-n m) Finished cable passes flammability tested as per IEC-3321 & Swedish Standard SS-424-14-75 n) Vendor agreeable to conduct above tests on all cables supplied to verify the value given in items of j, k, l, m above, in addition to routine tests Standard to which the cable conform

Yes/No mm kg mm V

% % Yes/No

Yes/No

o)

to 15.26 Space heater rating a) Power supply b) Power 16.0 SF6 GAS CYLINDER DETAILS: 16.1 Manufacturer of the Cylinder 16.2 Standard to which cylinders conform 16.3 Type of cylinder 16.4 Manufacturer of SF6 gas
155791486.doc

V W

Seamless

439 of 442

16.5 16.6 16.7 16.8 16.9 16.10 16.11 16.12 16.13 16.14

Standard applicable to SF6 gas Water capacity of the cylinder Quantity of SF6 gas Filling ratio Filling pressure at 150C Design pressure of cylinder Test pressure of cylinder Maximum permissible service pressure Developed pressure (gauge) at 650C Specifications of the valves fitted to cylinders 17.0 Shipment/Packing details a) Bidders proposal for packing of various items for shipment b) Maximum permissible shock that various equipment can withstand during shipment/transportation Impact recorders (accelerometers) will be provided by the supplier as per specification

Litres Kg Bars Bars Bars Bars Bars

c)

d) i. ii.

Training: Weight and dimension of the largest Contractorpackage personnel who are ,experienced instructors and who speak shipment understandable English shall conduct training. The contractor shall arrange on Net Own cost all hardware training platform required for successful training and his Gross understanding in India. The Contractor shall provide all necessary training material. Each trainee shall receive individual copies of all technical manuals and all other documents used to training. These materials shall be sent to Employer at least two months before the scheduled commencement of the particular training course. Class materials, including the documents sent before the training courses

155791486.doc

440 of 442

155791486.doc

441 of 442

155791486.doc

442 of 442